SlideShare a Scribd company logo
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 1
M
Devices Included in this Data Sheet:
• PIC16F83
• PIC16F84
• PIC16CR83
• PIC16CR84
• Extended voltage range devices available
(PIC16LF8X, PIC16LCR8X)
High Performance RISC CPU Features:
• Only 35 single word instructions to learn
• All instructions single cycle except for program
branches which are two-cycle
• Operating speed: DC - 10 MHz clock input
DC - 400 ns instruction cycle
• 14-bit wide instructions
• 8-bit wide data path
• 15 special function hardware registers
• Eight-level deep hardware stack
• Direct, indirect and relative addressing modes
• Four interrupt sources:
- External RB0/INT pin
- TMR0 timer overflow
- PORTB<7:4> interrupt on change
- Data EEPROM write complete
• 1000 erase/write cycles Flash program memory
• 10,000,000 erase/write cycles EEPROM data mem-
ory
• EEPROM Data Retention > 40 years
Peripheral Features:
• 13 I/O pins with individual direction control
• High current sink/source for direct LED drive
- 25 mA sink max. per pin
- 20 mA source max. per pin
• TMR0: 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit
programmable prescaler
Pin Diagrams
Special Microcontroller Features:
• In-Circuit Serial Programming (ICSP™) - via two
pins (ROM devices support only Data EEPROM
programming)
• Power-on Reset (POR)
• Power-up Timer (PWRT)
• Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST)
• Watchdog Timer (WDT) with its own on-chip RC
oscillator for reliable operation
• Code-protection
• Power saving SLEEP mode
• Selectable oscillator options
CMOS Flash/EEPROM Technology:
• Low-power, high-speed technology
• Fully static design
• Wide operating voltage range:
- Commercial: 2.0V to 6.0V
- Industrial: 2.0V to 6.0V
• Low power consumption:
- < 2 mA typical @ 5V, 4 MHz
- 15 µA typical @ 2V, 32 kHz
- < 1 µA typical standby current @ 2V
Device
Program
Memory
(words)
Data
RAM
(bytes)
Data
EEPROM
(bytes)
Max.
Freq
(MHz)
PIC16F83 512 Flash 36 64 10
PIC16F84 1 K Flash 68 64 10
PIC16CR83 512 ROM 36 64 10
PIC16CR84 1 K ROM 68 64 10
RA1
RA0
OSC1/CLKIN
OSC2/CLKOUT
VDD
RB7
RB6
RB5
RB4
RA2
RA3
RA4/T0CKI
MCLR
VSS
RB0/INT
RB1
RB2
RB3
•1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
PDIP, SOIC
PIC16F8X
PIC16CR8X
PIC16F8X
18-pin Flash/EEPROM 8-Bit Microcontrollers
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 2  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
Table of Contents
1.0 General Description...................................................................................................................................................................... 3
2.0 PIC16F8X Device Varieties .......................................................................................................................................................... 5
3.0 Architectural Overview.................................................................................................................................................................. 7
4.0 Memory Organization ................................................................................................................................................................. 11
5.0 I/O Ports...................................................................................................................................................................................... 21
6.0 Timer0 Module and TMR0 Register............................................................................................................................................ 27
7.0 Data EEPROM Memory.............................................................................................................................................................. 33
8.0 Special Features of the CPU ...................................................................................................................................................... 37
9.0 Instruction Set Summary ............................................................................................................................................................ 53
10.0 Development Support................................................................................................................................................................. 69
11.0 Electrical Characteristics for PIC16F83 and PIC16F84.............................................................................................................. 73
12.0 Electrical Characteristics for PIC16CR83 and PIC16CR84........................................................................................................ 85
13.0 DC & AC Characteristics Graphs/Tables.................................................................................................................................... 97
14.0 Packaging Information.............................................................................................................................................................. 109
Appendix A: Feature Improvements - From PIC16C5X To PIC16F8X .......................................................................................... 113
Appendix B: Code Compatibility - from PIC16C5X to PIC16F8X.................................................................................................. 113
Appendix C: What’s New In This Data Sheet................................................................................................................................. 114
Appendix D: What’s Changed In This Data Sheet ......................................................................................................................... 114
Appendix E: Conversion Considerations - PIC16C84 to PIC16F83/F84 And PIC16CR83/CR84.................................................. 115
Index ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 117
On-Line Support................................................................................................................................................................................. 119
Reader Response .............................................................................................................................................................................. 120
PIC16F8X Product Identification System........................................................................................................................................... 121
Sales and Support.............................................................................................................................................................................. 121
To Our Valued Customers
We constantly strive to improve the quality of all our products and documentation. We have spent a great deal of
time to ensure that these documents are correct. However, we realize that we may have missed a few things. If you
find any information that is missing or appears in error, please use the reader response form in the back of this data
sheet to inform us. We appreciate your assistance in making this a better document.
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 3
1.0 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The PIC16F8X is a group in the PIC16CXX family of
low-cost, high-performance, CMOS, fully-static, 8-bit
microcontrollers. This group contains the following
devices:
• PIC16F83
• PIC16F84
• PIC16CR83
• PIC16CR84
All PICmicro™ microcontrollers employ an advanced
RISC architecture. PIC16F8X devices have enhanced
core features, eight-level deep stack, and multiple
internal and external interrupt sources. The separate
instruction and data buses of the Harvard architecture
allow a 14-bit wide instruction word with a separate
8-bit wide data bus. The two stage instruction pipeline
allows all instructions to execute in a single cycle,
except for program branches (which require two
cycles). A total of 35 instructions (reduced instruction
set) are available. Additionally, a large register set is
used to achieve a very high performance level.
PIC16F8X microcontrollers typically achieve a 2:1 code
compression and up to a 4:1 speed improvement (at 20
MHz) over other 8-bit microcontrollers in their class.
The PIC16F8X has up to 68 bytes of RAM, 64 bytes of
Data EEPROM memory, and 13 I/O pins. A timer/
counter is also available.
The PIC16CXX family has special features to reduce
external components, thus reducing cost, enhancing
system reliability and reducing power consumption.
There are four oscillator options, of which the single pin
RC oscillator provides a low-cost solution, the LP
oscillator minimizes power consumption, XT is a
standard crystal, and the HS is for High Speed crystals.
The SLEEP (power-down) mode offers power saving.
The user can wake the chip from sleep through several
external and internal interrupts and resets.
A highly reliable Watchdog Timer with its own on-chip
RC oscillator provides protection against software lock-
up.
The devices with Flash program memory allow the
same device package to be used for prototyping and
production. In-circuit reprogrammability allows the
code to be updated without the device being removed
from the end application. This is useful in the
development of many applications where the device
may not be easily accessible, but the prototypes may
require code updates. This is also useful for remote
applications where the code may need to be updated
(such as rate information).
Table 1-1 lists the features of the PIC16F8X. A simpli-
fied block diagram of the PIC16F8X is shown in
Figure 3-1.
The PIC16F8X fits perfectly in applications ranging
from high speed automotive and appliance motor
control to low-power remote sensors, electronic locks,
security devices and smart cards. The Flash/EEPROM
technology makes customization of application
programs (transmitter codes, motor speeds, receiver
frequencies, security codes, etc.) extremely fast and
convenient. The small footprint packages make this
microcontroller series perfect for all applications with
space limitations. Low-cost, low-power, high
performance, ease-of-use and I/O flexibility make the
PIC16F8X very versatile even in areas where no
microcontroller use has been considered before
(e.g., timer functions; serial communication; capture,
compare and PWM functions; and co-processor
applications).
The serial in-system programming feature (via two
pins) offers flexibility of customizing the product after
complete assembly and testing. This feature can be
used to serialize a product, store calibration data, or
program the device with the current firmware before
shipping.
1.1 Family and Upward Compatibility
Those users familiar with the PIC16C5X family of
microcontrollers will realize that this is an enhanced
version of the PIC16C5X architecture. Please refer to
Appendix A for a detailed list of enhancements. Code
written for PIC16C5X devices can be easily ported to
PIC16F8X devices (Appendix B).
1.2 Development Support
The PIC16CXX family is supported by a full-featured
macro assembler, a software simulator, an in-circuit
emulator, a low-cost development programmer and a
full-featured programmer. A “C” compiler and fuzzy
logic support tools are also available.
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 4  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 1-1 PIC16F8X FAMILY OF DEVICES
PIC16F83 PIC16CR83 PIC16F84 PIC16CR84
Clock
Maximum Frequency
of Operation (MHz)
10 10 10 10
Flash Program Memory 512 — 1K —
Memory
EEPROM Program Memory — — — —
ROM Program Memory — 512 — 1K
Data Memory (bytes) 36 36 68 68
Data EEPROM (bytes) 64 64 64 64
Peripherals Timer Module(s) TMR0 TMR0 TMR0 TMR0
Features
Interrupt Sources 4 4 4 4
I/O Pins 13 13 13 13
Voltage Range (Volts) 2.0-6.0 2.0-6.0 2.0-6.0 2.0-6.0
Packages 18-pin DIP,
SOIC
18-pin DIP,
SOIC
18-pin DIP,
SOIC
18-pin DIP,
SOIC
All PICmicro™ Family devices have Power-on Reset, selectable Watchdog Timer, selectable code protect and high I/O current capa-
bility. All PIC16F8X Family devices use serial programming with clock pin RB6 and data pin RB7.
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 5
2.0 PIC16F8X DEVICE VARIETIES
A variety of frequency ranges and packaging options
are available. Depending on application and production
requirements the proper device option can be selected
using the information in this section. When placing
orders, please use the “PIC16F8X Product
Identification System” at the back of this data sheet to
specify the correct part number.
There are four device “types” as indicated in the device
number.
1. F, as in PIC16F84. These devices have Flash
program memory and operate over the standard
voltage range.
2. LF, as in PIC16LF84. These devices have Flash
program memory and operate over an extended
voltage range.
3. CR, as in PIC16CR83. These devices have
ROM program memory and operate over the
standard voltage range.
4. LCR, as in PIC16LCR84. These devices have
ROM program memory and operate over an
extended voltage range.
When discussing memory maps and other architectural
features, the use of F and CR also implies the LF and
LCR versions.
2.1 Flash Devices
These devices are offered in the lower cost plastic
package, even though the device can be erased and
reprogrammed.This allows the same device to be used
for prototype development and pilot programs as well
as production.
A further advantage of the electrically-erasable Flash
version is that it can be erased and reprogrammed in-
circuit, or by device programmers, such as Microchip's
PICSTART® Plus or PRO MATE® II programmers.
2.2 Quick-Turnaround-Production (QTP)
Devices
Microchip offers a QTP Programming Service for
factory production orders. This service is made
available for users who choose not to program a
medium to high quantity of units and whose code
patterns have stabilized. The devices have all Flash
locations and configuration options already pro-
grammed by the factory. Certain code and prototype
verification procedures do apply before production
shipments are available.
For information on submitting a QTP code, please
contact your Microchip Regional Sales Office.
2.3 Serialized Quick-Turnaround-
Production (SQTP ) Devices
Microchip offers the unique programming service
where a few user-defined locations in each device are
programmed with different serial numbers. The serial
numbers may be random, pseudo-random
or sequential.
Serial programming allows each device to have a
unique number which can serve as an entry-code,
password or ID number.
For information on submitting a SQTP code, please
contact your Microchip Regional Sales Office.
2.4 ROM Devices
Some of Microchip’s devices have a corresponding
device where the program memory is a ROM. These
devices give a cost savings over Microchip’s traditional
user programmed devices (EPROM, EEPROM).
ROM devices (PIC16CR8X) do not allow serialization
information in the program memory space. The user
may program this information into the Data EEPROM.
For information on submitting a ROM code, please
contact your Microchip Regional Sales Office.
SM
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 6  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 7
3.0 ARCHITECTURAL OVERVIEW
The high performance of the PIC16CXX family can be
attributed to a number of architectural features
commonly found in RISC microprocessors. To begin
with, the PIC16CXX uses a Harvard architecture. This
architecture has the program and data accessed from
separate memories. So the device has a program
memory bus and a data memory bus. This improves
bandwidth over traditional von Neumann architecture
where program and data are fetched from the same
memory (accesses over the same bus). Separating
program and data memory further allows instructions
to be sized differently than the 8-bit wide data word.
PIC16CXX opcodes are 14-bits wide, enabling single
word instructions.The full 14-bit wide program memory
bus fetches a 14-bit instruction in a single cycle. A two-
stage pipeline overlaps fetch and execution of instruc-
tions (Example 3-1). Consequently, all instructions exe-
cute in a single cycle except for program branches.
The PIC16F83 and PIC16CR83 address 512 x 14 of
program memory, and the PIC16F84 and PIC16CR84
address 1K x 14 program memory. All program mem-
ory is internal.
The PIC16CXX can directly or indirectly address its
register files or data memory. All special function
registers including the program counter are mapped in
the data memory. An orthogonal (symmetrical)
instruction set makes it possible to carry out any oper-
ation on any register using any addressing mode. This
symmetrical nature and lack of ‘special optimal
situations’ make programming with the PIC16CXX
simple yet efficient. In addition, the learning curve is
reduced significantly.
PIC16CXX devices contain an 8-bit ALU and working
register. The ALU is a general purpose arithmetic unit.
It performs arithmetic and Boolean functions between
data in the working register and any register file.
The ALU is 8-bits wide and capable of addition,
subtraction, shift and logical operations. Unless
otherwise mentioned, arithmetic operations are two's
complement in nature. In two-operand instructions,
typically one operand is the working register
(W register), and the other operand is a file register or
an immediate constant. In single operand instructions,
the operand is either the W register or a file register.
The W register is an 8-bit working register used for ALU
operations. It is not an addressable register.
Depending on the instruction executed, the ALU may
affect the values of the Carry (C), Digit Carry (DC), and
Zero (Z) bits in the STATUS register.The C and DC bits
operate as a borrow and digit borrow out bit,
respectively, in subtraction. See the SUBLW and SUBWF
instructions for examples.
A simplified block diagram for the PIC16F8X is shown
in Figure 3-1, its corresponding pin description is
shown in Table 3-1.
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 8  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 3-1: PIC16F8X BLOCK DIAGRAM
Flash/ROM
Program
Memory
Program Counter
13
Program
Bus
Instruction reg
8 Level Stack
(13-bit)
Direct Addr
8
Instruction
Decode &
Control
Timing
Generation
OSC2/CLKOUT
OSC1/CLKIN
Power-up
Timer
Oscillator
Start-up Timer
Power-on
Reset
Watchdog
Timer
MCLR VDD, VSS
W reg
ALU
MUX
I/O Ports
TMR0
STATUS reg
FSR reg
Indirect
Addr
RA3:RA0
RB7:RB1
RA4/T0CKI
EEADR
EEPROM
Data Memory
64 x 8
EEDATA
Addr Mux
RAM Addr
RAM
File Registers
EEPROM Data Memory
Data Bus
5
7
7
PIC16F84/CR84
1K x 14
PIC16F83/CR83
512 x 14
PIC16F83/CR83
36 x 8
PIC16F84/CR84
68 x 8
RB0/INT
14
8
8
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 9
TABLE 3-1 PIC16F8X PINOUT DESCRIPTION
Pin Name
DIP
No.
SOIC
No.
I/O/P
Type
Buffer
Type
Description
OSC1/CLKIN 16 16 I ST/CMOS (3) Oscillator crystal input/external clock source input.
OSC2/CLKOUT 15 15 O — Oscillator crystal output. Connects to crystal or resonator in crystal
oscillator mode. In RC mode, OSC2 pin outputs CLKOUT which
has 1/4 the frequency of OSC1, and denotes the instruction cycle
rate.
MCLR 4 4 I/P ST Master clear (reset) input/programming voltage input. This pin is an
active low reset to the device.
PORTA is a bi-directional I/O port.
RA0 17 17 I/O TTL
RA1 18 18 I/O TTL
RA2 1 1 I/O TTL
RA3 2 2 I/O TTL
RA4/T0CKI 3 3 I/O ST Can also be selected to be the clock input to the TMR0
timer/counter. Output is open drain type.
PORTB is a bi-directional I/O port. PORTB can be software pro-
grammed for internal weak pull-up on all inputs.
RB0/INT 6 6 I/O TTL/ST (1) RB0/INT can also be selected as an external interrupt pin.
RB1 7 7 I/O TTL
RB2 8 8 I/O TTL
RB3 9 9 I/O TTL
RB4 10 10 I/O TTL Interrupt on change pin.
RB5 11 11 I/O TTL Interrupt on change pin.
RB6 12 12 I/O TTL/ST (2) Interrupt on change pin. Serial programming clock.
RB7 13 13 I/O TTL/ST (2) Interrupt on change pin. Serial programming data.
VSS 5 5 P — Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.
VDD 14 14 P — Positive supply for logic and I/O pins.
Legend: I= input O = output I/O = Input/Output P = power
— = Not used TTL = TTL input ST = Schmitt Trigger input
Note 1: This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured as the external interrupt.
2: This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when used in serial programming mode.
3: This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured in RC oscillator mode and a CMOS input otherwise.
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 10  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
3.1 Clocking Scheme/Instruction Cycle
The clock input (from OSC1) is internally divided by
four to generate four non-overlapping quadrature
clocks namely Q1, Q2, Q3 and Q4. Internally, the
program counter (PC) is incremented every Q1, the
instruction is fetched from the program memory and
latched into the instruction register in Q4. The
instruction is decoded and executed during the
following Q1 through Q4. The clocks and instruction
execution flow is shown in Figure 3-2.
3.2 Instruction Flow/Pipelining
An “Instruction Cycle” consists of four Q cycles (Q1,
Q2, Q3 and Q4). The instruction fetch and execute are
pipelined such that fetch takes one instruction cycle
while decode and execute takes another instruction
cycle. However, due to the pipelining, each instruction
effectively executes in one cycle. If an instruction
causes the program counter to change (e.g., GOTO)
then two cycles are required to complete the instruction
(Example 3-1).
A fetch cycle begins with the Program Counter (PC)
incrementing in Q1.
In the execution cycle, the fetched instruction is latched
into the “Instruction Register” in cycle Q1. This
instruction is then decoded and executed during the
Q2, Q3, and Q4 cycles. Data memory is read during Q2
(operand read) and written during Q4 (destination
write).
FIGURE 3-2: CLOCK/INSTRUCTION CYCLE
EXAMPLE 3-1: INSTRUCTION PIPELINE FLOW
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
OSC1
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
PC
OSC2/CLKOUT
(RC mode)
PC PC+1 PC+2
Fetch INST (PC)
Execute INST (PC-1) Fetch INST (PC+1)
Execute INST (PC) Fetch INST (PC+2)
Execute INST (PC+1)
Internal
phase
clock
All instructions are single cycle, except for any program branches. These take two cycles since the fetch
instruction is “flushed” from the pipeline while the new instruction is being fetched and then executed.
1. MOVLW 55h Fetch 1 Execute 1
2. MOVWF PORTB Fetch 2 Execute 2
3. CALL SUB_1 Fetch 3 Execute 3
4. BSF PORTA, BIT3 Fetch 4 Flush
Fetch SUB_1 Execute SUB_1
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 11
4.0 MEMORY ORGANIZATION
There are two memory blocks in the PIC16F8X. These
are the program memory and the data memory. Each
block has its own bus, so that access to each block can
occur during the same oscillator cycle.
The data memory can further be broken down into the
general purpose RAM and the Special Function
Registers (SFRs). The operation of the SFRs that
control the “core” are described here. The SFRs used
to control the peripheral modules are described in the
section discussing each individual peripheral module.
The data memory area also contains the data
EEPROM memory.This memory is not directly mapped
into the data memory, but is indirectly mapped. That is,
an indirect address pointer specifies the address of the
data EEPROM memory to read/write. The 64 bytes of
data EEPROM memory have the address range
0h-3Fh. More details on the EEPROM memory can be
found in Section 7.0.
4.1 Program Memory Organization
The PIC16FXX has a 13-bit program counter capable
of addressing an 8K x 14 program memory space. For
the PIC16F83 and PIC16CR83, the first 512 x 14
(0000h-01FFh) are physically implemented
(Figure 4-1). For the PIC16F84 and PIC16CR84, the
first 1K x 14 (0000h-03FFh) are physically imple-
mented (Figure 4-2). Accessing a location above the
physically implemented address will cause a wrap-
around. For example, for the PIC16F84 locations 20h,
420h, 820h, C20h, 1020h, 1420h, 1820h, and 1C20h
will be the same instruction.
The reset vector is at 0000h and the interrupt vector is
at 0004h.
FIGURE 4-1: PROGRAM MEMORY MAP
AND STACK -
PIC16F83/CR83
FIGURE 4-2: PROGRAM MEMORY MAP
AND STACK -
PIC16F84/CR84
PC<12:0>
Stack Level 1
•
Stack Level 8
Reset Vector
Peripheral Interrupt Vector
•
•
User
Memory
Space
CALL, RETURN
RETFIE, RETLW
13
0000h
0004h
1FFFh
1FFh
PC<12:0>
Stack Level 1
•
Stack Level 8
Reset Vector
Peripheral Interrupt Vector
•
•
User
Memory
Space
CALL, RETURN
RETFIE, RETLW
13
0000h
0004h
1FFFh
3FFh
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 12  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.2 Data Memory Organization
The data memory is partitioned into two areas.The first
is the Special Function Registers (SFR) area, while the
second is the General Purpose Registers (GPR) area.
The SFRs control the operation of the device.
Portions of data memory are banked. This is for both
the SFR area and the GPR area. The GPR area is
banked to allow greater than 116 bytes of general
purpose RAM.The banked areas of the SFR are for the
registers that control the peripheral functions. Banking
requires the use of control bits for bank selection.
These control bits are located in the STATUS Register.
Figure 4-1 and Figure 4-2 show the data memory map
organization.
Instructions MOVWF and MOVF can move values from the
W register to any location in the register file (“F”), and
vice-versa.
The entire data memory can be accessed either
directly using the absolute address of each register file
or indirectly through the File Select Register (FSR)
(Section 4.5). Indirect addressing uses the present
value of the RP1:RP0 bits for access into the banked
areas of data memory.
Data memory is partitioned into two banks which
contain the general purpose registers and the special
function registers. Bank 0 is selected by clearing the
RP0 bit (STATUS<5>). Setting the RP0 bit selects Bank
1. Each Bank extends up to 7Fh (128 bytes). The first
twelve locations of each Bank are reserved for the
Special Function Registers. The remainder are Gen-
eral Purpose Registers implemented as static RAM.
4.2.1 GENERAL PURPOSE REGISTER FILE
All devices have some amount of General Purpose
Register (GPR) area. Each GPR is 8 bits wide and is
accessed either directly or indirectly through the FSR
(Section 4.5).
The GPR addresses in bank 1 are mapped to
addresses in bank 0. As an example, addressing loca-
tion 0Ch or 8Ch will access the same GPR.
4.2.2 SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTERS
The Special Function Registers (Figure 4-1, Figure 4-2
and Table 4-1) are used by the CPU and Peripheral
functions to control the device operation. These
registers are static RAM.
The special function registers can be classified into two
sets, core and peripheral. Those associated with the
core functions are described in this section. Those
related to the operation of the peripheral features are
described in the section for that specific feature.
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 13
FIGURE 4-1: REGISTER FILE MAP -
PIC16F83/CR83
FIGURE 4-2: REGISTER FILE MAP -
PIC16F84/CR84
File Address
00h
01h
02h
03h
04h
05h
06h
07h
08h
09h
0Ah
0Bh
0Ch
2Fh
30h
7Fh
80h
81h
82h
83h
84h
85h
86h
87h
88h
89h
8Ah
8Bh
8Ch
FFh
Bank 0 Bank 1
Indirect addr.(1) Indirect addr.(1)
TMR0 OPTION
PCL
STATUS
FSR
PORTA
PORTB
EEDATA
EEADR
PCLATH
INTCON
36
General
Purpose
registers
(SRAM)
PCL
STATUS
FSR
TRISA
TRISB
EECON1
EECON2(1)
PCLATH
INTCON
Mapped
in Bank 0
Unimplemented data memory location; read as '0'.
File Address
AFh
B0h
Note 1: Not a physical register.
(accesses)
File Address
00h
01h
02h
03h
04h
05h
06h
07h
08h
09h
0Ah
0Bh
0Ch
7Fh
80h
81h
82h
83h
84h
85h
86h
87h
88h
89h
8Ah
8Bh
8Ch
FFh
Bank 0 Bank 1
Indirect addr.(1) Indirect addr.(1)
TMR0 OPTION
PCL
STATUS
FSR
PORTA
PORTB
EEDATA
EEADR
PCLATH
INTCON
68
General
Purpose
registers
(SRAM)
PCL
STATUS
FSR
TRISA
TRISB
EECON1
EECON2(1)
PCLATH
INTCON
Mapped
in Bank 0
Unimplemented data memory location; read as '0'.
File Address
Note 1: Not a physical register.
CFh
D0h
4Fh
50h
(accesses)
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 14  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 4-1 REGISTER FILE SUMMARY
Address Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Value on
Power-on
Reset
Value on all
other resets
(Note3)
Bank 0
00h INDF Uses contents of FSR to address data memory (not a physical register) ---- ---- ---- ----
01h TMR0 8-bit real-time clock/counter xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
02h PCL Low order 8 bits of the Program Counter (PC) 0000 0000 0000 0000
03h STATUS (2)
IRP RP1 RP0 TO PD Z DC C 0001 1xxx 000q quuu
04h FSR Indirect data memory address pointer 0 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
05h PORTA — — — RA4/T0CKI RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 ---x xxxx ---u uuuu
06h PORTB RB7 RB6 RB5 RB4 RB3 RB2 RB1 RB0/INT xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
07h Unimplemented location, read as '0' ---- ---- ---- ----
08h EEDATA EEPROM data register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
09h EEADR EEPROM address register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
0Ah PCLATH — — — Write buffer for upper 5 bits of the PC (1) ---0 0000 ---0 0000
0Bh INTCON GIE EEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000u
Bank 1
80h INDF Uses contents of FSR to address data memory (not a physical register) ---- ---- ---- ----
81h
OPTION_
REG
RBPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0
1111 1111 1111 1111
82h PCL Low order 8 bits of Program Counter (PC) 0000 0000 0000 0000
83h STATUS (2) IRP RP1 RP0 TO PD Z DC C 0001 1xxx 000q quuu
84h FSR Indirect data memory address pointer 0 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
85h TRISA — — — PORTA data direction register ---1 1111 ---1 1111
86h TRISB PORTB data direction register 1111 1111 1111 1111
87h Unimplemented location, read as '0' ---- ---- ---- ----
88h EECON1 — — — EEIF WRERR WREN WR RD ---0 x000 ---0 q000
89h EECON2 EEPROM control register 2 (not a physical register) ---- ---- ---- ----
0Ah PCLATH — — — Write buffer for upper 5 bits of the PC (1) ---0 0000 ---0 0000
0Bh INTCON GIE EEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000u
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged. - = unimplemented read as '0', q = value depends on condition.
Note 1: The upper byte of the program counter is not directly accessible. PCLATH is a slave register for PC<12:8>. The contents
of PCLATH can be transferred to the upper byte of the program counter, but the contents of PC<12:8> is never trans-
ferred to PCLATH.
2: The TO and PD status bits in the STATUS register are not affected by a MCLR reset.
3: Other (non power-up) resets include: external reset through MCLR and the Watchdog Timer Reset.
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 15
4.2.2.1 STATUS REGISTER
The STATUS register contains the arithmetic status of
the ALU, the RESET status and the bank select bit for
data memory.
As with any register, the STATUS register can be the
destination for any instruction. If the STATUS register is
the destination for an instruction that affects the Z, DC
or C bits, then the write to these three bits is disabled.
These bits are set or cleared according to device logic.
Furthermore, the TO and PD bits are not writable.
Therefore, the result of an instruction with the STATUS
register as destination may be different than intended.
For example, CLRF STATUS will clear the upper-three
bits and set the Z bit. This leaves the STATUS register
as 000u u1uu (where u = unchanged).
Only the BCF, BSF, SWAPF and MOVWF instructions
should be used to alter the STATUS register (Table 9-2)
because these instructions do not affect any status bit.
FIGURE 4-1: STATUS REGISTER (ADDRESS 03h, 83h)
Note 1: The IRP and RP1 bits (STATUS<7:6>) are
not used by the PIC16F8X and should be
programmed as cleared. Use of these bits
as general purpose R/W bits is NOT
recommended, since this may affect
upward compatibility with future products.
Note 2: The C and DC bits operate as a borrow
and digit borrow out bit, respectively, in
subtraction. See the SUBLW and SUBWF
instructions for examples.
Note 3: When the STATUS register is the
destination for an instruction that affects
the Z, DC or C bits, then the write to these
three bits is disabled. The specified bit(s)
will be updated according to device logic
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R-1 R-1 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x
IRP RP1 RP0 TO PD Z DC C R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit,
read as ‘0’
- n = Value at POR reset
bit7 bit0
bit 7: IRP: Register Bank Select bit (used for indirect addressing)
0 = Bank 0, 1 (00h - FFh)
1 = Bank 2, 3 (100h - 1FFh)
The IRP bit is not used by the PIC16F8X. IRP should be maintained clear.
bit 6-5: RP1:RP0: Register Bank Select bits (used for direct addressing)
00 = Bank 0 (00h - 7Fh)
01 = Bank 1 (80h - FFh)
10 = Bank 2 (100h - 17Fh)
11 = Bank 3 (180h - 1FFh)
Each bank is 128 bytes. Only bit RP0 is used by the PIC16F8X. RP1 should be maintained clear.
bit 4: TO: Time-out bit
1 = After power-up, CLRWDT instruction, or SLEEP instruction
0 = A WDT time-out occurred
bit 3: PD: Power-down bit
1 = After power-up or by the CLRWDT instruction
0 = By execution of the SLEEP instruction
bit 2: Z: Zero bit
1 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is zero
0 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is not zero
bit 1: DC: Digit carry/borrow bit (for ADDWF and ADDLW instructions) (For borrow the polarity is reversed)
1 = A carry-out from the 4th low order bit of the result occurred
0 = No carry-out from the 4th low order bit of the result
bit 0: C: Carry/borrow bit (for ADDWF and ADDLW instructions)
1 = A carry-out from the most significant bit of the result occurred
0 = No carry-out from the most significant bit of the result occurred
Note:For borrow the polarity is reversed. A subtraction is executed by adding the two’s complement of
the second operand. For rotate (RRF, RLF) instructions, this bit is loaded with either the high or low
order bit of the source register.
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 16  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.2.2.2 OPTION_REG REGISTER
The OPTION_REG register is a readable and writable
register which contains various control bits to configure
the TMR0/WDT prescaler, the external INT interrupt,
TMR0, and the weak pull-ups on PORTB.
FIGURE 4-1: OPTION_REG REGISTER (ADDRESS 81h)
Note: When the prescaler is assigned to
the WDT (PSA = '1'), TMR0 has a 1:1
prescaler assignment.
R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1
RBPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit,
read as ‘0’
- n = Value at POR reset
bit7 bit0
bit 7: RBPU: PORTB Pull-up Enable bit
1 = PORTB pull-ups are disabled
0 = PORTB pull-ups are enabled (by individual port latch values)
bit 6: INTEDG: Interrupt Edge Select bit
1 = Interrupt on rising edge of RB0/INT pin
0 = Interrupt on falling edge of RB0/INT pin
bit 5: T0CS: TMR0 Clock Source Select bit
1 = Transition on RA4/T0CKI pin
0 = Internal instruction cycle clock (CLKOUT)
bit 4: T0SE: TMR0 Source Edge Select bit
1 = Increment on high-to-low transition on RA4/T0CKI pin
0 = Increment on low-to-high transition on RA4/T0CKI pin
bit 3: PSA: Prescaler Assignment bit
1 = Prescaler assigned to the WDT
0 = Prescaler assigned to TMR0
bit 2-0: PS2:PS0: Prescaler Rate Select bits
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
1 : 2
1 : 4
1 : 8
1 : 16
1 : 32
1 : 64
1 : 128
1 : 256
1 : 1
1 : 2
1 : 4
1 : 8
1 : 16
1 : 32
1 : 64
1 : 128
Bit Value TMR0 Rate WDT Rate
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 17
4.2.2.3 INTCON REGISTER
The INTCON register is a readable and writable
register which contains the various enable bits for all
interrupt sources.
FIGURE 4-1: INTCON REGISTER (ADDRESS 0Bh, 8Bh)
Note: Interrupt flag bits get set when an interrupt
condition occurs regardless of the state of
its corresponding enable bit or the global
enable bit, GIE (INTCON<7>).
R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-x
GIE EEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit,
read as ‘0’
- n = Value at POR reset
bit7 bit0
bit 7: GIE: Global Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables all un-masked interrupts
0 = Disables all interrupts
Note: For the operation of the interrupt structure, please refer to Section 8.5.
bit 6: EEIE: EE Write Complete Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the EE write complete interrupt
0 = Disables the EE write complete interrupt
bit 5: T0IE: TMR0 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the TMR0 interrupt
0 = Disables the TMR0 interrupt
bit 4: INTE: RB0/INT Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the RB0/INT interrupt
0 = Disables the RB0/INT interrupt
bit 3: RBIE: RB Port Change Interrupt Enable bit
1 = Enables the RB port change interrupt
0 = Disables the RB port change interrupt
bit 2: T0IF: TMR0 overflow interrupt flag bit
1 = TMR0 has overflowed (must be cleared in software)
0 = TMR0 did not overflow
bit 1: INTF: RB0/INT Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The RB0/INT interrupt occurred
0 = The RB0/INT interrupt did not occur
bit 0: RBIF: RB Port Change Interrupt Flag bit
1 = When at least one of the RB7:RB4 pins changed state (must be cleared in software)
0 = None of the RB7:RB4 pins have changed state
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 18  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.3 Program Counter: PCL and PCLATH
The Program Counter (PC) is 13-bits wide. The low
byte is the PCL register, which is a readable and
writable register.The high byte of the PC (PC<12:8>) is
not directly readable nor writable and comes from the
PCLATH register.The PCLATH (PC latch high) register
is a holding register for PC<12:8>. The contents of
PCLATH are transferred to the upper byte of the
program counter when the PC is loaded with a new
value. This occurs during a CALL, GOTO or a write to
PCL. The high bits of PC are loaded from PCLATH as
shown in Figure 4-1.
FIGURE 4-1: LOADING OF PC IN
DIFFERENT SITUATIONS
4.3.1 COMPUTED GOTO
A computed GOTO is accomplished by adding an offset
to the program counter (ADDWF PCL).When doing a table
read using a computed GOTO method, care should be
exercised if the table location crosses a PCL memory
boundary (each 256 word block).Refer to the application
note “Implementing a Table Read” (AN556).
4.3.2 PROGRAM MEMORY PAGING
The PIC16F83 and PIC16CR83 have 512 words of pro-
gram memory. The PIC16F84 and PIC16CR84 have
1K of program memory. The CALL and GOTO instruc-
tions have an 11-bit address range.This 11-bit address
range allows a branch within a 2K program memory
page size. For future PIC16F8X program memory
expansion, there must be another two bits to specify
the program memory page. These paging bits come
from the PCLATH<4:3> bits (Figure 4-1).When doing a
CALL or a GOTO instruction, the user must ensure that
these page bits (PCLATH<4:3>) are programmed to
the desired program memory page. If a CALL instruc-
tion (or interrupt) is executed, the entire 13-bit PC is
“pushed” onto the stack (see next section). Therefore,
manipulation of the PCLATH<4:3> is not required for
the return instructions (which “pops” the PC from the
stack).
4.4 Stack
The PIC16FXX has an 8 deep x 13-bit wide hardware
stack (Figure 4-1). The stack space is not part of either
program or data space and the stack pointer is not
readable or writable.
The entire 13-bit PC is “pushed” onto the stack when a
CALL instruction is executed or an interrupt is acknowl-
edged.The stack is “popped” in the event of a RETURN,
RETLW or a RETFIE instruction execution. PCLATH is
not affected by a push or a pop operation.
The stack operates as a circular buffer. That is, after the
stack has been pushed eight times, the ninth push over-
writes the value that was stored from the first push. The
tenth push overwrites the second push (and so on).
If the stack is effectively popped nine times, the PC
value is the same as the value from the first pop.
PC
12 8 7 0
5
PCLATH<4:0>
PCLATH
INST with PCL
as dest
ALU result
GOTO, CALL
Opcode <10:0>
8
PC
12 11 10 0
11
PCLATH<4:3>
PCH PCL
8 7
2
PCLATH
PCH PCL
Note: The PIC16F8X ignores the PCLATH<4:3>
bits, which are used for program memory
pages 1, 2 and 3 (0800h - 1FFFh). The
use of PCLATH<4:3> as general purpose
R/W bits is not recommended since this
may affect upward compatibility with
future products.
Note: There are no instruction mnemonics
called push or pop.These are actions that
occur from the execution of the CALL,
RETURN, RETLW, and RETFIE instruc-
tions, or the vectoring to an interrupt
address.
Note: There are no status bits to indicate stack
overflow or stack underflow conditions.
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 19
4.5 Indirect Addressing; INDF and FSR
Registers
The INDF register is not a physical register. Address-
ing INDF actually addresses the register whose
address is contained in the FSR register (FSR is a
pointer). This is indirect addressing.
EXAMPLE 4-1: INDIRECT ADDRESSING
• Register file 05 contains the value 10h
• Register file 06 contains the value 0Ah
• Load the value 05 into the FSR register
• A read of the INDF register will return the value of
10h
• Increment the value of the FSR register by one
(FSR = 06)
• A read of the INDF register now will return the
value of 0Ah.
Reading INDF itself indirectly (FSR = 0) will produce
00h. Writing to the INDF register indirectly results in a
no-operation (although STATUS bits may be affected).
A simple program to clear RAM locations 20h-2Fh
using indirect addressing is shown in Example 4-2.
EXAMPLE 4-2: HOW TO CLEAR RAM
USING INDIRECT
ADDRESSING
movlw 0x20 ;initialize pointer
movwf FSR ; to RAM
NEXT clrf INDF ;clear INDF register
incf FSR ;inc pointer
btfss FSR,4 ;all done?
goto NEXT ;NO, clear next
CONTINUE
: ;YES, continue
An effective 9-bit address is obtained by concatenating
the 8-bit FSR register and the IRP bit (STATUS<7>), as
shown in Figure 4-1. However, IRP is not used in the
PIC16F8X.
FIGURE 4-1: DIRECT/INDIRECT ADDRESSING
Direct Addressing
RP1 RP0 6 from opcode 0 IRP 7 (FSR) 0
Indirect Addressing
bank select location select bank select location select
00 01 10 11
00h
7Fh
00h
0Bh
0Ch
2Fh (1)
30h (1)
7Fh
not used
Bank 0 Bank 1 Bank 2 Bank 3
Note 1: PIC16F83 and PIC16CR83 devices.
2: PIC16F84 and PIC16CR84 devices
3: For memory map detail see Figure 4-1.
4Fh (2)
50h (2)
Addresses
map back
to Bank 0
Data
Memory (3)
not used
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 20  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 21
5.0 I/O PORTS
The PIC16F8X has two ports, PORTA and PORTB.
Some port pins are multiplexed with an alternate func-
tion for other features on the device.
5.1 PORTA and TRISA Registers
PORTA is a 5-bit wide latch. RA4 is a Schmitt Trigger
input and an open drain output. All other RA port pins
have TTL input levels and full CMOS output drivers. All
pins have data direction bits (TRIS registers) which can
configure these pins as output or input.
Setting a TRISA bit (=1) will make the corresponding
PORTA pin an input, i.e., put the corresponding output
driver in a hi-impedance mode. Clearing a TRISA bit
(=0) will make the corresponding PORTA pin an output,
i.e., put the contents of the output latch on the selected
pin.
Reading the PORTA register reads the status of the pins
whereas writing to it will write to the port latch. All write
operations are read-modify-write operations. So a write
to a port implies that the port pins are first read, then this
value is modified and written to the port data latch.
The RA4 pin is multiplexed with the TMR0 clock input.
FIGURE 5-1: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF PINS
RA3:RA0
EXAMPLE 5-1: INITIALIZING PORTA
CLRF PORTA ; Initialize PORTA by
; setting output
; data latches
BSF STATUS, RP0 ; Select Bank 1
MOVLW 0x0F ; Value used to
; initialize data
; direction
MOVWF TRISA ; Set RA<3:0> as inputs
; RA4 as outputs
; TRISA<7:5> are always
; read as '0'.
FIGURE 5-2: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF PIN RA4
Note: I/O pins have protection diodes to VDD and VSS.
Data
bus
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
Q
CK
Q D
EN
P
N
WR
Port
WR
TRIS
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRIS
RD PORT
TTL
input
buffer
VSS
VDD
I/O pin
Data
bus
WR
PORT
WR
TRIS
RD PORT
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRIS
Schmitt
Trigger
input
buffer
N
VSS
RA4 pin
TMR0 clock input
Note: I/O pin has protection diodes to VSS only.
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
Q
CK
EN
Q D
EN
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 22  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 5-1 PORTA FUNCTIONS
TABLE 5-2 SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTA
Name Bit0 Buffer Type Function
RA0 bit0 TTL Input/output
RA1 bit1 TTL Input/output
RA2 bit2 TTL Input/output
RA3 bit3 TTL Input/output
RA4/T0CKI bit4 ST Input/output or external clock input for TMR0.
Output is open drain type.
Legend: TTL = TTL input, ST = Schmitt Trigger input
Address Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Value on
Power-on
Reset
Value on all
other resets
05h PORTA — — — RA4/T0CKI RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 ---x xxxx ---u uuuu
85h TRISA — — — TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 ---1 1111 ---1 1111
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented read as '0'. Shaded cells are unimplemented, read as '0'
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 23
5.2 PORTB and TRISB Registers
PORTB is an 8-bit wide bi-directional port. The
corresponding data direction register is TRISB. A '1' on
any bit in the TRISB register puts the corresponding
output driver in a hi-impedance mode. A '0' on any bit
in the TRISB register puts the contents of the output
latch on the selected pin(s).
Each of the PORTB pins have a weak internal pull-up.
A single control bit can turn on all the pull-ups. This is
done by clearing the RBPU (OPTION_REG<7>) bit.
The weak pull-up is automatically turned off when the
port pin is configured as an output. The pull-ups are
disabled on a Power-on Reset.
Four of PORTB’s pins, RB7:RB4, have an interrupt on
change feature. Only pins configured as inputs can
cause this interrupt to occur (i.e., any RB7:RB4 pin
configured as an output is excluded from the interrupt
on change comparison). The pins value in input mode
are compared with the old value latched on the last
read of PORTB.The “mismatch” outputs of the pins are
OR’ed together to generate the RB port
change interrupt.
FIGURE 5-3: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF PINS
RB7:RB4
This interrupt can wake the device from SLEEP. The
user, in the interrupt service routine, can clear the
interrupt in the following manner:
a) Read (or write) PORTB. This will end the mis-
match condition.
b) Clear flag bit RBIF.
A mismatch condition will continue to set the RBIF bit.
Reading PORTB will end the mismatch condition, and
allow the RBIF bit to be cleared.
This interrupt on mismatch feature, together with
software configurable pull-ups on these four pins allow
easy interface to a key pad and make it possible for
wake-up on key-depression (see AN552 in the
Embedded Control Handbook).
The interrupt on change feature is recommended for
wake-up on key depression operation and operations
where PORTB is only used for the interrupt on change
feature. Polling of PORTB is not recommended while
using the interrupt on change feature.
FIGURE 5-4: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF PINS
RB3:RB0
RBPU(1)
Data Latch
From other
P
VDD
Q
D
CK
Q
D
CK
Q D
EN
Q D
EN
Data bus
WR Port
WR TRIS
Set RBIF
TRIS Latch
RD TRIS
RD Port
RB7:RB4 pins
weak
pull-up
RD Port
Latch
TTL
Input
Buffer
Note 1: TRISB = '1' enables weak pull-up
(if RBPU = '0' in the OPTION_REG register).
2: I/O pins have diode protection to VDD and VSS.
I/O
pin(2)
Note 1: For a change on the I/O pin to be
recognized, the pulse width must be at
least TCY (4/fOSC) wide.
RBPU(1)
I/O
pin(2)
Data Latch
P
VDD
Q
D
CK
Q
D
CK
Q D
EN
Data bus
WR Port
WR TRIS
RD TRIS
RD Port
weak
pull-up
RD Port
RB0/INT
TTL
Input
Buffer
Schmitt Trigger
Buffer
TRIS Latch
Note 1: TRISB = '1' enables weak pull-up
(if RBPU = '0' in the OPTION_REG register).
2: I/O pins have diode protection to VDD and VSS.
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 24  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
EXAMPLE 5-1: INITIALIZING PORTB
CLRF PORTB ; Initialize PORTB by
; setting output
; data latches
BSF STATUS, RP0 ; Select Bank 1
MOVLW 0xCF ; Value used to
; initialize data
; direction
MOVWF TRISB ; Set RB<3:0> as inputs
; RB<5:4> as outputs
; RB<7:6> as inputs
TABLE 5-3 PORTB FUNCTIONS
TABLE 5-4 SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTB
Name Bit Buffer Type I/O Consistency Function
RB0/INT bit0 TTL/ST(1) Input/output pin or external interrupt input. Internal software
programmable weak pull-up.
RB1 bit1 TTL Input/output pin. Internal software programmable weak pull-up.
RB2 bit2 TTL Input/output pin. Internal software programmable weak pull-up.
RB3 bit3 TTL Input/output pin. Internal software programmable weak pull-up.
RB4 bit4 TTL Input/output pin (with interrupt on change). Internal software programmable
weak pull-up.
RB5 bit5 TTL Input/output pin (with interrupt on change). Internal software programmable
weak pull-up.
RB6 bit6 TTL/ST(2) Input/output pin (with interrupt on change). Internal software programmable
weak pull-up. Serial programming clock.
RB7 bit7 TTL/ST(2) Input/output pin (with interrupt on change). Internal software programmable
weak pull-up. Serial programming data.
Legend: TTL = TTL input, ST = Schmitt Trigger.
Note 1: This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured as the external interrupt.
2: This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when used in serial programming mode.
Address Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Value on
Power-on
Reset
Value on all
other resets
06h PORTB RB7 RB6 RB5 RB4 RB3 RB2 RB1 RB0/INT xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
86h TRISB TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 TRISB3 TRISB2 TRISB1 TRISB0 1111 1111 1111 1111
81h
OPTION_
REG
RBPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0
1111 1111 1111 1111
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged. Shaded cells are not used by PORTB.
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 25
5.3 I/O Programming Considerations
5.3.1 BI-DIRECTIONAL I/O PORTS
Any instruction which writes, operates internally as a
read followed by a write operation. The BCF and BSF
instructions, for example, read the register into the
CPU, execute the bit operation and write the result back
to the register. Caution must be used when these
instructions are applied to a port with both inputs and
outputs defined. For example, a BSF operation on bit5
of PORTB will cause all eight bits of PORTB to be read
into the CPU. Then the BSF operation takes place on
bit5 and PORTB is written to the output latches. If
another bit of PORTB is used as a bi-directional I/O pin
(i.e., bit0) and it is defined as an input at this time, the
input signal present on the pin itself would be read into
the CPU and rewritten to the data latch of this particular
pin, overwriting the previous content. As long as the pin
stays in the input mode, no problem occurs. However,
if bit0 is switched into output mode later on, the content
of the data latch is unknown.
Reading the port register, reads the values of the port
pins. Writing to the port register writes the value to the
port latch. When using read-modify-write instructions
(i.e., BCF, BSF, etc.) on a port, the value of the port pins
is read, the desired operation is done to this value, and
this value is then written to the port latch.
A pin actively outputting a Low or High should not be
driven from external devices at the same time in order
to change the level on this pin (“wired-or”, “wired-and”).
The resulting high output current may damage the chip.
5.3.2 SUCCESSIVE OPERATIONS ON I/O
PORTS
The actual write to an I/O port happens at the end of an
instruction cycle, whereas for reading, the data must be
valid at the beginning of the instruction cycle
(Figure 5-5). Therefore, care must be exercised if a
write followed by a read operation is carried out on the
same I/O port. The sequence of instructions should be
such that the pin voltage stabilizes (load dependent)
before the next instruction which causes that file to be
read into the CPU is executed. Otherwise, the previous
state of that pin may be read into the CPU rather than
the new state. When in doubt, it is better to separate
these instructions with a NOP or another instruction not
accessing this I/O port.
Example 5-1 shows the effect of two sequential
read-modify-write instructions (e.g., BCF, BSF, etc.) on
an I/O port.
EXAMPLE 5-1: READ-MODIFY-WRITE
INSTRUCTIONS ON AN
I/O PORT
;Initial PORT settings: PORTB<7:4> Inputs
; PORTB<3:0> Outputs
;PORTB<7:6> have external pull-ups and are
;not connected to other circuitry
;
; PORT latch PORT pins
; ---------- ---------
BCF PORTB, 7 ; 01pp ppp 11pp ppp
BCF PORTB, 6 ; 10pp ppp 11pp ppp
BSF STATUS, RP0 ;
BCF TRISB, 7 ; 10pp ppp 11pp ppp
BCF TRISB, 6 ; 10pp ppp 10pp ppp
;
;Note that the user may have expected the
;pin values to be 00pp ppp. The 2nd BCF
;caused RB7 to be latched as the pin value
;(high).
FIGURE 5-5: SUCCESSIVE I/O OPERATION
PC PC + 1 PC + 2 PC + 3
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Instruction
fetched
RB7:RB0
MOVWF PORTB
write to
PORTB
NOP
Port pin
sampled here
NOP
MOVF PORTB,W
Instruction
executed
MOVWF PORTB
write to
PORTB
NOP
MOVF PORTB,W
PC
TPD
Note:
This example shows a write to PORTB
followed by a read from PORTB.
Note that:
data setup time = (0.25TCY - TPD)
where TCY = instruction cycle
TPD = propagation delay
Therefore, at higher clock frequencies,
a write followed by a read may be
problematic.
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 26  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 27
6.0 TIMER0 MODULE AND TMR0
REGISTER
The Timer0 module timer/counter has the following
features:
• 8-bit timer/counter
• Readable and writable
• 8-bit software programmable prescaler
• Internal or external clock select
• Interrupt on overflow from FFh to 00h
• Edge select for external clock
Timer mode is selected by clearing the T0CS bit
(OPTION_REG<5>). In timer mode, the Timer0 mod-
ule (Figure 6-1) will increment every instruction cycle
(without prescaler). If the TMR0 register is written, the
increment is inhibited for the following two cycles
(Figure 6-2 and Figure 6-3). The user can work around
this by writing an adjusted value to the TMR0 register.
Counter mode is selected by setting the T0CS bit
(OPTION_REG<5>). In this mode TMR0 will increment
either on every rising or falling edge of pin RA4/T0CKI.
The incrementing edge is determined by the T0 source
edge select bit, T0SE (OPTION_REG<4>). Clearing bit
T0SE selects the rising edge. Restrictions on the exter-
nal clock input are discussed in detail in Section 6.2.
The prescaler is shared between the Timer0 Module
and the Watchdog Timer. The prescaler assignment is
controlled, in software, by control bit PSA
(OPTION_REG<3>). Clearing bit PSA will assign the
prescaler to the Timer0 Module. The prescaler is not
readable or writable. When the prescaler (Section 6.3)
is assigned to the Timer0 Module, the prescale value
(1:2, 1:4, ..., 1:256) is software selectable.
6.1 TMR0 Interrupt
The TMR0 interrupt is generated when the TMR0
register overflows from FFh to 00h. This overflow sets
the T0IF bit (INTCON<2>). The interrupt can be
masked by clearing enable bit T0IE (INTCON<5>).The
T0IF bit must be cleared in software by the Timer0
Module interrupt service routine before re-enabling this
interrupt.The TMR0 interrupt (Figure 6-4) cannot wake
the processor from SLEEP since the timer is shut off
during SLEEP.
FIGURE 6-1: TMR0 BLOCK DIAGRAM
FIGURE 6-2: TMR0 TIMING: INTERNAL CLOCK/NO PRESCALER
Note 1: Bits T0CS, T0SE, PS2, PS1, PS0 and PSA are located in the OPTION_REG register.
2: The prescaler is shared with the Watchdog Timer (Figure 6-6)
RA4/T0CKI
T0SE
0
1
1
0
pin
T0CS
FOSC/4
Programmable
Prescaler
Sync with
Internal
clocks
TMR0 register
PSout
(2 cycle delay)
PSout
Data bus
8
Set bit T0IF
on Overflow
PSA
PS2, PS1, PS0
3
PC-1
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
PC
Instruction
Fetch
TMR0
PC PC+1 PC+2 PC+3 PC+4 PC+5 PC+6
T0 T0+1 T0+2 NT0 NT0 NT0 NT0+1 NT0+2 T0
MOVWF TMR0 MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W
Write TMR0
executed
Read TMR0
reads NT0
Read TMR0
reads NT0
Read TMR0
reads NT0
Read TMR0
reads NT0 + 1
Read TMR0
reads NT0 + 2
Instruction
Executed
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 28  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 6-3: TMR0 TIMING: INTERNAL CLOCK/PRESCALE 1:2
FIGURE 6-4: TMR0 INTERRUPT TIMING
PC-1
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
PC
Instruction
Fetch
TMR0
PC PC+1 PC+2 PC+3 PC+4 PC+5 PC+6
T0 NT0+1
MOVWF TMR0 MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W
Write TMR0
executed
Read TMR0
reads NT0
Read TMR0
reads NT0
Read TMR0
reads NT0
Read TMR0
reads NT0
Read TMR0
reads NT0 + 1
T0+1 NT0
Instruction
Execute
Q2
Q1 Q3 Q4
Q2
Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2
Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2
Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2
Q1 Q3 Q4
1 1
OSC1
CLKOUT(3)
TMR0 timer
T0IF bit
(INTCON<2>)
FEh
GIE bit
(INTCON<7>)
INSTRUCTION FLOW
PC
Instruction
fetched
PC PC +1 PC +1 0004h 0005h
Instruction
executed
Inst (PC)
Inst (PC-1)
Inst (PC+1)
Inst (PC)
Inst (0004h) Inst (0005h)
Inst (0004h)
Dummy cycle Dummy cycle
FFh 00h 01h 02h
Note 1: T0IF interrupt flag is sampled here (every Q1).
2: Interrupt latency = 3.25Tcy, where Tcy = instruction cycle time.
3: CLKOUT is available only in RC oscillator mode.
4
Interrupt Latency(2)
4: The timer clock (after the synchronizer circuit) which increments the timer from FFh to 00h immediately sets the T0IF bit.
The TMR0 register will roll over 3 Tosc cycles later.
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 29
6.2 Using TMR0 with External Clock
When an external clock input is used for TMR0, it must
meet certain requirements. The external clock
requirement is due to internal phase clock (TOSC)
synchronization. Also, there is a delay in the actual
incrementing of the TMR0 register after
synchronization.
6.2.1 EXTERNAL CLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION
When no prescaler is used, the external clock input is
the same as the prescaler output. The synchronization
of pin RA4/T0CKI with the internal phase clocks is
accomplished by sampling the prescaler output on the
Q2 and Q4 cycles of the internal phase clocks
(Figure 6-5). Therefore, it is necessary for T0CKI to be
high for at least 2Tosc (plus a small RC delay) and low
for at least 2Tosc (plus a small RC delay). Refer to the
electrical specification of the desired device.
When a prescaler is used, the external clock input is
divided by an asynchronous ripple counter type
prescaler so that the prescaler output is symmetrical.
For the external clock to meet the sampling
requirement, the ripple counter must be taken into
account. Therefore, it is necessary for T0CKI to have a
period of at least 4Tosc (plus a small RC delay) divided
by the prescaler value. The only requirement on T0CKI
high and low time is that they do not violate the
minimum pulse width requirement of 10 ns. Refer to
parameters 40, 41 and 42 in the AC Electrical
Specifications of the desired device.
6.2.2 TMR0 INCREMENT DELAY
Since the prescaler output is synchronized with the
internal clocks, there is a small delay from the time the
external clock edge occurs to the time the Timer0
Module is actually incremented. Figure 6-5 shows the
delay from the external clock edge to the timer
incrementing.
6.3 Prescaler
An 8-bit counter is available as a prescaler for the
Timer0 Module, or as a postscaler for the Watchdog
Timer (Figure 6-6). For simplicity, this counter is being
referred to as “prescaler” throughout this data sheet.
Note that there is only one prescaler available which is
mutually exclusive between the Timer0 Module and the
Watchdog Timer. Thus, a prescaler assignment for the
Timer0 Module means that there is no prescaler for the
Watchdog Timer, and vice-versa.
The PSA and PS2:PS0 bits (OPTION_REG<3:0>)
determine the prescaler assignment and prescale ratio.
When assigned to the Timer0 Module, all instructions
writing to the Timer0 Module (e.g., CLRF 1, MOVWF 1,
BSF 1,x ....etc.) will clear the prescaler. When
assigned to WDT, a CLRWDT instruction will clear the
prescaler along with the Watchdog Timer. The
prescaler is not readable or writable.
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 30  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 6-5: TIMER0 TIMING WITH EXTERNAL CLOCK
FIGURE 6-6: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE TMR0/WDT PRESCALER
Increment TMR0 (Q4)
Ext. Clock Input or
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
TMR0 T0 T0 + 1 T0 + 2
Ext. Clock/Prescaler
Output After Sampling
(Note 3)
Note 1:
2:
3:
Delay from clock input change to TMR0 increment is 3Tosc to 7Tosc. (Duration of Q = Tosc).
Therefore, the error in measuring the interval between two edges on TMR0 input = ± 4Tosc max.
External clock if no prescaler selected, Prescaler output otherwise.
The arrows ↑ indicate where sampling occurs. A small clock pulse may be missed by sampling.
Prescaler Out (Note 2)
RA4/T0CKI
T0SE
pin
M
U
X
CLKOUT (= Fosc/4)
SYNC
2
Cycles
TMR0 register
8-bit Prescaler
8 - to - 1MUX
M
U
X
M U X
Watchdog
Timer
PSA
0 1
0
1
WDT
time-out
PS2:PS0
8
Note: T0CS, T0SE, PSA, PS2:PS0 are bits in the OPTION_REG register.
PSA
WDT Enable bit
M
U
X
0
1 0
1
Data Bus
Set bit T0IF
on overflow
8
PSA
T0CS
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 31
6.3.1 SWITCHING PRESCALER ASSIGNMENT
The prescaler assignment is fully under software
control (i.e., it can be changed “on the fly” during
program execution).
EXAMPLE 6-1: CHANGING PRESCALER
(TIMER0→WDT)
BCF STATUS, RP0 ;Bank 0
CLRF TMR0 ;Clear TMR0
; and Prescaler
BSF STATUS, RP0 ;Bank 1
CLRWDT ;Clears WDT
MOVLW b'xxxx1xxx' ;Select new
MOVWF OPTION_REG ; prescale value
BCF STATUS, RP0 ;Bank 0
EXAMPLE 6-2: CHANGING PRESCALER
(WDT→TIMER0)
CLRWDT ;Clear WDT and
; prescaler
BSF STATUS, RP0 ;Bank 1
MOVLW b'xxxx0xxx' ;Select TMR0, new
; prescale value
’ and clock source
MOVWF OPTION_REG ;
BCF STATUS, RP0 ;Bank 0
TABLE 6-1 REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER0
Note: To avoid an unintended device RESET, the
following instruction sequence
(Example 6-1) must be executed when
changing the prescaler assignment from
Timer0 to the WDT. This sequence must
be taken even if the WDT is disabled. To
change prescaler from the WDT to the
Timer0 module use the sequence shown in
Example 6-2.
Address Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Value on
Power-on
Reset
Value on all
other resets
01h TMR0 Timer0 module’s register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
0Bh INTCON GIE EEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 0000
81h
OPTION_
REG
RBPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0
1111 1111 1111 1111
85h TRISA — — — TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 ---1 1111 ---1 1111
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged. - = unimplemented read as '0'. Shaded cells are not associated with Timer0.
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 32  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 33
7.0 DATA EEPROM MEMORY
The EEPROM data memory is readable and writable
during normal operation (full VDD range). This memory
is not directly mapped in the register file space. Instead
it is indirectly addressed through the Special Function
Registers. There are four SFRs used to read and write
this memory. These registers are:
• EECON1
• EECON2
• EEDATA
• EEADR
EEDATA holds the 8-bit data for read/write, and EEADR
holds the address of the EEPROM location being
accessed. PIC16F8X devices have 64 bytes of data
EEPROM with an address range from 0h to 3Fh.
The EEPROM data memory allows byte read and write.
A byte write automatically erases the location and
writes the new data (erase before write).The EEPROM
data memory is rated for high erase/write cycles. The
write time is controlled by an on-chip timer. The write-
time will vary with voltage and temperature as well as
from chip to chip. Please refer to AC specifications for
exact limits.
When the device is code protected, the CPU may
continue to read and write the data EEPROM memory.
The device programmer can no longer access
this memory.
7.1 EEADR
The EEADR register can address up to a maximum of
256 bytes of data EEPROM. Only the first 64 bytes of
data EEPROM are implemented.
The upper two bits are address decoded. This means
that these two bits must always be '0' to ensure that the
address is in the 64 byte memory space.
FIGURE 7-1: EECON1 REGISTER (ADDRESS 88h)
U U U R/W-0 R/W-x R/W-0 R/S-0 R/S-x
— — — EEIF WRERR WREN WR RD R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
S = Settable bit
U = Unimplemented bit,
read as ‘0’
- n = Value at POR reset
bit7 bit0
bit 7:5 Unimplemented: Read as '0'
bit 4 EEIF: EEPROM Write Operation Interrupt Flag bit
1 = The write operation completed (must be cleared in software)
0 = The write operation is not complete or has not been started
bit 3 WRERR: EEPROM Error Flag bit
1 = A write operation is prematurely terminated
(any MCLR reset or any WDT reset during normal operation)
0 = The write operation completed
bit 2 WREN: EEPROM Write Enable bit
1 = Allows write cycles
0 = Inhibits write to the data EEPROM
bit 1 WR: Write Control bit
1 = initiates a write cycle. (The bit is cleared by hardware once write is complete. The WR bit can only
be set (not cleared) in software.
0 = Write cycle to the data EEPROM is complete
bit 0 RD: Read Control bit
1 = Initiates an EEPROM read (read takes one cycle. RD is cleared in hardware. The RD bit can only
be set (not cleared) in software).
0 = Does not initiate an EEPROM read
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 34  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
7.2 EECON1 and EECON2 Registers
EECON1 is the control register with five low order bits
physically implemented. The upper-three bits are non-
existent and read as '0's.
Control bits RD and WR initiate read and write,
respectively. These bits cannot be cleared, only set, in
software.They are cleared in hardware at completion of
the read or write operation.The inability to clear the WR
bit in software prevents the accidental, premature ter-
mination of a write operation.
The WREN bit, when set, will allow a write operation.
On power-up, the WREN bit is clear.The WRERR bit is
set when a write operation is interrupted by a MCLR
reset or a WDT time-out reset during normal operation.
In these situations, following reset, the user can check
the WRERR bit and rewrite the location. The data and
address will be unchanged in the EEDATA and
EEADR registers.
Interrupt flag bit EEIF is set when write is complete. It
must be cleared in software.
EECON2 is not a physical register. Reading EECON2
will read all '0's. The EECON2 register is used
exclusively in the Data EEPROM write sequence.
7.3 Reading the EEPROM Data Memory
To read a data memory location, the user must write
the address to the EEADR register and then set control
bit RD (EECON1<0>).The data is available, in the very
next cycle, in the EEDATA register; therefore it can be
read in the next instruction. EEDATA will hold this value
until another read or until it is written to by the user
(during a write operation).
EXAMPLE 7-1: DATA EEPROM READ
BCF STATUS, RP0 ; Bank 0
MOVLW CONFIG_ADDR ;
MOVWF EEADR ; Address to read
BSF STATUS, RP0 ; Bank 1
BSF EECON1, RD ; EE Read
BCF STATUS, RP0 ; Bank 0
MOVF EEDATA, W ; W = EEDATA
7.4 Writing to the EEPROM Data Memory
To write an EEPROM data location, the user must first
write the address to the EEADR register and the data
to the EEDATA register. Then the user must follow a
specific sequence to initiate the write for each byte.
EXAMPLE 7-1: DATA EEPROM WRITE
BSF STATUS, RP0 ; Bank 1
BCF INTCON, GIE ; Disable INTs.
BSF EECON1, WREN ; Enable Write
MOVLW 55h ;
MOVWF EECON2 ; Write 55h
MOVLW AAh ;
MOVWF EECON2 ; Write AAh
BSF EECON1,WR ; Set WR bit
; begin write
BSF INTCON, GIE ; Enable INTs.
The write will not initiate if the above sequence is not
exactly followed (write 55h to EECON2, write AAh to
EECON2, then set WR bit) for each byte. We strongly
recommend that interrupts be disabled during this
code segment.
Additionally, the WREN bit in EECON1 must be set to
enable write. This mechanism prevents accidental
writes to data EEPROM due to errant (unexpected)
code execution (i.e., lost programs). The user should
keep the WREN bit clear at all times, except when
updating EEPROM. The WREN bit is not cleared
by hardware
After a write sequence has been initiated, clearing the
WREN bit will not affect this write cycle.The WR bit will
be inhibited from being set unless the WREN bit is set.
At the completion of the write cycle, the WR bit is
cleared in hardware and the EE Write Complete
Interrupt Flag bit (EEIF) is set. The user can either
enable this interrupt or poll this bit. EEIF must be
cleared by software.
Required
Sequence
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 35
7.5 Write Verify
Depending on the application, good programming
practice may dictate that the value written to the Data
EEPROM should be verified (Example 7-1) to the
desired value to be written. This should be used in
applications where an EEPROM bit will be stressed
near the specification limit. The Total Endurance disk
will help determine your comfort level.
Generally the EEPROM write failure will be a bit which
was written as a '1', but reads back as a '0' (due to
leakage off the bit).
EXAMPLE 7-1: WRITE VERIFY
BCF STATUS, RP0 ; Bank 0
: ; Any code can go here
: ;
MOVF EEDATA, W ; Must be in Bank 0
BSF STATUS, RP0 ; Bank 1
READ
BSF EECON1, RD ; YES, Read the
; value written
BCF STATUS, RP0 ; Bank 0
;
; Is the value written (in W reg) and
; read (in EEDATA) the same?
;
SUBWF EEDATA, W ;
BTFSS STATUS, Z ; Is difference 0?
GOTO WRITE_ERR ; NO, Write error
: ; YES, Good write
: ; Continue program
7.6 Protection Against Spurious Writes
There are conditions when the device may not want to
write to the data EEPROM memory. To protect against
spurious EEPROM writes, various mechanisms have
been built in. On power-up, WREN is cleared. Also, the
Power-up Timer (72 ms duration) prevents
EEPROM write.
The write initiate sequence and the WREN bit together
help prevent an accidental write during brown-out,
power glitch, or software malfunction.
7.7 Data EEPROM Operation during Code
Protect
When the device is code protected, the CPU is able to
read and write unscrambled data to the Data
EEPROM.
For ROM devices, there are two code protection bits
(Section 8.1). One for the ROM program memory and
one for the Data EEPROM memory.
TABLE 7-1 REGISTERS/BITS ASSOCIATED WITH DATA EEPROM
Address Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Value on
Power-on
Reset
Value on all
other resets
08h EEDATA EEPROM data register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
09h EEADR EEPROM address register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
88h EECON1 — — — EEIF WRERR WREN WR RD ---0 x000 ---0 q000
89h EECON2 EEPROM control register 2 ---- ---- ---- ----
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented read as '0', q = value depends upon condition. Shaded cells are not
used by Data EEPROM.
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 36  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 37
8.0 SPECIAL FEATURES OF THE
CPU
What sets a microcontroller apart from other
processors are special circuits to deal with the needs of
real time applications. The PIC16F8X has a host of
such features intended to maximize system reliability,
minimize cost through elimination of external
components, provide power saving operating modes
and offer code protection. These features are:
• OSC Selection
• Reset
- Power-on Reset (POR)
- Power-up Timer (PWRT)
- Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST)
• Interrupts
• Watchdog Timer (WDT)
• SLEEP
• Code protection
• ID locations
• In-circuit serial programming
The PIC16F8X has a Watchdog Timer which can be
shut off only through configuration bits. It runs off its
own RC oscillator for added reliability. There are two
timers that offer necessary delays on power-up. One is
the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST), intended to keep
the chip in reset until the crystal oscillator is stable.The
other is the Power-up Timer (PWRT), which provides a
fixed delay of 72 ms (nominal) on power-up only. This
design keeps the device in reset while the power supply
stabilizes. With these two timers on-chip, most
applications need no external reset circuitry.
SLEEP mode offers a very low current power-down
mode. The user can wake-up from SLEEP through
external reset, Watchdog Timer time-out or through an
interrupt. Several oscillator options are provided to
allow the part to fit the application. The RC oscillator
option saves system cost while the LP crystal option
saves power. A set of configuration bits are used to
select the various options.
8.1 Configuration Bits
The configuration bits can be programmed (read as '0')
or left unprogrammed (read as '1') to select various
device configurations. These bits are mapped in
program memory location 2007h.
Address 2007h is beyond the user program memory
space and it belongs to the special test/configuration
memory space (2000h - 3FFFh). This space can only
be accessed during programming.
To find out how to program the PIC16C84, refer to
PIC16C84 EEPROM Memory Programming Specifica-
tion (DS30189).
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 38  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 8-1: CONFIGURATION WORD - PIC16CR83 AND PIC16CR84
FIGURE 8-2: CONFIGURATION WORD - PIC16F83 AND PIC16F84
R-u R-u R-u R-u R-u R-u R/P-u R-u R-u R-u R-u R-u R-u R-u
CP CP CP CP CP CP DP CP CP CP PWRTE WDTE FOSC1 FOSC0
bit13 bit0
R = Readable bit
P = Programmable bit
- n = Value at POR reset
u = unchanged
bit 13:8 CP: Program Memory Code Protection bit
1 = Code protection off
0 = Program memory is code protected
bit 7 DP: Data Memory Code Protection bit
1 = Code protection off
0 = Data memory is code protected
bit 6:4 CP: Program Memory Code Protection bit
1 = Code protection off
0 = Program memory is code protected
bit 3 PWRTE: Power-up Timer Enable bit
1 = Power-up timer is disabled
0 = Power-up timer is enabled
bit 2 WDTE: Watchdog Timer Enable bit
1 = WDT enabled
0 = WDT disabled
bit 1:0 FOSC1:FOSC0: Oscillator Selection bits
11 = RC oscillator
10 = HS oscillator
01 = XT oscillator
00 = LP oscillator
R/P-u R/P-u R/P-u R/P-u R/P-u R/P-u R/P-u R/P-u R/P-u R/P-u R/P-u R/P-u R/P-u R/P-u
CP CP CP CP CP CP CP CP CP CP PWRTE WDTE FOSC1 FOSC0
bit13 bit0
R = Readable bit
P = Programmable bit
- n = Value at POR reset
u = unchanged
bit 13:4 CP: Code Protection bit
1 = Code protection off
0 = All memory is code protected
bit 3 PWRTE: Power-up Timer Enable bit
1 = Power-up timer is disabled
0 = Power-up timer is enabled
bit 2 WDTE: Watchdog Timer Enable bit
1 = WDT enabled
0 = WDT disabled
bit 1:0 FOSC1:FOSC0: Oscillator Selection bits
11 = RC oscillator
10 = HS oscillator
01 = XT oscillator
00 = LP oscillator
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 39
8.2 Oscillator Configurations
8.2.1 OSCILLATOR TYPES
The PIC16F8X can be operated in four different
oscillator modes. The user can program two
configuration bits (FOSC1 and FOSC0) to select one of
these four modes:
• LP Low Power Crystal
• XT Crystal/Resonator
• HS High Speed Crystal/Resonator
• RC Resistor/Capacitor
8.2.2 CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR / CERAMIC
RESONATORS
In XT, LP or HS modes a crystal or ceramic resonator
is connected to the OSC1/CLKIN and OSC2/CLKOUT
pins to establish oscillation (Figure 8-3).
FIGURE 8-3: CRYSTAL/CERAMIC
RESONATOR OPERATION
(HS, XT OR LP OSC
CONFIGURATION)
The PIC16F8X oscillator design requires the use of a
parallel cut crystal. Use of a series cut crystal may give
a frequency out of the crystal manufacturers
specifications.When in XT, LP or HS modes, the device
can have an external clock source to drive the
OSC1/CLKIN pin (Figure 8-4).
FIGURE 8-4: EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUT
OPERATION (HS, XT OR LP
OSC CONFIGURATION)
TABLE 8-1 CAPACITOR SELECTION
FOR CERAMIC RESONATORS
TABLE 8-2 CAPACITOR SELECTION
FOR CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
Note1: See Table 8-1 for recommended values of
C1 and C2.
2: A series resistor (RS) may be required for
AT strip cut crystals.
3: RF varies with the crystal chosen.
C1(1)
C2(1)
XTAL
OSC2
OSC1
RF(3)
SLEEP
To
logic
PIC16FXX
RS(2)
internal
OSC1
OSC2
Open
Clock from
ext. system PIC16FXX
Ranges Tested:
Mode Freq OSC1/C1 OSC2/C2
XT 455 kHz
2.0 MHz
4.0 MHz
47 - 100 pF
15 - 33 pF
15 - 33 pF
47 - 100 pF
15 - 33 pF
15 - 33 pF
HS 8.0 MHz
10.0 MHz
15 - 33 pF
15 - 33 pF
15 - 33 pF
15 - 33 pF
Note: Recommended values of C1 and C2 are identical to
the ranges tested table.
Higher capacitance increases the stability of the
oscillator but also increases the start-up time.
These values are for design guidance only. Since
each resonator has its own characteristics, the user
should consult the resonator manufacturer for the
appropriate values of external components.
Resonators Tested:
455 kHz Panasonic EFO-A455K04B ± 0.3%
2.0 MHz Murata Erie CSA2.00MG ± 0.5%
4.0 MHz Murata Erie CSA4.00MG ± 0.5%
8.0 MHz Murata Erie CSA8.00MT ± 0.5%
10.0 MHz Murata Erie CSA10.00MTZ ± 0.5%
None of the resonators had built-in capacitors.
Mode Freq OSC1/C1 OSC2/C2
LP 32 kHz
200 kHz
68 - 100 pF
15 - 33 pF
68 - 100 pF
15 - 33 pF
XT 100 kHz
2 MHz
4 MHz
100 - 150 pF
15 - 33 pF
15 - 33 pF
100 - 150 pF
15 - 33 pF
15 - 33 pF
HS 4 MHz
10 MHz
15 - 33 pF
15 - 33 pF
15 - 33 pF
15 - 33 pF
Note: Higher capacitance increases the stability of
oscillator but also increases the start-up time.
These values are for design guidance only. Rs may
be required in HS mode as well as XT mode to
avoid overdriving crystals with low drive level spec-
ification. Since each crystal has its own characteris-
tics, the user should consult the crystal
manufacturer for appropriate values of external
components.
For VDD > 4.5V, C1 = C2 ≈ 30 pF is recommended.
Crystals Tested:
32.768 kHz Epson C-001R32.768K-A ± 20 PPM
100 kHz Epson C-2 100.00 KC-P ± 20 PPM
200 kHz STD XTL 200.000 KHz ± 20 PPM
1.0 MHz ECS ECS-10-13-2 ± 50 PPM
2.0 MHz ECS ECS-20-S-2 ± 50 PPM
4.0 MHz ECS ECS-40-S-4 ± 50 PPM
10.0 MHz ECS ECS-100-S-4 ± 50 PPM
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 40  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
8.2.3 EXTERNAL CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
CIRCUIT
Either a prepackaged oscillator can be used or a simple
oscillator circuit with TTL gates can be built.
Prepackaged oscillators provide a wide operating
range and better stability. A well-designed crystal
oscillator will provide good performance with TTL
gates. Two types of crystal oscillator circuits are
available; one with series resonance, and one with
parallel resonance.
Figure 8-5 shows a parallel resonant oscillator circuit.
The circuit is designed to use the fundamental
frequency of the crystal.The 74AS04 inverter performs
the 180-degree phase shift that a parallel oscillator
requires. The 4.7 kΩ resistor provides negative
feedback for stability. The 10 kΩ potentiometer biases
the 74AS04 in the linear region. This could be used for
external oscillator designs.
FIGURE 8-5: EXTERNAL PARALLEL
RESONANT CRYSTAL
OSCILLATOR CIRCUIT
Figure 8-6 shows a series resonant oscillator circuit.
This circuit is also designed to use the fundamental
frequency of the crystal. The inverter performs a
180-degree phase shift. The 330 kΩ resistors provide
the negative feedback to bias the inverters in their
linear region.
FIGURE 8-6: EXTERNAL SERIES
RESONANT CRYSTAL
OSCILLATOR CIRCUIT
8.2.4 RC OSCILLATOR
For timing insensitive applications the RC device option
offers additional cost savings. The RC oscillator
frequency is a function of the supply voltage, the
resistor (Rext) values, capacitor (Cext) values, and the
operating temperature. In addition to this, the oscillator
frequency will vary from unit to unit due to normal
process parameter variation. Furthermore, the
difference in lead frame capacitance between package
types also affects the oscillation frequency, especially
for low Cext values. The user needs to take into
account variation due to tolerance of the external
R and C components. Figure 8-7 shows how an R/C
combination is connected to the PIC16F8X. For Rext
values below 4 kΩ, the oscillator operation may
become unstable, or stop completely. For very high
Rext values (e.g., 1 MΩ), the oscillator becomes
sensitive to noise, humidity and leakage. Thus, we
recommend keeping Rext between 5 kΩ and 100 kΩ.
Although the oscillator will operate with no external
capacitor (Cext = 0 pF), we recommend using values
above 20 pF for noise and stability reasons. With little
or no external capacitance, the oscillation frequency
can vary dramatically due to changes in external
capacitances, such as PCB trace capacitance or
package lead frame capacitance.
See the electrical specification section for RC
frequency variation from part to part due to normal
process variation. The variation is larger for larger R
(since leakage current variation will affect RC
frequency more for large R) and for smaller C (since
variation of input capacitance has a greater affect on
RC frequency).
See the electrical specification section for variation of
oscillator frequency due to VDD for given Rext/Cext
values as well as frequency variation due to
operating temperature.
The oscillator frequency, divided by 4, is available on
the OSC2/CLKOUT pin, and can be used for test
purposes or to synchronize other logic (see Figure 3-2
for waveform).
FIGURE 8-7: RC OSCILLATOR MODE
20 pF
+5V
20 pF
10k
4.7k
10k
74AS04
XTAL
10k
74AS04
PIC16FXX
CLKIN
To Other
Devices
330 kΩ
74AS04 74AS04
PIC16FXX
CLKIN
To Other
Devices
XTAL
330 kΩ
74AS04
0.1 µF
Note: When the device oscillator is in RC mode,
do not drive the OSC1 pin with an external
clock or you may damage the device.
OSC2/CLKOUT
Cext
Rext
PIC16FXX
OSC1
Fosc/4
Internal
clock
VDD
VSS
Recommended values: 5 kΩ ≤ Rext ≤ 100 kΩ
Cext > 20pF
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 41
8.3 Reset
The PIC16F8X differentiates between various kinds
of reset:
• Power-on Reset (POR)
• MCLR reset during normal operation
• MCLR reset during SLEEP
• WDT Reset (during normal operation)
• WDT Wake-up (during SLEEP)
Figure 8-8 shows a simplified block diagram of the
on-chip reset circuit. The MCLR reset path has a noise
filter to ignore small pulses. The electrical specifica-
tions state the pulse width requirements for the MCLR
pin.
Some registers are not affected in any reset condition;
their status is unknown on a POR reset and unchanged
in any other reset. Most other registers are reset to a
“reset state” on POR, MCLR or WDT reset during
normal operation and on MCLR reset during SLEEP.
They are not affected by a WDT reset during SLEEP,
since this reset is viewed as the resumption of normal
operation.
Table 8-3 gives a description of reset conditions for the
program counter (PC) and the STATUS register.
Table 8-4 gives a full description of reset states for all
registers.
The TO and PD bits are set or cleared differently in dif-
ferent reset situations (Section 8.7). These bits are
used in software to determine the nature of the reset.
FIGURE 8-8: SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM OF ON-CHIP RESET CIRCUIT
S
R Q
External
Reset
MCLR
VDD
OSC1/
WDT
Module
VDD rise
detect
OST/PWRT
On-chip
RC OSC(1)
WDT
Time_Out
Power_on_Reset
OST
10-bit Ripple counter
PWRT
Chip_Reset
10-bit Ripple counter
Reset
Enable OST
Enable PWRT
SLEEP
CLKIN
Note 1: This is a separate oscillator from the
RC oscillator of the CLKIN pin.
See Table 8-5
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 42  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 8-3 RESET CONDITION FOR PROGRAM COUNTER AND THE STATUS REGISTER
Condition Program Counter STATUS Register
Power-on Reset 000h 0001 1xxx
MCLR Reset during normal operation 000h 000u uuuu
MCLR Reset during SLEEP 000h 0001 0uuu
WDT Reset (during normal operation) 000h 0000 1uuu
WDT Wake-up PC + 1 uuu0 0uuu
Interrupt wake-up from SLEEP PC + 1 (1) uuu1 0uuu
Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown.
Note 1: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIE bit is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt vector
(0004h).
TABLE 8-4 RESET CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS
Register Address Power-on Reset
MCLR Reset during:
– normal operation
– SLEEP
WDT Reset during nor-
mal operation
Wake-up from SLEEP:
– through interrupt
– through WDT Time-out
W — xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
INDF 00h ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
TMR0 01h xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
PCL 02h 0000h 0000h PC + 1(2)
STATUS 03h 0001 1xxx 000q quuu(3) uuuq quuu(3)
FSR 04h xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
PORTA 05h ---x xxxx ---u uuuu ---u uuuu
PORTB 06h xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
EEDATA 08h xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
EEADR 09h xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
PCLATH 0Ah ---0 0000 ---0 0000 ---u uuuu
INTCON 0Bh 0000 000x 0000 000u uuuu uuuu(1)
INDF 80h ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
OPTION_REG 81h 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu
PCL 82h 0000h 0000h PC + 1
STATUS 83h 0001 1xxx 000q quuu(3) uuuq quuu(3)
FSR 84h xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu
TRISA 85h ---1 1111 ---1 1111 ---u uuuu
TRISB 86h 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu
EECON1 88h ---0 x000 ---0 q000 ---0 uuuu
EECON2 89h ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
PCLATH 8Ah ---0 0000 ---0 0000 ---u uuuu
INTCON 8Bh 0000 000x 0000 000u uuuu uuuu(1)
Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit read as '0',
q = value depends on condition.
Note 1: One or more bits in INTCON will be affected (to cause wake-up).
2: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIE bit is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt vector
(0004h).
3: Table 8-3 lists the reset value for each specific condition.
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 43
8.4 Power-on Reset (POR)
A Power-on Reset pulse is generated on-chip when
VDD rise is detected (in the range of 1.2V - 1.7V). To
take advantage of the POR, just tie the MCLR pin
directly (or through a resistor) to VDD.This will eliminate
external RC components usually needed to create
Power-on Reset. A minimum rise time for VDD must be
met for this to operate properly. See Electrical Specifi-
cations for details.
When the device starts normal operation (exits the
reset condition), device operating parameters (voltage,
frequency, temperature, ...) must be meet to ensure
operation. If these conditions are not met, the device
must be held in reset until the operating conditions
are met.
For additional information, refer to Application Note
AN607, "Power-up Trouble Shooting."
The POR circuit does not produce an internal reset
when VDD declines.
8.5 Power-up Timer (PWRT)
The Power-up Timer (PWRT) provides a fixed 72 ms
nominal time-out (TPWRT) from POR (Figure 8-10,
Figure 8-11, Figure 8-12 and Figure 8-13). The
Power-up Timer operates on an internal RC oscillator.
The chip is kept in reset as long as the PWRT is active.
The PWRT delay allows the VDD to rise to an accept-
able level (Possible exception shown in Figure 8-13).
A configuration bit, PWRTE, can enable/disable the
PWRT. See either Figure 8-1 or Figure 8-2 for the oper-
ation of the PWRTE bit for a particular device.
The power-up time delay TPWRT will vary from chip to
chip due to VDD, temperature, and process variation.
See DC parameters for details.
8.6 Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST)
The Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) provides a 1024
oscillator cycle delay (from OSC1 input) after the
PWRT delay ends (Figure 8-10, Figure 8-11,
Figure 8-12 and Figure 8-13). This ensures the crystal
oscillator or resonator has started and stabilized.
The OST time-out (TOST) is invoked only for XT, LP and
HS modes and only on Power-on Reset or wake-up
from SLEEP.
When VDD rises very slowly, it is possible that the
TPWRT time-out and TOST time-out will expire before
VDD has reached its final value. In this case
(Figure 8-13), an external power-on reset circuit may
be necessary (Figure 8-9).
FIGURE 8-9: EXTERNAL POWER-ON
RESET CIRCUIT (FOR SLOW
VDD POWER-UP)
Note 1: External Power-on Reset circuit is required
only if VDD power-up rate is too slow.The
diode D helps discharge the capacitor
quickly when VDD powers down.
2: R < 40 kΩ is recommended to make sure
that voltage drop across R does not exceed
0.2V (max leakage current spec on MCLR
pin is 5 µA). A larger voltage drop will
degrade VIH level on the MCLR pin.
3: R1 = 100Ω to 1 kΩ will limit any current
flowing into MCLR from external
capacitor C in the event of an MCLR pin
breakdown due to ESD or EOS.
C
R1
R
D
VDD
MCLR
PIC16FXX
VDD
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 44  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 8-10: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR NOT TIED TO VDD): CASE 1
FIGURE 8-11: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR NOT TIED TO VDD): CASE 2
TPWRT
TOST
VDD
MCLR
INTERNAL POR
PWRT TIME-OUT
OST TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
VDD
MCLR
INTERNAL POR
PWRT TIME-OUT
OST TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
TPWRT
TOST
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 45
FIGURE 8-12: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR TIED TO VDD): FAST VDD RISE TIME
FIGURE 8-13: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR TIED TO VDD): SLOW VDD RISE TIME
VDD
MCLR
INTERNAL POR
TPWRT
TOST
PWRT TIME-OUT
OST TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
VDD
MCLR
V1
When VDD rises very slowly, it is possible that the TPWRT time-out and TOST time-out will expire before VDD
has reached its final value. In this example, the chip will reset properly if, and only if, V1 ≥ VDD min.
INTERNAL POR
TPWRT
TOST
PWRT TIME-OUT
OST TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 46  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
8.7 Time-out Sequence and Power-down
Status Bits (TO/PD)
On power-up (Figure 8-10, Figure 8-11, Figure 8-12
and Figure 8-13) the time-out sequence is as follows:
First PWRT time-out is invoked after a POR has
expired. Then the OST is activated. The total time-out
will vary based on oscillator configuration and PWRTE
configuration bit status. For example, in RC mode with
the PWRT disabled, there will be no time-out at all.
TABLE 8-5 TIME-OUT IN VARIOUS
SITUATIONS
Since the time-outs occur from the POR reset pulse, if
MCLR is kept low long enough, the time-outs will
expire. Then bringing MCLR high, execution will begin
immediately (Figure 8-10). This is useful for testing
purposes or to synchronize more than one PIC16F8X
device when operating in parallel.
Table 8-6 shows the significance of the TO and PD bits.
Table 8-3 lists the reset conditions for some special
registers, while Table 8-4 lists the reset conditions for
all the registers.
TABLE 8-6 STATUS BITS AND THEIR
SIGNIFICANCE
8.8 Reset on Brown-Out
A brown-out is a condition where device power (VDD)
dips below its minimum value, but not to zero, and then
recovers. The device should be reset in the event of a
brown-out.
To reset a PIC16F8X device when a brown-out occurs,
external brown-out protection circuits may be built, as
shown in Figure 8-14 and Figure 8-15.
FIGURE 8-14: BROWN-OUT PROTECTION
CIRCUIT 1
FIGURE 8-15: BROWN-OUT PROTECTION
CIRCUIT 2
Oscillator
Configuration
Power-up Wake-up
from
SLEEP
PWRT
Enabled
PWRT
Disabled
XT, HS, LP 72 ms +
1024TOSC
1024TOSC 1024TOSC
RC 72 ms — —
TO PD Condition
1 1 Power-on Reset
0 x Illegal, TO is set on POR
x 0 Illegal, PD is set on POR
0 1 WDT Reset (during normal operation)
0 0 WDT Wake-up
1 1 MCLR Reset during normal operation
1 0 MCLR Reset during SLEEP or interrupt
wake-up from SLEEP
This circuit will activate reset when VDD goes below
(Vz + 0.7V) where Vz = Zener voltage.
VDD
33k
10k
40k
VDD
MCLR
PIC16F8X
This brown-out circuit is less expensive, although less
accurate. Transistor Q1 turns off when VDD is below a
certain level such that:
VDD •
R1
R1 + R2
= 0.7V
R2 40k
VDD
MCLR
PIC16F8X
R1
Q1
VDD
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 47
8.9 Interrupts
The PIC16F8X has 4 sources of interrupt:
• External interrupt RB0/INT pin
• TMR0 overflow interrupt
• PORTB change interrupts (pins RB7:RB4)
• Data EEPROM write complete interrupt
The interrupt control register (INTCON) records
individual interrupt requests in flag bits. It also contains
the individual and global interrupt enable bits.
The global interrupt enable bit, GIE (INTCON<7>)
enables (if set) all un-masked interrupts or disables (if
cleared) all interrupts. Individual interrupts can be
disabled through their corresponding enable bits in
INTCON register. Bit GIE is cleared on reset.
The “return from interrupt” instruction, RETFIE, exits
interrupt routine as well as sets the GIE bit, which
re-enable interrupts.
The RB0/INT pin interrupt, the RB port change inter-
rupt and the TMR0 overflow interrupt flags are con-
tained in the INTCON register.
When an interrupt is responded to; the GIE bit is
cleared to disable any further interrupt, the return
address is pushed onto the stack and the PC is loaded
with 0004h. For external interrupt events, such as the
RB0/INT pin or PORTB change interrupt, the interrupt
latency will be three to four instruction cycles.The exact
latency depends when the interrupt event occurs
(Figure 8-17).The latency is the same for both one and
two cycle instructions. Once in the interrupt service
routine the source(s) of the interrupt can be determined
by polling the interrupt flag bits. The interrupt flag bit(s)
must be cleared in software before re-enabling
interrupts to avoid infinite interrupt requests.
FIGURE 8-16: INTERRUPT LOGIC
Note 1: Individual interrupt flag bits are set
regardless of the status of their
corresponding mask bit or the GIE bit.
RBIF
RBIE
T0IF
T0IE
INTF
INTE
GIE
EEIE
Wake-up
(If in SLEEP mode)
Interrupt to CPU
EEIF
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 48  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 8-17: INT PIN INTERRUPT TIMING
8.9.1 INT INTERRUPT
External interrupt on RB0/INT pin is edge triggered:
either rising if INTEDG bit (OPTION_REG<6>) is set,
or falling, if INTEDG bit is clear. When a valid edge
appears on the RB0/INT pin, the INTF bit
(INTCON<1>) is set. This interrupt can be disabled by
clearing control bit INTE (INTCON<4>). Flag bit INTF
must be cleared in software via the interrupt service
routine before re-enabling this interrupt. The INT
interrupt can wake the processor from SLEEP
(Section 8.12) only if the INTE bit was set prior to going
into SLEEP. The status of the GIE bit decides whether
the processor branches to the interrupt vector
following wake-up.
8.9.2 TMR0 INTERRUPT
An overflow (FFh → 00h) in TMR0 will set flag bit T0IF
(INTCON<2>). The interrupt can be enabled/disabled
by setting/clearing enable bit T0IE (INTCON<5>)
(Section 6.0).
8.9.3 PORT RB INTERRUPT
An input change on PORTB<7:4> sets flag bit RBIF
(INTCON<0>). The interrupt can be enabled/disabled
by setting/clearing enable bit RBIE (INTCON<3>)
(Section 5.2).
Q2
Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2
Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2
Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2
Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2
Q1 Q3 Q4
OSC1
CLKOUT
INT pin
INTF flag
(INTCON<1>)
GIE bit
(INTCON<7>)
INSTRUCTION FLOW
PC
Instruction
fetched
Instruction
executed
Interrupt Latency
PC PC+1 PC+1 0004h 0005h
Inst (0004h) Inst (0005h)
Dummy Cycle
Inst (PC) Inst (PC+1)
Inst (PC-1) Inst (0004h)
Dummy Cycle
Inst (PC)
—
1
4
5
1
Note 1: INTF flag is sampled here (every Q1).
2: Interrupt latency = 3-4Tcy where Tcy = instruction cycle time.
Latency is the same whether Inst (PC) is a single cycle or a 2-cycle instruction.
3: CLKOUT is available only in RC oscillator mode.
4: For minimum width of INT pulse, refer to AC specs.
5: INTF is enabled to be set anytime during the Q4-Q1 cycles.
2
3
Note 1: For a change on the I/O pin to be
recognized, the pulse width must be at
least TCY wide.
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 49
8.10 Context Saving During Interrupts
During an interrupt, only the return PC value is saved
on the stack. Typically, users wish to save key register
values during an interrupt (e.g., W register and STATUS
register). This is implemented in software.
Example 8-1 stores and restores the STATUS and W
register’s values.The User defined registers, W_TEMP
and STATUS_TEMP are the temporary storage
locations for the W and STATUS registers values.
Example 8-1 does the following:
a) Stores the W register.
b) Stores the STATUS register in STATUS_TEMP.
c) Executes the Interrupt Service Routine code.
d) Restores the STATUS (and bank select bit)
register.
e) Restores the W register.
EXAMPLE 8-1: SAVING STATUS AND W REGISTERS IN RAM
PUSH MOVWF W_TEMP ; Copy W to TEMP register,
SWAPF STATUS, W ; Swap status to be saved into W
MOVWF STATUS_TEMP ; Save status to STATUS_TEMP register
ISR : :
: ; Interrupt Service Routine
: ; should configure Bank as required
: ;
POP SWAPF STATUS_TEMP, W ; Swap nibbles in STATUS_TEMP register
; and place result into W
MOVWF STATUS ; Move W into STATUS register
; (sets bank to original state)
SWAPF W_TEMP, F ; Swap nibbles in W_TEMP and place result in W_TEMP
SWAPF W_TEMP, W ; Swap nibbles in W_TEMP and place result into W
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 50  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
8.11 Watchdog Timer (WDT)
The Watchdog Timer is a free running on-chip RC
oscillator which does not require any external
components. This RC oscillator is separate from the
RC oscillator of the OSC1/CLKIN pin. That means that
the WDT will run even if the clock on the OSC1/CLKIN
and OSC2/CLKOUT pins of the device has been
stopped, for example, by execution of a SLEEP
instruction. During normal operation a WDT time-out
generates a device RESET. If the device is in SLEEP
mode, a WDT Wake-up causes the device to wake-up
and continue with normal operation. The WDT can be
permanently disabled by programming configuration bit
WDTE as a '0' (Section 8.1).
8.11.1 WDT PERIOD
The WDT has a nominal time-out period of 18 ms, (with
no prescaler). The time-out periods vary with
temperature, VDD and process variations from part to
part (see DC specs). If longer time-out periods are
desired, a prescaler with a division ratio of up to 1:128
can be assigned to the WDT under software control by
writing to the OPTION_REG register. Thus, time-out
periods up to 2.3 seconds can be realized.
The CLRWDT and SLEEP instructions clear the WDT and
the postscaler (if assigned to the WDT) and prevent it
from timing out and generating a device
RESET condition.
The TO bit in the STATUS register will be cleared upon
a WDT time-out.
8.11.2 WDT PROGRAMMING CONSIDERATIONS
It should also be taken into account that under worst
case conditions (VDD = Min., Temperature = Max., max.
WDT prescaler) it may take several seconds before a
WDT time-out occurs.
FIGURE 8-18: WATCHDOG TIMER BLOCK DIAGRAM
TABLE 8-7 SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE WATCHDOG TIMER
Address Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Value on
Power-on
Reset
Value on all
other resets
2007h Config. bits (2) (2) (2) (2) PWRTE(1)
WDTE FOSC1 FOSC0 (2)
81h
OPTION_
REG
RBPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0
1111 1111 1111 1111
Legend: x = unknown. Shaded cells are not used by the WDT.
Note 1: See Figure 8-1 and Figure 8-2 for operation of the PWRTE bit.
2: See Figure 8-1, Figure 8-2 and Section 8.13 for operation of the Code and Data protection bits.
From TMR0 Clock Source
(Figure 6-6)
To TMR0 (Figure 6-6)
Postscaler
WDT Timer
M
U
X
PSA
8 - to -1 MUX
PSA
WDT
Time-out
1
0
0
1
WDT
Enable Bit
PS2:PS0
•
•
8
MUX
Note: PSA and PS2:PS0 are bits in the OPTION_REG register.
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 51
8.12 Power-down Mode (SLEEP)
A device may be powered down (SLEEP) and later
powered up (Wake-up from SLEEP).
8.12.1 SLEEP
The Power-down mode is entered by executing the
SLEEP instruction.
If enabled, the Watchdog Timer is cleared (but keeps
running), the PD bit (STATUS<3>) is cleared, the TO bit
(STATUS<4>) is set, and the oscillator driver is turned
off. The I/O ports maintain the status they had before
the SLEEP instruction was executed (driving high, low,
or hi-impedance).
For the lowest current consumption in SLEEP mode,
place all I/O pins at either at VDD or VSS, with no
external circuitry drawing current from the I/O pins, and
disable external clocks. I/O pins that are hi-impedance
inputs should be pulled high or low externally to avoid
switching currents caused by floating inputs. The
T0CKI input should also be at VDD or VSS. The
contribution from on-chip pull-ups on PORTB should be
considered.
The MCLR pin must be at a logic high level (VIHMC).
It should be noted that a RESET generated by a WDT
time-out does not drive the MCLR pin low.
8.12.2 WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP
The device can wake-up from SLEEP through one of
the following events:
1. External reset input on MCLR pin.
2. WDT Wake-up (if WDT was enabled).
3. Interrupt from RB0/INT pin, RB port change, or
data EEPROM write complete.
Peripherals cannot generate interrupts during SLEEP,
since no on-chip Q clocks are present.
The first event (MCLR reset) will cause a device reset.
The two latter events are considered a continuation of
program execution.The TO and PD bits can be used to
determine the cause of a device reset. The PD bit,
which is set on power-up, is cleared when SLEEP is
invoked. The TO bit is cleared if a WDT time-out
occurred (and caused wake-up).
While the SLEEP instruction is being executed, the next
instruction (PC + 1) is pre-fetched. For the device to
wake-up through an interrupt event, the corresponding
interrupt enable bit must be set (enabled). Wake-up
occurs regardless of the state of the GIE bit. If the GIE
bit is clear (disabled), the device continues execution at
the instruction after the SLEEP instruction. If the GIE bit
is set (enabled), the device executes the instruction
after the SLEEP instruction and then branches to the
interrupt address (0004h). In cases where the
execution of the instruction following SLEEP is not
desirable, the user should have a NOP after the
SLEEP instruction.
FIGURE 8-19: WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP THROUGH INTERRUPT
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
OSC1
CLKOUT(4)
INT pin
INTF flag
(INTCON<1>)
GIE bit
(INTCON<7>)
INSTRUCTION FLOW
PC
Instruction
fetched
Instruction
executed
PC PC+1 PC+2
Inst(PC) = SLEEP
Inst(PC - 1)
Inst(PC + 1)
SLEEP
Processor in
SLEEP
Interrupt Latency
(Note 2)
Inst(PC + 2)
Inst(PC + 1)
Inst(0004h) Inst(0005h)
Inst(0004h)
Dummy cycle
PC + 2 0004h 0005h
Dummy cycle
TOST(2)
PC+2
Note 1: XT, HS or LP oscillator mode assumed.
2: TOST = 1024TOSC (drawing not to scale) This delay will not be there for RC osc mode.
3: GIE = '1' assumed. In this case after wake- up, the processor jumps to the interrupt routine. If GIE = '0', execution will continue in-line.
4: CLKOUT is not available in these osc modes, but shown here for timing reference.
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 52  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
8.12.3 WAKE-UP USING INTERRUPTS
When global interrupts are disabled (GIE cleared) and
any interrupt source has both its interrupt enable bit
and interrupt flag bit set, one of the following will occur:
• If the interrupt occurs before the execution of a
SLEEP instruction, the SLEEP instruction will com-
plete as a NOP. Therefore, the WDT and WDT
postscaler will not be cleared, the TO bit will not
be set and PD bits will not be cleared.
• If the interrupt occurs during or after the execu-
tion of a SLEEP instruction, the device will immedi-
ately wake up from sleep. The SLEEP instruction
will be completely executed before the wake-up.
Therefore, the WDT and WDT postscaler will be
cleared, the TO bit will be set and the PD bit will
be cleared.
Even if the flag bits were checked before executing a
SLEEP instruction, it may be possible for flag bits to
become set before the SLEEP instruction completes.To
determine whether a SLEEP instruction executed, test
the PD bit. If the PD bit is set, the SLEEP instruction was
executed as a NOP.
To ensure that the WDT is cleared, a CLRWDT instruc-
tion should be executed before a SLEEP instruction.
8.13 Program Verification/Code Protection
If the code protection bit(s) have not been
programmed, the on-chip program memory can be
read out for verification purposes.
8.14 ID Locations
Four memory locations (2000h - 2003h) are designated
as ID locations to store checksum or other code
identification numbers. These locations are not
accessible during normal execution but are readable
and writable only during program/verify. Only the
4 least significant bits of ID location are usable.
For ROM devices, these values are submitted along
with the ROM code.
8.15 In-Circuit Serial Programming
PIC16F8X microcontrollers can be serially
programmed while in the end application circuit.This is
simply done with two lines for clock and data, and three
other lines for power, ground, and the programming
voltage. Customers can manufacture boards with
unprogrammed devices, and then program the
microcontroller just before shipping the product,
allowing the most recent firmware or custom firmware
to be programmed.
The device is placed into a program/verify mode by
holding the RB6 and RB7 pins low, while raising the
MCLR pin from VIL to VIHH (see programming
specification). RB6 becomes the programming clock
and RB7 becomes the programming data. Both RB6
and RB7 are Schmitt Trigger inputs in this mode.
After reset, to place the device into programming/verify
mode, the program counter (PC) points to location 00h.
A 6-bit command is then supplied to the device, 14-bits
of program data is then supplied to or from the device,
using load or read-type instructions. For complete
details of serial programming, please refer to the
PIC16CXX Programming Specifications (Literature
#DS30189).
FIGURE 8-20: TYPICAL IN-SYSTEM SERIAL
PROGRAMMING
CONNECTION
For ROM devices, both the program memory and Data
EEPROM memory may be read, but only the Data
EEPROM memory may be programmed.
Note: Microchip does not recommend code pro-
tecting widowed devices.
External
Connector
Signals
To Normal
Connections
To Normal
Connections
PIC16FXX
VDD
VSS
MCLR/VPP
RB6
RB7
+5V
0V
VPP
CLK
Data I/O
VDD
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 53
9.0 INSTRUCTION SET SUMMARY
Each PIC16CXX instruction is a 14-bit word divided
into an OPCODE which specifies the instruction type
and one or more operands which further specify the
operation of the instruction. The PIC16CXX instruction
set summary in Table 9-2 lists byte-oriented, bit-ori-
ented, and literal and control operations. Table 9-1
shows the opcode field descriptions.
For byte-oriented instructions, 'f' represents a file reg-
ister designator and 'd' represents a destination desig-
nator. The file register designator specifies which file
register is to be used by the instruction.
The destination designator specifies where the result of
the operation is to be placed. If 'd' is zero, the result is
placed in the W register. If 'd' is one, the result is placed
in the file register specified in the instruction.
For bit-oriented instructions, 'b' represents a bit field
designator which selects the number of the bit affected
by the operation, while 'f' represents the number of the
file in which the bit is located.
For literal and control operations, 'k' represents an
eight or eleven bit constant or literal value.
TABLE 9-1 OPCODE FIELD
DESCRIPTIONS
The instruction set is highly orthogonal and is grouped
into three basic categories:
• Byte-oriented operations
• Bit-oriented operations
• Literal and control operations
All instructions are executed within one single instruc-
tion cycle, unless a conditional test is true or the pro-
gram counter is changed as a result of an instruction.
In this case, the execution takes two instruction cycles
with the second cycle executed as a NOP. One instruc-
tion cycle consists of four oscillator periods. Thus, for
an oscillator frequency of 4 MHz, the normal instruction
execution time is 1 µs. If a conditional test is true or the
program counter is changed as a result of an instruc-
tion, the instruction execution time is 2 µs.
Table 9-2 lists the instructions recognized by the
MPASM assembler.
Figure 9-1 shows the general formats that the instruc-
tions can have.
All examples use the following format to represent a
hexadecimal number:
0xhh
where h signifies a hexadecimal digit.
FIGURE 9-1: GENERAL FORMAT FOR
INSTRUCTIONS
Field Description
f Register file address (0x00 to 0x7F)
W Working register (accumulator)
b Bit address within an 8-bit file register
k Literal field, constant data or label
x Don't care location (= 0 or 1)
The assembler will generate code with x = 0. It is the
recommended form of use for compatibility with all
Microchip software tools.
d Destination select; d = 0: store result in W,
d = 1: store result in file register f.
Default is d = 1
label Label name
TOS Top of Stack
PC Program Counter
PCLATH Program Counter High Latch
GIE Global Interrupt Enable bit
WDT Watchdog Timer/Counter
TO Time-out bit
PD Power-down bit
dest Destination either the W register or the specified
register file location
[ ] Options
( ) Contents
→ Assigned to
< > Register bit field
∈ In the set of
italics User defined term (font is courier)
Note: To maintain upward compatibility with
future PIC16CXX products, do not use the
OPTION and TRIS instructions.
Byte-oriented file register operations
13 8 7 6 0
d = 0 for destination W
OPCODE d f (FILE #)
d = 1 for destination f
f = 7-bit file register address
Bit-oriented file register operations
13 10 9 7 6 0
OPCODE b (BIT #) f (FILE #)
b = 3-bit bit address
f = 7-bit file register address
Literal and control operations
13 8 7 0
OPCODE k (literal)
k = 8-bit immediate value
13 11 10 0
OPCODE k (literal)
k = 11-bit immediate value
General
CALL and GOTO instructions only
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 54  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 9-2 PIC16FXX INSTRUCTION SET
Mnemonic,
Operands
Description Cycles 14-Bit Opcode Status
Affected
Notes
MSb LSb
BYTE-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS
ADDWF
ANDWF
CLRF
CLRW
COMF
DECF
DECFSZ
INCF
INCFSZ
IORWF
MOVF
MOVWF
NOP
RLF
RRF
SUBWF
SWAPF
XORWF
f, d
f, d
f
-
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f
-
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
f, d
Add W and f
AND W with f
Clear f
Clear W
Complement f
Decrement f
Decrement f, Skip if 0
Increment f
Increment f, Skip if 0
Inclusive OR W with f
Move f
Move W to f
No Operation
Rotate Left f through Carry
Rotate Right f through Carry
Subtract W from f
Swap nibbles in f
Exclusive OR W with f
1
1
1
1
1
1
1(2)
1
1(2)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
0111
0101
0001
0001
1001
0011
1011
1010
1111
0100
1000
0000
0000
1101
1100
0010
1110
0110
dfff
dfff
lfff
0xxx
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
lfff
0xx0
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
dfff
ffff
ffff
ffff
xxxx
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
0000
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
C,DC,Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
C
C
C,DC,Z
Z
1,2
1,2
2
1,2
1,2
1,2,3
1,2
1,2,3
1,2
1,2
1,2
1,2
1,2
1,2
1,2
BIT-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS
BCF
BSF
BTFSC
BTFSS
f, b
f, b
f, b
f, b
Bit Clear f
Bit Set f
Bit Test f, Skip if Clear
Bit Test f, Skip if Set
1
1
1 (2)
1 (2)
01
01
01
01
00bb
01bb
10bb
11bb
bfff
bfff
bfff
bfff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
1,2
1,2
3
3
LITERAL AND CONTROL OPERATIONS
ADDLW
ANDLW
CALL
CLRWDT
GOTO
IORLW
MOVLW
RETFIE
RETLW
RETURN
SLEEP
SUBLW
XORLW
k
k
k
-
k
k
k
-
k
-
-
k
k
Add literal and W
AND literal with W
Call subroutine
Clear Watchdog Timer
Go to address
Inclusive OR literal with W
Move literal to W
Return from interrupt
Return with literal in W
Return from Subroutine
Go into standby mode
Subtract W from literal
Exclusive OR literal with W
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
11
11
10
00
10
11
11
00
11
00
00
11
11
111x
1001
0kkk
0000
1kkk
1000
00xx
0000
01xx
0000
0000
110x
1010
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
0110
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
0000
kkkk
0000
0110
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
0100
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
1001
kkkk
1000
0011
kkkk
kkkk
C,DC,Z
Z
TO,PD
Z
TO,PD
C,DC,Z
Z
Note 1: When an I/O register is modified as a function of itself ( e.g., MOVF PORTB, 1), the value used will be that value present
on the pins themselves. For example, if the data latch is '1' for a pin configured as input and is driven low by an external
device, the data will be written back with a '0'.
2: If this instruction is executed on the TMR0 register (and, where applicable, d = 1), the prescaler will be cleared if assigned
to the Timer0 Module.
3: If Program Counter (PC) is modified or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The second cycle is
executed as a NOP.
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 55
9.1 Instruction Descriptions
ADDLW Add Literal and W
Syntax: [label] ADDLW k
Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255
Operation: (W) + k → (W)
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Encoding: 11 111x kkkk kkkk
Description: The contents of the W register are
added to the eight bit literal 'k' and the
result is placed in the W register.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read
literal 'k'
Process
data
Write to
W
Example: ADDLW 0x15
Before Instruction
W = 0x10
After Instruction
W = 0x25
ADDWF Add W and f
Syntax: [label] ADDWF f,d
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127
d ∈ [0,1]
Operation: (W) + (f) → (destination)
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Encoding: 00 0111 dfff ffff
Description: Add the contents of the W register with
register 'f'. If 'd' is 0 the result is stored
in the W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is
stored back in register 'f'.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read
register
'f'
Process
data
Write to
destination
Example ADDWF FSR, 0
Before Instruction
W = 0x17
FSR = 0xC2
After Instruction
W = 0xD9
FSR = 0xC2
ANDLW AND Literal with W
Syntax: [label] ANDLW k
Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255
Operation: (W) .AND. (k) → (W)
Status Affected: Z
Encoding: 11 1001 kkkk kkkk
Description: The contents of W register are
AND’ed with the eight bit literal 'k'.The
result is placed in the W register.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read
literal "k"
Process
data
Write to
W
Example ANDLW 0x5F
Before Instruction
W = 0xA3
After Instruction
W = 0x03
ANDWF AND W with f
Syntax: [label] ANDWF f,d
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127
d ∈ [0,1]
Operation: (W) .AND. (f) → (destination)
Status Affected: Z
Encoding: 00 0101 dfff ffff
Description: AND the W register with register 'f'. If 'd'
is 0 the result is stored in the W regis-
ter. If 'd' is 1 the result is stored back in
register 'f'.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read
register
'f'
Process
data
Write to
destination
Example ANDWF FSR, 1
Before Instruction
W = 0x17
FSR = 0xC2
After Instruction
W = 0x17
FSR = 0x02
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 56  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
BCF Bit Clear f
Syntax: [label] BCF f,b
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127
0 ≤ b ≤ 7
Operation: 0 → (f<b>)
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 01 00bb bfff ffff
Description: Bit 'b' in register 'f' is cleared.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read
register
'f'
Process
data
Write
register 'f'
Example BCF FLAG_REG, 7
Before Instruction
FLAG_REG = 0xC7
After Instruction
FLAG_REG = 0x47
BSF Bit Set f
Syntax: [label] BSF f,b
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127
0 ≤ b ≤ 7
Operation: 1 → (f<b>)
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 01 01bb bfff ffff
Description: Bit 'b' in register 'f' is set.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read
register
'f'
Process
data
Write
register 'f'
Example BSF FLAG_REG, 7
Before Instruction
FLAG_REG = 0x0A
After Instruction
FLAG_REG = 0x8A
BTFSC Bit Test, Skip if Clear
Syntax: [label] BTFSC f,b
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127
0 ≤ b ≤ 7
Operation: skip if (f<b>) = 0
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 01 10bb bfff ffff
Description: If bit 'b' in register 'f' is '1' then the next
instruction is executed.
If bit 'b', in register 'f', is '0' then the next
instruction is discarded, and a NOP is
executed instead, making this a 2TCY
instruction.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1(2)
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read
register 'f'
Process
data
No-Operat
ion
If Skip: (2nd Cycle)
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
No-Operat
ion
No-Operati
on
No-Opera
tion
No-Operat
ion
Example HERE
FALSE
TRUE
BTFSC
GOTO
•
•
•
FLAG,1
PROCESS_CODE
Before Instruction
PC = address HERE
After Instruction
if FLAG<1> = 0,
PC = address TRUE
if FLAG<1>=1,
PC = address FALSE
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 57
BTFSS Bit Test f, Skip if Set
Syntax: [label] BTFSS f,b
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127
0 ≤ b < 7
Operation: skip if (f<b>) = 1
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 01 11bb bfff ffff
Description: If bit 'b' in register 'f' is '0' then the next
instruction is executed.
If bit 'b' is '1', then the next instruction is
discarded and a NOP is executed
instead, making this a 2TCY instruction.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1(2)
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read
register 'f'
Process
data
No-Operat
ion
If Skip: (2nd Cycle)
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
No-Operat
ion
No-Operati
on
No-Opera
tion
No-Operat
ion
Example HERE
FALSE
TRUE
BTFSC
GOTO
•
•
•
FLAG,1
PROCESS_CODE
Before Instruction
PC = address HERE
After Instruction
if FLAG<1> = 0,
PC = address FALSE
if FLAG<1> = 1,
PC = address TRUE
CALL Call Subroutine
Syntax: [ label ] CALL k
Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 2047
Operation: (PC)+ 1→ TOS,
k → PC<10:0>,
(PCLATH<4:3>) → PC<12:11>
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 10 0kkk kkkk kkkk
Description: Call Subroutine. First, return address
(PC+1) is pushed onto the stack.The
eleven bit immediate address is loaded
into PC bits <10:0>.The upper bits of
the PC are loaded from PCLATH. CALL
is a two cycle instruction.
Words: 1
Cycles: 2
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
1st Cycle Decode Read
literal 'k',
Push PC
to Stack
Process
data
Write to
PC
2nd Cycle
No-Opera
tion
No-Opera
tion
No-Opera
tion
No-Operat
ion
Example HERE CALL THERE
Before Instruction
PC = Address HERE
After Instruction
PC = Address THERE
TOS = Address HERE+1
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 58  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
CLRF Clear f
Syntax: [label] CLRF f
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127
Operation: 00h → (f)
1 → Z
Status Affected: Z
Encoding: 00 0001 1fff ffff
Description: The contents of register 'f' are cleared
and the Z bit is set.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read
register
'f'
Process
data
Write
register 'f'
Example CLRF FLAG_REG
Before Instruction
FLAG_REG = 0x5A
After Instruction
FLAG_REG = 0x00
Z = 1
CLRW Clear W
Syntax: [ label ] CLRW
Operands: None
Operation: 00h → (W)
1 → Z
Status Affected: Z
Encoding: 00 0001 0xxx xxxx
Description: W register is cleared. Zero bit (Z) is
set.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode No-Opera
tion
Process
data
Write to
W
Example CLRW
Before Instruction
W = 0x5A
After Instruction
W = 0x00
Z = 1
CLRWDT Clear Watchdog Timer
Syntax: [ label ] CLRWDT
Operands: None
Operation: 00h → WDT
0 → WDT prescaler,
1 → TO
1 → PD
Status Affected: TO, PD
Encoding: 00 0000 0110 0100
Description: CLRWDT instruction resets the Watch-
dog Timer. It also resets the prescaler
of the WDT. Status bits TO and PD are
set.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode No-Opera
tion
Process
data
Clear
WDT
Counter
Example CLRWDT
Before Instruction
WDT counter = ?
After Instruction
WDT counter = 0x00
WDT prescaler= 0
TO = 1
PD = 1
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 59
COMF Complement f
Syntax: [ label ] COMF f,d
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127
d ∈ [0,1]
Operation: (f) → (destination)
Status Affected: Z
Encoding: 00 1001 dfff ffff
Description: The contents of register 'f' are comple-
mented. If 'd' is 0 the result is stored in
W. If 'd' is 1 the result is stored back in
register 'f'.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read
register
'f'
Process
data
Write to
destination
Example COMF REG1,0
Before Instruction
REG1 = 0x13
After Instruction
REG1 = 0x13
W = 0xEC
DECF Decrement f
Syntax: [label] DECF f,d
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127
d ∈ [0,1]
Operation: (f) - 1 → (destination)
Status Affected: Z
Encoding: 00 0011 dfff ffff
Description: Decrement register 'f'. If 'd' is 0 the
result is stored in the W register. If 'd' is
1 the result is stored back in register 'f'.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read
register
'f'
Process
data
Write to
destination
Example DECF CNT, 1
Before Instruction
CNT = 0x01
Z = 0
After Instruction
CNT = 0x00
Z = 1
DECFSZ Decrement f, Skip if 0
Syntax: [ label ] DECFSZ f,d
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127
d ∈ [0,1]
Operation: (f) - 1 → (destination);
skip if result = 0
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 00 1011 dfff ffff
Description: The contents of register 'f' are decre-
mented. If 'd' is 0 the result is placed in the
W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is placed
back in register 'f'.
If the result is 1, the next instruction, is
executed. If the result is 0, then a NOP is
executed instead making it a 2TCY instruc-
tion.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1(2)
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read
register 'f'
Process
data
Write to
destination
If Skip: (2nd Cycle)
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
No-Operat
ion
No-Opera
tion
No-Operat
ion
No-Operati
on
Example HERE DECFSZ CNT, 1
GOTO LOOP
CONTINUE •
•
•
Before Instruction
PC = address HERE
After Instruction
CNT = CNT - 1
if CNT = 0,
PC = address CONTINUE
if CNT ≠ 0,
PC = address HERE+1
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 60  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
GOTO Unconditional Branch
Syntax: [ label ] GOTO k
Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 2047
Operation: k → PC<10:0>
PCLATH<4:3> → PC<12:11>
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 10 1kkk kkkk kkkk
Description: GOTO is an unconditional branch. The
eleven bit immediate value is loaded
into PC bits <10:0>. The upper bits of
PC are loaded from PCLATH<4:3>.
GOTO is a two cycle instruction.
Words: 1
Cycles: 2
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
1st Cycle Decode Read
literal 'k'
Process
data
Write to
PC
2nd Cycle
No-Operat
ion
No-Operat
ion
No-Opera
tion
No-Operat
ion
Example GOTO THERE
After Instruction
PC = Address THERE
INCF Increment f
Syntax: [ label ] INCF f,d
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127
d ∈ [0,1]
Operation: (f) + 1 → (destination)
Status Affected: Z
Encoding: 00 1010 dfff ffff
Description: The contents of register 'f' are incre-
mented. If 'd' is 0 the result is placed in
the W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is
placed back in register 'f'.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read
register
'f'
Process
data
Write to
destination
Example INCF CNT, 1
Before Instruction
CNT = 0xFF
Z = 0
After Instruction
CNT = 0x00
Z = 1
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 61
INCFSZ Increment f, Skip if 0
Syntax: [ label ] INCFSZ f,d
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127
d ∈ [0,1]
Operation: (f) + 1 → (destination),
skip if result = 0
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 00 1111 dfff ffff
Description: The contents of register 'f' are incre-
mented. If 'd' is 0 the result is placed in
the W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is
placed back in register 'f'.
If the result is 1, the next instruction is
executed. If the result is 0, a NOP is exe-
cuted instead making it a 2TCY instruc-
tion.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1(2)
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read
register 'f'
Process
data
Write to
destination
If Skip: (2nd Cycle)
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
No-Operat
ion
No-Opera
tion
No-Opera
tion
No-Operati
on
Example HERE INCFSZ CNT, 1
GOTO LOOP
CONTINUE •
•
•
Before Instruction
PC = address HERE
After Instruction
CNT = CNT + 1
if CNT= 0,
PC = address CONTINUE
if CNT≠ 0,
PC = address HERE +1
IORLW Inclusive OR Literal with W
Syntax: [ label ] IORLW k
Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255
Operation: (W) .OR. k → (W)
Status Affected: Z
Encoding: 11 1000 kkkk kkkk
Description: The contents of the W register is
OR’ed with the eight bit literal 'k'. The
result is placed in the W register.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read
literal 'k'
Process
data
Write to
W
Example IORLW 0x35
Before Instruction
W = 0x9A
After Instruction
W = 0xBF
Z = 1
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 62  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
IORWF Inclusive OR W with f
Syntax: [ label ] IORWF f,d
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127
d ∈ [0,1]
Operation: (W) .OR. (f) → (destination)
Status Affected: Z
Encoding: 00 0100 dfff ffff
Description: Inclusive OR the W register with regis-
ter 'f'. If 'd' is 0 the result is placed in the
W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is placed
back in register 'f'.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read
register
'f'
Process
data
Write to
destination
Example IORWF RESULT, 0
Before Instruction
RESULT = 0x13
W = 0x91
After Instruction
RESULT = 0x13
W = 0x93
Z = 1
MOVF Move f
Syntax: [ label ] MOVF f,d
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127
d ∈ [0,1]
Operation: (f) → (destination)
Status Affected: Z
Encoding: 00 1000 dfff ffff
Description: The contents of register f is moved to a
destination dependant upon the status
of d. If d = 0, destination is W register. If
d = 1, the destination is file register f
itself. d = 1 is useful to test a file regis-
ter since status flag Z is affected.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read
register
'f'
Process
data
Write to
destination
Example MOVF FSR, 0
After Instruction
W = value in FSR register
Z = 1
MOVLW Move Literal to W
Syntax: [ label ] MOVLW k
Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255
Operation: k → (W)
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 11 00xx kkkk kkkk
Description: The eight bit literal 'k' is loaded into W
register.The don’t cares will assemble
as 0’s.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read
literal 'k'
Process
data
Write to
W
Example MOVLW 0x5A
After Instruction
W = 0x5A
MOVWF Move W to f
Syntax: [ label ] MOVWF f
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127
Operation: (W) → (f)
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 00 0000 1fff ffff
Description: Move data from W register to register
'f'.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read
register
'f'
Process
data
Write
register 'f'
Example MOVWF OPTION_REG
Before Instruction
OPTION = 0xFF
W = 0x4F
After Instruction
OPTION = 0x4F
W = 0x4F
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 63
NOP No Operation
Syntax: [ label ] NOP
Operands: None
Operation: No operation
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 00 0000 0xx0 0000
Description: No operation.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode No-Opera
tion
No-Opera
tion
No-Operat
ion
Example NOP
OPTION Load Option Register
Syntax: [ label ] OPTION
Operands: None
Operation: (W) → OPTION
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 00 0000 0110 0010
Description: The contents of the W register are
loaded in the OPTION register. This
instruction is supported for code com-
patibility with PIC16C5X products.
Since OPTION is a readable/writable
register, the user can directly address
it.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example
To maintain upward compatibility
with future PIC16CXX products,
do not use this instruction.
RETFIE Return from Interrupt
Syntax: [ label ] RETFIE
Operands: None
Operation: TOS → PC,
1 → GIE
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 00 0000 0000 1001
Description: Return from Interrupt. Stack is POPed
and Top of Stack (TOS) is loaded in the
PC. Interrupts are enabled by setting
Global Interrupt Enable bit, GIE
(INTCON<7>). This is a two cycle
instruction.
Words: 1
Cycles: 2
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
1st Cycle Decode No-Opera
tion
Set the
GIE bit
Pop from
the Stack
2nd Cycle
No-Operat
ion
No-Opera
tion
No-Opera
tion
No-Operat
ion
Example RETFIE
After Interrupt
PC = TOS
GIE = 1
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 64  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
RETLW Return with Literal in W
Syntax: [ label ] RETLW k
Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255
Operation: k → (W);
TOS → PC
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 11 01xx kkkk kkkk
Description: The W register is loaded with the eight
bit literal 'k'. The program counter is
loaded from the top of the stack (the
return address). This is a two cycle
instruction.
Words: 1
Cycles: 2
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
1st Cycle Decode Read
literal 'k'
No-Opera
tion
WritetoW,
Pop from
the Stack
2nd Cycle
No-Operat
ion
No-Opera
tion
No-Opera
tion
No-Operat
ion
Example
TABLE
CALL TABLE ;W contains table
;offset value
• ;W now has table value
•
•
ADDWF PC ;W = offset
RETLW k1 ;Begin table
RETLW k2 ;
•
•
•
RETLW kn ; End of table
Before Instruction
W = 0x07
After Instruction
W = value of k8
RETURN Return from Subroutine
Syntax: [ label ] RETURN
Operands: None
Operation: TOS → PC
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 00 0000 0000 1000
Description: Return from subroutine. The stack is
POPed and the top of the stack (TOS)
is loaded into the program counter.This
is a two cycle instruction.
Words: 1
Cycles: 2
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
1st Cycle Decode No-Opera
tion
No-Opera
tion
Pop from
the Stack
2nd Cycle
No-Operat
ion
No-Opera
tion
No-Opera
tion
No-Opera
tion
Example RETURN
After Interrupt
PC = TOS
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 65
RLF Rotate Left f through Carry
Syntax: [ label ] RLF f,d
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127
d ∈ [0,1]
Operation: See description below
Status Affected: C
Encoding: 00 1101 dfff ffff
Description: The contents of register 'f' are rotated
one bit to the left through the Carry
Flag. If 'd' is 0 the result is placed in the
W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is stored
back in register 'f'.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read
register
'f'
Process
data
Write to
destination
Example RLF REG1,0
Before Instruction
REG1 = 1110 0110
C = 0
After Instruction
REG1 = 1110 0110
W = 1100 1100
C = 1
Register f
C
RRF Rotate Right f through Carry
Syntax: [ label ] RRF f,d
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127
d ∈ [0,1]
Operation: See description below
Status Affected: C
Encoding: 00 1100 dfff ffff
Description: The contents of register 'f' are rotated
one bit to the right through the Carry
Flag. If 'd' is 0 the result is placed in the
W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is placed
back in register 'f'.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read
register
'f'
Process
data
Write to
destination
Example RRF REG1,0
Before Instruction
REG1 = 1110 0110
C = 0
After Instruction
REG1 = 1110 0110
W = 0111 0011
C = 0
Register f
C
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 66  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
SLEEP
Syntax: [ label ] SLEEP
Operands: None
Operation: 00h → WDT,
0 → WDT prescaler,
1 → TO,
0 → PD
Status Affected: TO, PD
Encoding: 00 0000 0110 0011
Description: The power-down status bit, PD is
cleared. Time-out status bit, TO is
set.Watchdog Timer and its prescaler
are cleared.
The processor is put into SLEEP
mode with the oscillator stopped. See
Section 14.8 for more details.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode No-Opera
tion
No-Opera
tion
Go to
Sleep
Example: SLEEP
SUBLW Subtract W from Literal
Syntax: [ label ] SUBLW k
Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255
Operation: k - (W) → (W)
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Encoding: 11 110x kkkk kkkk
Description: The W register is subtracted (2’s comple-
ment method) from the eight bit literal 'k'.
The result is placed in the W register.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read
literal 'k'
Process
data
Write to W
Example 1: SUBLW 0x02
Before Instruction
W = 1
C = ?
Z = ?
After Instruction
W = 1
C = 1; result is positive
Z = 0
Example 2: Before Instruction
W = 2
C = ?
Z = ?
After Instruction
W = 0
C = 1; result is zero
Z = 1
Example 3: Before Instruction
W = 3
C = ?
Z = ?
After Instruction
W = 0xFF
C = 0; result is nega-
tive
Z = 0
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 67
SUBWF Subtract W from f
Syntax: [ label ] SUBWF f,d
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127
d ∈ [0,1]
Operation: (f) - (W) → (destination)
Status Affected: C, DC, Z
Encoding: 00 0010 dfff ffff
Description: Subtract (2’s complement method) W reg-
ister from register 'f'. If 'd' is 0 the result is
stored in the W register. If 'd' is 1 the
result is stored back in register 'f'.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read
register 'f'
Process
data
Write to
destination
Example 1: SUBWF REG1,1
Before Instruction
REG1 = 3
W = 2
C = ?
Z = ?
After Instruction
REG1 = 1
W = 2
C = 1; result is positive
Z = 0
Example 2: Before Instruction
REG1 = 2
W = 2
C = ?
Z = ?
After Instruction
REG1 = 0
W = 2
C = 1; result is zero
Z = 1
Example 3: Before Instruction
REG1 = 1
W = 2
C = ?
Z = ?
After Instruction
REG1 = 0xFF
W = 2
C = 0; result is negative
Z = 0
SWAPF Swap Nibbles in f
Syntax: [ label ] SWAPF f,d
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127
d ∈ [0,1]
Operation: (f<3:0>) → (destination<7:4>),
(f<7:4>) → (destination<3:0>)
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 00 1110 dfff ffff
Description: The upper and lower nibbles of register
'f' are exchanged. If 'd' is 0 the result is
placed in W register. If 'd' is 1 the result
is placed in register 'f'.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read
register 'f'
Process
data
Write to
destination
Example SWAPF REG, 0
Before Instruction
REG1 = 0xA5
After Instruction
REG1 = 0xA5
W = 0x5A
TRIS Load TRIS Register
Syntax: [label] TRIS f
Operands: 5 ≤ f ≤ 7
Operation: (W) → TRIS register f;
Status Affected: None
Encoding: 00 0000 0110 0fff
Description: The instruction is supported for code
compatibility with the PIC16C5X prod-
ucts. Since TRIS registers are read-
able and writable, the user can directly
address them.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Example
To maintain upward compatibility
with future PIC16CXX products,
do not use this instruction.
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 68  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
XORLW Exclusive OR Literal with W
Syntax: [label] XORLW k
Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255
Operation: (W) .XOR. k → (W)
Status Affected: Z
Encoding: 11 1010 kkkk kkkk
Description: The contents of the W register are
XOR’ed with the eight bit literal 'k'.
The result is placed in the W regis-
ter.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read
literal 'k'
Process
data
Write to
W
Example: XORLW 0xAF
Before Instruction
W = 0xB5
After Instruction
W = 0x1A
XORWF Exclusive OR W with f
Syntax: [label] XORWF f,d
Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127
d ∈ [0,1]
Operation: (W) .XOR. (f) → (destination)
Status Affected: Z
Encoding: 00 0110 dfff ffff
Description: Exclusive OR the contents of the W
register with register 'f'. If 'd' is 0 the
result is stored in the W register. If 'd' is
1 the result is stored back in register 'f'.
Words: 1
Cycles: 1
Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Decode Read
register
'f'
Process
data
Write to
destination
Example XORWF REG 1
Before Instruction
REG = 0xAF
W = 0xB5
After Instruction
REG = 0x1A
W = 0xB5
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 69
10.0 DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT
10.1 Development Tools
The PICmicrο microcontrollers are supported with a
full range of hardware and software development tools:
• PICMASTER/PICMASTER CE Real-Time
In-Circuit Emulator
• ICEPIC Low-Cost PIC16C5X and PIC16CXXX
In-Circuit Emulator
• PRO MATE II Universal Programmer
• PICSTART Plus Entry-Level Prototype
Programmer
• PICDEM-1 Low-Cost Demonstration Board
• PICDEM-2 Low-Cost Demonstration Board
• PICDEM-3 Low-Cost Demonstration Board
• MPASM Assembler
• MPLAB SIM Software Simulator
• MPLAB-C17 (C Compiler)
• Fuzzy Logic Development System
(fuzzyTECH−MP)
10.2 PICMASTER: High Performance
Universal In-Circuit Emulator with
MPLAB IDE
The PICMASTER Universal In-Circuit Emulator is
intended to provide the product development engineer
with a complete microcontroller design tool set for all
microcontrollers in the PIC14C000, PIC12CXXX,
PIC16C5X, PIC16CXXX and PIC17CXX families.
PICMASTER is supplied with the MPLAB Integrated
Development Environment (IDE), which allows editing,
“make” and download, and source debugging from a
single environment.
Interchangeable target probes allow the system to be
easily reconfigured for emulation of different proces-
sors. The universal architecture of the PICMASTER
allows expansion to support all new Microchip micro-
controllers.
The PICMASTER Emulator System has been
designed as a real-time emulation system with
advanced features that are generally found on more
expensive development tools. The PC compatible 386
(and higher) machine platform and Microsoft Windows
3.x environment were chosen to best make these fea-
tures available to you, the end user.
A CE compliant version of PICMASTER is available for
European Union (EU) countries.
10.3 ICEPIC: Low-Cost PICmicro™
In-Circuit Emulator
ICEPIC is a low-cost in-circuit emulator solution for the
Microchip PIC12CXXX, PIC16C5X and PIC16CXXX
families of 8-bit OTP microcontrollers.
ICEPIC is designed to operate on PC-compatible
machines ranging from 286-AT through Pentium
based machines under Windows 3.x environment.
ICEPIC features real time, non-intrusive emulation.
10.4 PRO MATE II: Universal Programmer
The PRO MATE II Universal Programmer is a full-fea-
tured programmer capable of operating in stand-alone
mode as well as PC-hosted mode. PRO MATE II is CE
compliant.
The PRO MATE II has programmable VDD and VPP
supplies which allows it to verify programmed memory
at VDD min and VDD max for maximum reliability. It has
an LCD display for displaying error messages, keys to
enter commands and a modular detachable socket
assembly to support various package types. In stand-
alone mode the PRO MATE II can read, verify or pro-
gram PIC12CXXX, PIC14C000, PIC16C5X,
PIC16CXXX and PIC17CXX devices. It can also set
configuration and code-protect bits in this mode.
10.5 PICSTART Plus Entry Level
Development System
The PICSTART programmer is an easy-to-use,
low-cost prototype programmer. It connects to the PC
via one of the COM (RS-232) ports. MPLAB Integrated
Development Environment software makes using the
programmer simple and efficient. PICSTART Plus is
not recommended for production programming.
PICSTART Plus supports all PIC12CXXX, PIC14C000,
PIC16C5X, PIC16CXXX and PIC17CXX devices with
up to 40 pins. Larger pin count devices such as the
PIC16C923, PIC16C924 and PIC17C756 may be sup-
ported with an adapter socket. PICSTART Plus is CE
compliant.
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 70  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.6 PICDEM-1 Low-Cost PICmicro
Demonstration Board
The PICDEM-1 is a simple board which demonstrates
the capabilities of several of Microchip’s microcontrol-
lers. The microcontrollers supported are: PIC16C5X
(PIC16C54 to PIC16C58A), PIC16C61, PIC16C62X,
PIC16C71, PIC16C8X, PIC17C42, PIC17C43 and
PIC17C44. All necessary hardware and software is
included to run basic demo programs. The users can
program the sample microcontrollers provided with
the PICDEM-1 board, on a PRO MATE II or
PICSTART-Plus programmer, and easily test firm-
ware. The user can also connect the PICDEM-1
board to the PICMASTER emulator and download
the firmware to the emulator for testing. Additional pro-
totype area is available for the user to build some addi-
tional hardware and connect it to the microcontroller
socket(s). Some of the features include an RS-232
interface, a potentiometer for simulated analog input,
push-button switches and eight LEDs connected to
PORTB.
10.7 PICDEM-2 Low-Cost PIC16CXX
Demonstration Board
The PICDEM-2 is a simple demonstration board that
supports the PIC16C62, PIC16C64, PIC16C65,
PIC16C73 and PIC16C74 microcontrollers. All the
necessary hardware and software is included to
run the basic demonstration programs. The user
can program the sample microcontrollers provided
with the PICDEM-2 board, on a PRO MATE II pro-
grammer or PICSTART-Plus, and easily test firmware.
The PICMASTER emulator may also be used with the
PICDEM-2 board to test firmware. Additional prototype
area has been provided to the user for adding addi-
tional hardware and connecting it to the microcontroller
socket(s). Some of the features include a RS-232 inter-
face, push-button switches, a potentiometer for simu-
lated analog input, a Serial EEPROM to demonstrate
usage of the I2C bus and separate headers for connec-
tion to an LCD module and a keypad.
10.8 PICDEM-3 Low-Cost PIC16CXXX
Demonstration Board
The PICDEM-3 is a simple demonstration board that
supports the PIC16C923 and PIC16C924 in the PLCC
package. It will also support future 44-pin PLCC
microcontrollers with a LCD Module. All the neces-
sary hardware and software is included to run the
basic demonstration programs. The user can pro-
gram the sample microcontrollers provided with
the PICDEM-3 board, on a PRO MATE II program-
mer or PICSTART Plus with an adapter socket, and
easily test firmware. The PICMASTER emulator may
also be used with the PICDEM-3 board to test firm-
ware. Additional prototype area has been provided to
the user for adding hardware and connecting it to the
microcontroller socket(s). Some of the features include
an RS-232 interface, push-button switches, a potenti-
ometer for simulated analog input, a thermistor and
separate headers for connection to an external LCD
module and a keypad. Also provided on the PICDEM-3
board is an LCD panel, with 4 commons and 12 seg-
ments, that is capable of displaying time, temperature
and day of the week. The PICDEM-3 provides an addi-
tional RS-232 interface and Windows 3.1 software for
showing the demultiplexed LCD signals on a PC. A sim-
ple serial interface allows the user to construct a hard-
ware demultiplexer for the LCD signals.
10.9 MPLAB™ Integrated Development
Environment Software
The MPLAB IDE Software brings an ease of software
development previously unseen in the 8-bit microcon-
troller market. MPLAB is a windows based application
which contains:
• A full featured editor
• Three operating modes
- editor
- emulator
- simulator
• A project manager
• Customizable tool bar and key mapping
• A status bar with project information
• Extensive on-line help
MPLAB allows you to:
• Edit your source files (either assembly or ‘C’)
• One touch assemble (or compile) and download
to PICmicro tools (automatically updates all
project information)
• Debug using:
- source files
- absolute listing file
• Transfer data dynamically via DDE (soon to be
replaced by OLE)
• Run up to four emulators on the same PC
The ability to use MPLAB with Microchip’s simulator
allows a consistent platform and the ability to easily
switch from the low cost simulator to the full featured
emulator with minimal retraining due to development
tools.
10.10 Assembler (MPASM)
The MPASM Universal Macro Assembler is a
PC-hosted symbolic assembler. It supports all micro-
controller series including the PIC12C5XX, PIC14000,
PIC16C5X, PIC16CXXX, and PIC17CXX families.
MPASM offers full featured Macro capabilities, condi-
tional assembly, and several source and listing formats.
It generates various object code formats to support
Microchip's development tools as well as third party
programmers.
MPASM allows full symbolic debugging from
PICMASTER, Microchip’s Universal Emulator System.
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 71
MPASM has the following features to assist in develop-
ing software for specific use applications.
• Provides translation of Assembler source code to
object code for all Microchip microcontrollers.
• Macro assembly capability.
• Produces all the files (Object, Listing, Symbol,
and special) required for symbolic debug with
Microchip’s emulator systems.
• Supports Hex (default), Decimal and Octal source
and listing formats.
MPASM provides a rich directive language to support
programming of the PICmicro. Directives are helpful in
making the development of your assemble source code
shorter and more maintainable.
10.11 Software Simulator (MPLAB-SIM)
The MPLAB-SIM Software Simulator allows code
development in a PC host environment. It allows the
user to simulate the PICmicro series microcontrollers
on an instruction level. On any given instruction, the
user may examine or modify any of the data areas or
provide external stimulus to any of the pins. The
input/output radix can be set by the user and the exe-
cution can be performed in; single step, execute until
break, or in a trace mode.
MPLAB-SIM fully supports symbolic debugging using
MPLAB-C and MPASM. The Software Simulator offers
the low cost flexibility to develop and debug code out-
side of the laboratory environment making it an excel-
lent multi-project software development tool.
10.12 C Compiler (MPLAB-C17)
The MPLAB-C Code Development System is a
complete ‘C’ compiler and integrated development
environment for Microchip’s PIC17CXXX family of
microcontrollers. The compiler provides powerful inte-
gration capabilities and ease of use not found with
other compilers.
For easier source level debugging, the compiler pro-
vides symbol information that is compatible with the
MPLAB IDE memory display.
10.13 Fuzzy Logic Development System
(fuzzyTECH-MP)
fuzzyTECH-MP fuzzy logic development tool is avail-
able in two versions - a low cost introductory version,
MP Explorer, for designers to gain a comprehensive
working knowledge of fuzzy logic system design; and a
full-featured version, fuzzyTECH-MP, Edition for imple-
menting more complex systems.
Both versions include Microchip’s fuzzyLAB demon-
stration board for hands-on experience with fuzzy logic
systems implementation.
10.14 MP-DriveWay – Application Code
Generator
MP-DriveWay is an easy-to-use Windows-based Appli-
cation Code Generator. With MP-DriveWay you can
visually configure all the peripherals in a PICmicro
device and, with a click of the mouse, generate all the
initialization and many functional code modules in C
language. The output is fully compatible with Micro-
chip’s MPLAB-C C compiler. The code produced is
highly modular and allows easy integration of your own
code. MP-DriveWay is intelligent enough to maintain
your code through subsequent code generation.
10.15 SEEVAL Evaluation and
Programming System
The SEEVAL SEEPROM Designer’s Kit supports all
Microchip 2-wire and 3-wire Serial EEPROMs. The kit
includes everything necessary to read, write, erase or
program special features of any Microchip SEEPROM
product including Smart Serials and secure serials.
The Total Endurance Disk is included to aid in
trade-off analysis and reliability calculations. The total
kit can significantly reduce time-to-market and result in
an optimized system.
10.16 KEELOQ Evaluation and
Programming Tools
KEELOQ evaluation and programming tools support
Microchips HCS Secure Data Products.The HCS eval-
uation kit includes an LCD display to show changing
codes, a decoder to decode transmissions, and a pro-
gramming interface to program test transmitters.
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page
72

1998
Microchip
Technology
Inc.
TABLE
10-1:
DEVELOPMENT
TOOLS
FROM
MICROCHIP
PIC12C5XX PIC14000 PIC16C5X PIC16CXXX PIC16C6X PIC16C7XX PIC16C8X PIC16C9XX PIC17C4X PIC17C75X
24CXX
25CXX
93CXX
HCS200
HCS300
HCS301
Emulator
Products
PICMASTER
/
PICMASTER-CE
In-Circuit Emulator ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü
ICEPIC Low-Cost
In-Circuit Emulator
ü ü ü ü ü ü ü
Software
Tools
MPLAB
Integrated
Development
Environment ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü
MPLAB C17
Compiler ü ü
fuzzyTECH
-MP
Explorer/Edition
Fuzzy Logic
Dev. Tool ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü
MP-DriveWay
Applications
Code Generator ü ü ü ü ü ü ü
Total Endurance
Software Model ü
Programmers
PICSTART
Plus
Low-Cost
Universal Dev. Kit ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü
PRO MATE
II
Universal
Programmer ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü
KEELOQ
Programmer ü
Demo
Boards
SEEVAL
Designers Kit ü
PICDEM-1 ü ü ü ü
PICDEM-2 ü ü
PICDEM-3 ü
KEELOQ
Evaluation Kit ü
PIC16F83/84 PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 73
10.0 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS FOR PIC16F83 AND PIC16F84
Absolute Maximum Ratings †
Ambient temperature under bias.............................................................................................................-55°C to +125°C
Storage temperature .............................................................................................................................. -65°C to +150°C
Voltage on VDD with respect to VSS .......................................................................................................... -0.3 to +7.5V
Voltage on MCLR with respect to VSS(2) ...................................................................................................... -0.3 to +14V
Voltage on any pin with respect to VSS (except VDD and MCLR)....................................................-0.6V to (VDD + 0.6V)
Total power dissipation(1) .....................................................................................................................................800 mW
Maximum current out of VSS pin ...........................................................................................................................150 mA
Maximum current into VDD pin ..............................................................................................................................100 mA
Input clamp current, IIK (VI < 0 or VI > VDD).....................................................................................................................± 20 mA
Output clamp current, IOK (VO < 0 or VO > VDD).............................................................................................................± 20 mA
Maximum output current sunk by any I/O pin..........................................................................................................25 mA
Maximum output current sourced by any I/O pin ....................................................................................................20 mA
Maximum current sunk by PORTA ..........................................................................................................................80 mA
Maximum current sourced by PORTA.....................................................................................................................50 mA
Maximum current sunk by PORTB........................................................................................................................150 mA
Maximum current sourced by PORTB...................................................................................................................100 mA
Note 1: Power dissipation is calculated as follows: Pdis = VDD x {IDD - ∑ IOH} + ∑ {(VDD-VOH) x IOH} + ∑(VOl x IOL)
Note 2: Voltage spikes below VSS at the MCLR pin, inducing currents greater than 80 mA, may cause latch-up. Thus,
a series resistor of 50-100Ω should be used when applying a “low” level to the MCLR pin rather than pulling
this pin directly to VSS.
† NOTICE: Stresses above those listed under “Absolute Maximum Ratings” may cause permanent damage to the
device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions above
those indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied. Exposure to maximum rating conditions
for extended periods may affect device reliability.
PIC16F8X PIC16F83/84
DS30430C-page 74  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 10-1 CROSS REFERENCE OF DEVICE SPECS FOR OSCILLATOR CONFIGURATIONS
AND FREQUENCIES OF OPERATION (COMMERCIAL DEVICES)
OSC
PIC16F84-04
PIC16F83-04
PIC16F84-10
PIC16F83-10
PIC16LF84-04
PIC16LF83-04
RC VDD: 4.0V to 6.0V
IDD: 4.5 mA max. at 5.5V
IPD: 14 µA max. at 4V WDT dis
Freq: 4.0 MHz max.
VDD: 4.5V to 5.5V
IDD: 1.8 mA typ. at 5.5V
IPD: 1.0 µA typ. at 5.5V WDT dis
Freq: 4..0 MHz max.
VDD: 2.0V to 6.0V
IDD: 4.5 mA max. at 5.5V
IPD: 7.0 µA max. at 2V WDT dis
Freq: 2.0 MHz max.
XT VDD: 4.0V to 6.0V
IDD: 4.5 mA max. at 5.5V
IPD: 14 µA max. at 4V WDT dis
Freq: 4.0 MHz max.
VDD: 4.5V to 5.5V
IDD: 1.8 mA typ. at 5.5V
IPD: 1.0 µA typ. at 5.5V WDT dis
Freq: 4.0 MHz max.
VDD: 2.0V to 6.0V
IDD: 4.5 mA max. at 5.5V
IPD: 7.0 µA max. at 2V WDT dis
Freq: 2.0 MHz max.
HS VDD: 4.5V to 5.5V VDD: 4.5V to 5.5V
Do not use in HS mode
IDD: 4.5 mA typ. at 5.5V IDD: 10 mA max. at 5.5V typ.
IPD: 1.0 µA typ. at 4.5V WDT dis IPD: 1.0 µA typ. at 4.5V WDT dis
Freq: 4.0 MHz max. Freq: 10 MHz max.
LP VDD: 4.0V to 6.0V
IDD: 48 µA typ. at 32 kHz, 2.0V
IPD: 0.6 µA typ. at 3.0V WDT dis
Freq: 200 kHz max.
Do not use in LP mode
VDD: 2.0V to 6.0V
IDD: 45 µA max. at 32 kHz, 2.0V
IPD: 7 µA max. at 2.0V WDT dis
Freq: 200 kHz max.
The shaded sections indicate oscillator selections which are tested for functionality, but not for MIN/MAX specifica-
tions. It is recommended that the user select the device type that ensures the specifications required.
PIC16F83/84 PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 75
10.1 DC CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16F84, PIC16F83 (Commercial, Industrial)
DC Characteristics
Power Supply Pins
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature 0°C ≤ TA ≤ +70°C (commercial)
-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C (industrial)
Parameter
No.
Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
D001
D001A
VDD Supply Voltage 4.0
4.5
—
—
6.0
5.5
V
V
XT, RC and LP osc configuration
HS osc configuration
D002 VDR RAM Data Retention
Voltage(1)
1.5* — — V Device in SLEEP mode
D003 VPOR VDD start voltage to
ensure internal
Power-on Reset signal
— VSS — V See section on Power-on Reset for details
D004 SVDD VDD rise rate to ensure
internal Power-on
Reset signal
0.05* — — V/ms See section on Power-on Reset for details
D010
D010A
D013
IDD Supply Current(2)
—
—
—
1.8
7.3
5
4.5
10
10
mA
mA
mA
RC and XT osc configuration(4)
FOSC = 4.0 MHz, VDD = 5.5V
FOSC = 4.0 MHz, VDD = 5.5V
(During Flash programming)
HS osc configuration (PIC16F84-10)
FOSC = 10 MHz, VDD = 5.5V
D020
D021
D021A
IPD Power-down Current(3) —
—
—
7.0
1.0
1.0
28
14
16
µA
µA
µA
VDD = 4.0V, WDT enabled, industrial
VDD = 4.0V, WDT disabled, commercial
VDD = 4.0V, WDT disabled, industrial
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in "Typ" column is at 5.0V, 25˚C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
Note 1: This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered in SLEEP mode without losing RAM data.
2: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors such as I/O pin
loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern, and temperature also have an
impact on the current consumption.
The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are:
OSC1=external square wave, from rail to rail; all I/O pins tristated, pulled to VDD, T0CKI = VDD,
MCLR = VDD; WDT enabled/disabled as specified.
3: The power down current in SLEEP mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is
measured with the part in SLEEP mode, with all I/O pins in hi-impedance state and tied to VDD and VSS.
4: For RC osc configuration, current through Rext is not included. The current through the resistor can be esti-
mated by the formula IR = VDD/2Rext (mA) with Rext in kOhm.
PIC16F8X PIC16F83/84
DS30430C-page 76  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.2 DC CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16LF84, PIC16LF83 (Commercial, Industrial)
DC Characteristics
Power Supply Pins
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature 0°C ≤ TA ≤ +70°C (commercial)
-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C (industrial)
Parameter
No.
Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
D001 VDD Supply Voltage 2.0 — 6.0 V XT, RC, and LP osc configuration
D002 VDR RAM Data Retention
Voltage(1)
1.5* — — V Device in SLEEP mode
D003 VPOR VDD start voltage to
ensure internal
Power-on Reset signal
— VSS — V See section on Power-on Reset for details
D004 SVDD VDD rise rate to ensure
internal Power-on
Reset signal
0.05* — — V/ms See section on Power-on Reset for details
D010
D010A
D014
IDD Supply Current(2)
—
—
—
1
7.3
15
4
10
45
mA
mA
µA
RC and XT osc configuration(4)
FOSC = 2.0 MHz, VDD = 5.5V
FOSC = 2.0 MHz, VDD = 5.5V
(During Flash programming)
LP osc configuration
FOSC = 32 kHz, VDD = 2.0V,
WDT disabled
D020
D021
D021A
IPD Power-down Current(3) —
—
—
3.0
0.4
0.4
16
7.0
9.0
µA
µA
µA
VDD = 2.0V, WDT enabled, industrial
VDD = 2.0V, WDT disabled, commercial
VDD = 2.0V, WDT disabled, industrial
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in "Typ" column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
Note 1: This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered in SLEEP mode without losing RAM data.
2: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors such as I/O pin
loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern, and temperature also have an
impact on the current consumption.
The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are:
OSC1=external square wave, from rail to rail; all I/O pins tristated, pulled to VDD, T0CKI = VDD,
MCLR = VDD; WDT enabled/disabled as specified.
3: The power down current in SLEEP mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is
measured with the part in SLEEP mode, with all I/O pins in hi-impedance state and tied to VDD and VSS.
4: For RC osc configuration, current through Rext is not included. The current through the resistor can be
estimated by the formula IR = VDD/2Rext (mA) with Rext in kOhm.
PIC16F83/84 PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 77
10.3 DC CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16F84, PIC16F83 (Commercial, Industrial)
PIC16LF84, PIC16LF83 (Commercial, Industrial)
DC Characteristics
All Pins Except
Power Supply Pins
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature 0°C ≤ TA ≤ +70°C (commercial)
-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C (industrial)
Operating voltage VDD range as described in DC spec
Section 10.1 and Section 10.2.
Parame-
ter
No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
Input Low Voltage
VIL I/O ports
D030 with TTL buffer VSS — 0.8 V 4.5 V ≤ VDD ≤ 5.5 V(4)
D030A VSS — 0.16VDD V entire range(4)
D031 with Schmitt Trigger buffer VSS — 0.2VDD V entire range
D032 MCLR, RA4/T0CKI Vss — 0.2VDD V
D033 OSC1 (XT, HS and LP modes)(1) Vss — 0.3VDD V
D034 OSC1 (RC mode) Vss — 0.1VDD V
Input High Voltage
VIH I/O ports —
D040
D040A
with TTL buffer 2.4
0.48VDD
—
—
VDD
VDD
V
V
4.5 V ≤ VDD ≤ 5.5V(4)
entire range(4)
D041 with Schmitt Trigger buffer 0.45VDD — VDD entire range
D042 MCLR, RA4/T0CKI, OSC1
(RC mode)
0.85
VDD
— VDD V
D043 OSC1 (XT, HS and LP modes)(1) 0.7 VDD — VDD V
D050 VHYS Hysteresis of
Schmitt Trigger inputs
TBD — — V
D070 IPURB PORTB weak pull-up current 50* 250* 400* µA VDD = 5.0V, VPIN = VSS
Input Leakage Current(2,3)
D060 IIL I/O ports — — ±1 µA Vss ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD,
Pin at hi-impedance
D061 MCLR, RA4/T0CKI — — ±5 µA Vss ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD
D063 OSC1 — — ±5 µA Vss ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD, XT, HS
and LP osc configuration
Output Low Voltage
D080 VOL I/O ports — — 0.6 V IOL = 8.5 mA, VDD = 4.5V
D083 OSC2/CLKOUT — — 0.6 V IOL = 1.6 mA, VDD = 4.5V
Output High Voltage
D090 VOH I/O ports(3) VDD-0.7 — — V IOH = -3.0 mA, VDD = 4.5V
D092 OSC2/CLKOUT VDD-0.7 — — V IOH = -1.3 mA, VDD = 4.5V
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
Note 1: In RC oscillator configuration, the OSC1 pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. Do not drive the PIC16F8X with an
external clock while the device is in RC mode, or chip damage may result.
2: The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified lev-
els represent normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input volt-
ages.
3: Negative current is defined as coming out of the pin.
4: The user may choose the better of the two specs.
PIC16F8X PIC16F83/84
DS30430C-page 78  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.4 DC CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16F84, PIC16F83 (Commercial, Industrial)
PIC16LF84, PIC16F83 (Commercial, Industrial)
DC Characteristics
All Pins Except
Power Supply Pins
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature 0°C ≤ TA ≤ +70°C (commercial)
-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C (industrial)
Operating voltage VDD range as described in DC spec
Section 10.1 and Section 10.2.
Parameter
No.
Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
Capacitive Loading Specs
on Output Pins
D100 COSC2 OSC2 pin — — 15 pF In XT, HS and LP modes
when external clock is used to
drive OSC1.
D101 CIO All I/O pins and OSC2
(RC mode)
— — 50 pF
Data EEPROM Memory
D120 ED Endurance 1M 10M — E/W 25°C at 5V
D121 VDRW VDD for read/write VMIN — 6.0 V VMIN = Minimum operating
voltage
D122 TDEW Erase/Write cycle time — 10 20* ms
Program Flash Memory
D130 EP Endurance 100 1000 — E/W
D131 VPR VDD for read VMIN — 6.0 V VMIN = Minimum operating
voltage
D132 VPEW VDD for erase/write 4.5 — 5.5 V
D133 TPEW Erase/Write cycle time — 10 — ms
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
PIC16F83/84 PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 79
TABLE 10-2 TIMING PARAMETER SYMBOLOGY
The timing parameter symbols have been created fol-
lowing one of the following formats:
FIGURE 10-1: PARAMETER MEASUREMENT INFORMATION
All timings are measure between high and low mea-
surement points as indicated in the figures below.
FIGURE 10-2: LOAD CONDITIONS
1. TppS2ppS
2. TppS
T
F Frequency T Time
Lowercase symbols (pp) and their meanings:
pp
2 to os,osc OSC1
ck CLKOUT ost oscillator start-up timer
cy cycle time pwrt power-up timer
io I/O port rbt RBx pins
inp INT pin t0 T0CKI
mc MCLR wdt watchdog timer
Uppercase symbols and their meanings:
S
F Fall P Period
H High R Rise
I Invalid (Hi-impedance) V Valid
L Low Z High Impedance
0.9 VDD (High)
0.1 VDD (Low)
0.8 VDD RC
0.3 VDD XTAL
OSC1 Measurement Points I/O Port Measurement Points
0.15 VDD RC
0.7 VDD XTAL
(High)
(Low)
Load Condition 1 Load Condition 2
Pin
RL
CL
VSS
VDD/2
VSS
CL
Pin
RL = 464Ω
CL = 50 pF for all pins except OSC2.
15 pF for OSC2 output.
PIC16F8X PIC16F83/84
DS30430C-page 80  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
10.5 Timing Diagrams and Specifications
FIGURE 10-3: EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING
OSC1
CLKOUT
Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1
1 3 3 4 4
2
TABLE 10-3 EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING REQUIREMENTS
Parameter
No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
FOSC External CLKIN Frequency(1) DC — 2 MHz XT, RC osc PIC16LF8X-04
DC — 4 MHz XT, RC osc PIC16F8X-04
DC — 10 MHz HS osc PIC16F8X-10
DC — 200 kHz LP osc PIC16LF8X-04
Oscillator Frequency(1) DC — 2 MHz RC osc PIC16LF8X-04
DC — 4 MHz RC osc PIC16F8X-04
0.1 — 2 MHz XT osc PIC16LF8X-04
0.1 — 4 MHz XT osc PIC16F8X-04
1.0 — 10 MHz HS osc PIC16F8X-10
DC — 200 kHz LP osc PIC16LF8X-04
1 Tosc External CLKIN Period(1) 500 — — ns XT, RC osc PIC16LF8X-04
250 — — ns XT, RC osc PIC16F8X-04
100 — — ns HS osc PIC16F8X-10
5.0 — — µs LP osc PIC16LF8X-04
Oscillator Period(1) 500 — — ns RC osc PIC16LF8X-04
250 — — ns RC osc PIC16F8X-04
500 — 10,000 ns XT osc PIC16LF8X-04
250 — 10,000 ns XT osc PIC16F8X-04
100 — 1,000 ns HS osc PIC16F8X-10
5.0 — — µs LP osc PIC16LF8X-04
2 TCY Instruction Cycle Time(1) 0.4 4/Fosc DC µs
3 TosL,
TosH
Clock in (OSC1) High or Low
Time
60 * — — ns XT osc PIC16LF8X-04
50 * — — ns XT osc PIC16F8X-04
2.0 * — — µs LP osc PIC16LF8X-04
35 * — — ns HS osc PIC16F8X-10
4 TosR,
TosF
Clock in (OSC1) Rise or Fall Time 25 * — — ns XT osc PIC16F8X-04
50 * — — ns LP osc PIC16LF8X-04
15 * — — ns HS osc PIC16F8X-10
* These parameters are characterized but no tested.
† Data in "Typ" column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
Note 1: Instruction cycle period (TCY) equals four times the input oscillator time-base period. All specified values are
based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions with the
device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation and/or
higher than expected current consumption. All devices are tested to operate at "min." values with an
external clock applied to the OSC1 pin.
When an external clock input is used, the "Max." cycle time limit is "DC" (no clock) for all devices.
PIC16F83/84 PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 81
FIGURE 10-4: CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING
TABLE 10-4 CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING REQUIREMENTS
Parameter
No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
10 TosH2ckL OSC1↑ to CLKOUT↓ PIC16F8X — 15 30 * ns Note 1
10A PIC16LF8X — 15 120 * ns Note 1
11 TosH2ckH OSC1↑ to CLKOUT↑ PIC16F8X — 15 30 * ns Note 1
11A PIC16LF8X — 15 120 * ns Note 1
12 TckR CLKOUT rise time PIC16F8X — 15 30 * ns Note 1
12A PIC16LF8X — 15 100 * ns Note 1
13 TckF CLKOUT fall time PIC16F8X — 15 30 * ns Note 1
13A PIC16LF8X — 15 100 * ns Note 1
14 TckL2ioV CLKOUT ↓ to Port out valid — — 0.5TCY +20 * ns Note 1
15 TioV2ckH Port in valid before PIC16F8X 0.30TCY + 30 * — — ns Note 1
CLKOUT ↑ PIC16LF8X 0.30TCY + 80 * — — ns Note 1
16 TckH2ioI Port in hold after CLKOUT ↑ 0 * — — ns Note 1
17 TosH2ioV OSC1↑ (Q1 cycle) to PIC16F8X — — 125 * ns
Port out valid PIC16LF8X — — 250 * ns
18 TosH2ioI OSC1↑ (Q2 cycle) to
Port input invalid
(I/O in hold time)
PIC16F8X 10 * — — ns
PIC16LF8X 10 * — — ns
19 TioV2osH Port input valid to
OSC1↑
(I/O in setup time)
PIC16F8X -75 * — — ns
PIC16LF8X -175 * — — ns
20 TioR Port output rise time PIC16F8X — 10 35 * ns
20A PIC16LF8X — 10 70 * ns
21 TioF Port output fall time PIC16F8X — 10 35 * ns
21A PIC16LF8X — 10 70 * ns
22 Tinp INT pin high PIC16F8X 20 * — — ns
22A or low time PIC16LF8X 55 * — — ns
23 Trbp RB7:RB4 change INT PIC16F8X TOSC § — — ns
23A high or low time PIC16LF8X TOSC § — — ns
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in "Typ" column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
§ By design
Note 1: Measurements are taken in RC Mode where CLKOUT output is 4 x TOSC.
OSC1
CLKOUT
I/O Pin
(input)
I/O Pin
(output)
Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3
10
13
14
17
20, 21
22
23
19 18
15
11
12
16
old value new value
Note: All tests must be done with specified capacitive loads (Figure 10-2) 50 pF on I/O pins and CLKOUT.
PIC16F8X PIC16F83/84
DS30430C-page 82  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 10-5: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER AND POWER-UP
TIMER TIMING
TABLE 10-5 RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER AND POWER-UP
TIMER REQUIREMENTS
Parameter
No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
30 TmcL MCLR Pulse Width (low) 1000 * — — ns 2.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 6.0V
31 Twdt Watchdog Timer Time-out Period
(No Prescaler)
7 * 18 33 * ms VDD = 5.0V
32 Tost Oscillation Start-up Timer Period 1024TOSC ms TOSC = OSC1 period
33 Tpwrt Power-up Timer Period 28 * 72 132 * ms VDD = 5.0V
34 TIOZ I/O Hi-impedance from MCLR Low
or reset
— — 100 * ns
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in "Typ" column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not
tested.
VDD
MCLR
Internal
POR
PWRT
Time-out
OSC
Time-out
Internal
RESET
Watchdog
Timer
RESET
33
32
30
31
34
I/O Pins
34
PIC16F83/84 PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 83
FIGURE 10-6: TIMER0 CLOCK TIMINGS
TABLE 10-6 TIMER0 CLOCK REQUIREMENTS
Parameter
No.
Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
40 Tt0H T0CKI High Pulse Width No Prescaler 0.5TCY + 20 * — — ns
With Prescaler 50 *
30 *
—
—
—
—
ns
ns
2.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 3.0V
3.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 6.0V
41 Tt0L T0CKI Low Pulse Width No Prescaler 0.5TCY + 20 * — — ns
With Prescaler 50 *
20 *
—
—
—
—
ns
ns
2.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 3.0V
3.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 6.0V
42 Tt0P T0CKI Period TCY + 40 *
N
— — ns N = prescale value
(2, 4, ..., 256)
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in "Typ" column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not
tested.
RA4/T0CKI
40 41
42
PIC16F8X PIC16F83/84
DS30430C-page 84  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
PIC16CR83/84 PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 85
11.0 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS FOR PIC16CR83 AND PIC16CR84
Absolute Maximum Ratings †
Ambient temperature under bias.............................................................................................................-55°C to +125°C
Storage temperature .............................................................................................................................. -65°C to +150°C
Voltage on VDD with respect to VSS .......................................................................................................... -0.3 to +7.5V
Voltage on MCLR with respect to VSS(2) ...................................................................................................... -0.3 to +14V
Voltage on any pin with respect to VSS (except VDD and MCLR)....................................................-0.6V to (VDD + 0.6V)
Total power dissipation(1) .....................................................................................................................................800 mW
Maximum current out of VSS pin ...........................................................................................................................150 mA
Maximum current into VDD pin ..............................................................................................................................100 mA
Input clamp current, IIK (VI < 0 or VI > VDD).....................................................................................................................± 20 mA
Output clamp current, IOK (VO < 0 or VO > VDD).............................................................................................................± 20 mA
Maximum output current sunk by any I/O pin..........................................................................................................25 mA
Maximum output current sourced by any I/O pin ....................................................................................................20 mA
Maximum current sunk by PORTA ..........................................................................................................................80 mA
Maximum current sourced by PORTA.....................................................................................................................50 mA
Maximum current sunk by PORTB........................................................................................................................150 mA
Maximum current sourced by PORTB...................................................................................................................100 mA
Note 1: Power dissipation is calculated as follows: Pdis = VDD x {IDD - ∑ IOH} + ∑ {(VDD-VOH) x IOH} + ∑(VOl x IOL)
Note 2: Voltage spikes below VSS at the MCLR pin, inducing currents greater than 80 mA, may cause latch-up. Thus,
a series resistor of 50-100Ω should be used when applying a “low” level to the MCLR pin rather than pulling
this pin directly to VSS.
† NOTICE: Stresses above those listed under “Absolute Maximum Ratings” may cause permanent damage to the
device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions above
those indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied. Exposure to maximum rating conditions for
extended periods may affect device reliability.
PIC16F8X PIC16CR83/84
DS30430C-page 86  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 11-1 CROSS REFERENCE OF DEVICE SPECS FOR OSCILLATOR CONFIGURATIONS
AND FREQUENCIES OF OPERATION (COMMERCIAL DEVICES)
OSC
PIC16CR84-04
PIC16CR83-04
PIC16CR84-10
PIC16CR83-10
PIC16LCR84-04
PIC16LCR83-04
RC VDD: 4.0V to 6.0V
IDD: 4.5 mA max. at 5.5V
IPD: 14 µA max. at 4V WDT dis
Freq: 4.0 MHz max.
VDD: 4.5V to 5.5V
IDD: 1.8 mA typ. at 5.5V
IPD: 1.0 µA typ. at 5.5V WDT dis
Freq: 4..0 MHz max.
VDD: 2.0V to 6.0V
IDD: 4.5 mA max. at 5.5V
IPD: 5 µA max. at 2V WDT dis
Freq: 2.0 MHz max.
XT VDD: 4.0V to 6.0V
IDD: 4.5 mA max. at 5.5V
IPD: 14 µA max. at 4V WDT dis
Freq: 4.0 MHz max.
VDD: 4.5V to 5.5V
IDD: 1.8 mA typ. at 5.5V
IPD: 1.0 µA typ. at 5.5V WDT dis
Freq: 4.0 MHz max.
VDD: 2.0V to 6.0V
IDD: 4.5 mA max. at 5.5V
IPD: 5 µA max. at 2V WDT dis
Freq: 2.0 MHz max.
HS VDD: 4.5V to 5.5V VDD: 4.5V to 5.5V
Do not use in HS mode
IDD: 4.5 mA typ. at 5.5V IDD: 10 mA max. at 5.5V typ.
IPD: 1.0 µA typ. at 4.5V WDT dis IPD: 1.0 µA typ. at 4.5V WDT dis
Freq: 4.0 MHz max. Freq: 10 MHz max.
LP VDD: 4.0V to 6.0V
IDD: 48 µA typ. at 32 kHz, 2.0V
IPD: 0.6 µA typ. at 3.0V WDT dis
Freq: 200 kHz max.
Do not use in LP mode
VDD: 2.0V to 6.0V
IDD: 45 µA max. at 32 kHz, 2.0V
IPD: 5 µA max. at 2V WDT dis
Freq: 200 kHz max.
The shaded sections indicate oscillator selections which are tested for functionality, but not for MIN/MAX specifica-
tions. It is recommended that the user select the device type that ensures the specifications required.
PIC16CR83/84 PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 87
11.1 DC CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16CR84, PIC16CR83 (Commercial, Industrial)
DC Characteristics
Power Supply Pins
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature 0°C ≤ TA ≤ +70°C (commercial)
-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C (industrial)
Parameter
No.
Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
D001
D001A
VDD Supply Voltage 4.0
4.5
—
—
6.0
5.5
V
V
XT, RC and LP osc configuration
HS osc configuration
D002 VDR RAM Data Retention
Voltage(1)
1.5* — — V Device in SLEEP mode
D003 VPOR VDD start voltage to
ensure internal
Power-on Reset signal
— VSS — V See section on Power-on Reset for details
D004 SVDD VDD rise rate to ensure
internal Power-on
Reset signal
0.05* — — V/ms See section on Power-on Reset for details
D010
D010A
D013
IDD Supply Current(2)
—
—
—
1.8
7.3
5
4.5
10
10
mA
mA
mA
RC and XT osc configuration(4)
FOSC = 4.0 MHz, VDD = 5.5V
FOSC = 4.0 MHz, VDD = 5.5V
(During EEPROM programming)
HS OSC CONFIGURATION (PIC16CR84-10)
FOSC = 10 MHz, VDD = 5.5V
D020
D021
D021A
IPD Power-down Current(3) —
—
—
7.0
1.0
1.0
28
14
16
µA
µA
µA
VDD = 4.0V, WDT enabled, industrial
VDD = 4.0V, WDT disabled, commercial
VDD = 4.0V, WDT disabled, industrial
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in "Typ" column is at 5.0V, 25˚C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
Note 1: This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered in SLEEP mode without losing RAM data.
2: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors such as I/O pin
loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern, and temperature also have an
impact on the current consumption.
The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are:
OSC1=external square wave, from rail to rail; all I/O pins tristated, pulled to VDD, T0CKI = VDD,
MCLR = VDD; WDT enabled/disabled as specified.
3: The power down current in SLEEP mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is
measured with the part in SLEEP mode, with all I/O pins in hi-impedance state and tied to VDD and VSS.
4: For RC osc configuration, current through Rext is not included. The current through the resistor can be esti-
mated by the formula IR = VDD/2Rext (mA) with Rext in kOhm.
PIC16F8X PIC16CR83/84
DS30430C-page 88  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
11.2 DC CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16LCR84, PIC16LCR83 (Commercial, Industrial)
DC Characteristics
Power Supply Pins
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature 0°C ≤ TA ≤ +70°C (commercial)
-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C (industrial)
Parameter
No.
Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
D001 VDD Supply Voltage 2.0 — 6.0 V XT, RC, and LP osc configuration
D002 VDR RAM Data Retention
Voltage(1)
1.5* — — V Device in SLEEP mode
D003 VPOR VDD start voltage to
ensure internal
Power-on Reset signal
— VSS — V See section on Power-on Reset for details
D004 SVDD VDD rise rate to ensure
internal Power-on
Reset signal
0.05* — — V/ms See section on Power-on Reset for details
D010
D010A
D014
IDD Supply Current(2)
—
—
—
1
7.3
15
4
10
45
mA
mA
µA
RC and XT osc configuration(4)
FOSC = 2.0 MHz, VDD = 5.5V
FOSC = 2.0 MHz, VDD = 5.5V
(During EEPROM programming)
LP osc configuration
FOSC = 32 kHz, VDD = 2.0V,
WDT disabled
D020
D021
D021A
IPD Power-down Current(3) —
—
—
3.0
0.4
0.4
16
5.0
6.0
µA
µA
µA
VDD = 2.0V, WDT enabled, industrial
VDD = 2.0V, WDT disabled, commercial
VDD = 2.0V, WDT disabled, industrial
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in "Typ" column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
Note 1: This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered in SLEEP mode without losing RAM data.
2: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors such as I/O pin
loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern, and temperature also have an
impact on the current consumption.
The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are:
OSC1=external square wave, from rail to rail; all I/O pins tristated, pulled to VDD, T0CKI = VDD,
MCLR = VDD; WDT enabled/disabled as specified.
3: The power down current in SLEEP mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is
measured with the part in SLEEP mode, with all I/O pins in hi-impedance state and tied to VDD and VSS.
4: For RC osc configuration, current through Rext is not included. The current through the resistor can be
estimated by the formula IR = VDD/2Rext (mA) with Rext in kOhm.
PIC16CR83/84 PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 89
11.3 DC CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16CR84, PIC16CR83 (Commercial, Industrial)
PIC16LCR84, PIC16LCR83 (Commercial, Industrial)
DC Characteristics
All Pins Except
Power Supply Pins
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature 0°C ≤ TA ≤ +70°C (commercial)
-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C (industrial)
Operating voltage VDD range as described in DC spec
Section 11.1 and Section 11.2.
Parame-
ter
No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
Input Low Voltage
VIL I/O ports
D030 with TTL buffer VSS — 0.8 V 4.5 V ≤ Vdd ≤ 5.5 V(4)
D030A VSS — 0.16VDD V entire range(4)
D031 with Schmitt Trigger buffer VSS — 0.2VDD V entire range
D032 MCLR, RA4/T0CKI Vss — 0.2VDD V
D033 OSC1 (XT, HS and LP modes)(1) Vss — 0.3VDD V
D034 OSC1 (RC mode) Vss — 0.1VDD V
Input High Voltage
VIH I/O ports —
D040
D040A
with TTL buffer 2.4
0.48VDD
—
—
VDD
VDD
V
V
4.5 V ≤ VDD ≤ 5.5V(4)
entire range(4)
D041 with Schmitt Trigger buffer 0.45VDD — VDD entire range
D042 MCLR, RA4/T0CKI, OSC1
(RC mode)
0.85
VDD
— VDD V
D043 OSC1 (XT, HS and LP modes)(1) 0.7 VDD — VDD V
D050 VHYS Hysteresis of
Schmitt Trigger inputs
TBD — — V
D070 IPURB PORTB weak pull-up current 50* 250* 400* µA VDD = 5.0V, VPIN = VSS
Input Leakage Current(2,3)
D060 IIL I/O ports — — ±1 µA Vss ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD,
Pin at hi-impedance
D061 MCLR, RA4/T0CKI — — ±5 µA Vss ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD
D063 OSC1 — — ±5 µA Vss ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD, XT, HS
and LP osc configuration
Output Low Voltage
D080 VOL I/O ports — — 0.6 V IOL = 8.5 mA, VDD = 4.5V
D083 OSC2/CLKOUT — — 0.6 V IOL = 1.6 mA, VDD = 4.5V
Output High Voltage
D090 VOH I/O ports(3) VDD-0.7 — — V IOH = -3.0 mA, VDD = 4.5V
D092 OSC2/CLKOUT VDD-0.7 — — V IOH = -1.3 mA, VDD = 4.5V
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
Note 1: In RC oscillator configuration, the OSC1 pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. Do not drive the PIC16CR8X with an
external clock while the device is in RC mode, or chip damage may result.
2: The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified lev-
els represent normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input volt-
ages.
3: Negative current is defined as coming out of the pin.
4: The user may choose the better of the two specs.
PIC16F8X PIC16CR83/84
DS30430C-page 90  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
11.4 DC CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16CR84, PIC16CR83 (Commercial, Industrial)
PIC16LCR84, PIC16LCR83 (Commercial, Industrial)
DC Characteristics
All Pins Except
Power Supply Pins
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature 0°C ≤ TA ≤ +70°C (commercial)
-40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C (industrial)
Operating voltage VDD range as described in DC spec
Section 11.1 and Section 11.2.
Parameter
No.
Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
Capacitive Loading Specs
on Output Pins
D100 COSC2 OSC2 pin — — 15 pF In XT, HS and LP modes
when external clock is used to
drive OSC1.
D101 CIO All I/O pins and OSC2
(RC mode)
— — 50 pF
Data EEPROM Memory
D120 ED Endurance 1M 10M — E/W 25°C at 5V
D121 VDRW VDD for read/write VMIN — 6.0 V VMIN = Minimum operating
voltage
D122 TDEW Erase/Write cycle time — 10 20* ms
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in “Typ” column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
PIC16CR83/84 PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 91
TABLE 11-2 TIMING PARAMETER SYMBOLOGY
The timing parameter symbols have been created fol-
lowing one of the following formats:
FIGURE 11-1: PARAMETER MEASUREMENT INFORMATION
All timings are measure between high and low mea-
surement points as indicated in the figures below.
FIGURE 11-2: LOAD CONDITIONS
1. TppS2ppS
2. TppS
T
F Frequency T Time
Lowercase symbols (pp) and their meanings:
pp
2 to os,osc OSC1
ck CLKOUT ost oscillator start-up timer
cy cycle time pwrt power-up timer
io I/O port rbt RBx pins
inp INT pin t0 T0CKI
mc MCLR wdt watchdog timer
Uppercase symbols and their meanings:
S
F Fall P Period
H High R Rise
I Invalid (Hi-impedance) V Valid
L Low Z High Impedance
0.9 VDD (High)
0.1 VDD (Low)
0.8 VDD RC
0.3 VDD XTAL
OSC1 Measurement Points I/O Port Measurement Points
0.15 VDD RC
0.7 VDD XTAL
(High)
(Low)
Load Condition 1 Load Condition 2
Pin
RL
CL
VSS
VDD/2
VSS
CL
Pin
RL = 464Ω
CL = 50 pF for all pins except OSC2.
15 pF for OSC2 output.
PIC16F8X PIC16CR83/84
DS30430C-page 92  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
11.5 Timing Diagrams and Specifications
FIGURE 11-3: EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING
OSC1
CLKOUT
Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1
1 3 3 4 4
2
TABLE 11-3 EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING REQUIREMENTS
Parameter
No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
FOSC External CLKIN Frequency(1) DC — 2 MHz XT, RC osc PIC16LCR8X-04
DC — 4 MHz XT, RC osc PIC16CR8X-04
DC — 10 MHz HS osc PIC16CR8X-10
DC — 200 kHz LP osc PIC16LCR8X-04
Oscillator Frequency(1) DC — 2 MHz RC osc PIC16LCR8X-04
DC — 4 MHz RC osc PIC16CR8X-04
0.1 — 2 MHz XT osc PIC16LCR8X-04
0.1 — 4 MHz XT osc PIC16CR8X-04
1.0 — 10 MHz HS osc PIC16CR8X-10
DC — 200 kHz LP osc PIC16LCR8X-04
1 Tosc External CLKIN Period(1) 500 — — ns XT, RC osc PIC16LCR8X-04
250 — — ns XT, RC osc PIC16CR8X-04
100 — — ns HS osc PIC16CR8X-10
5.0 — — µs LP osc PIC16LCR8X-04
Oscillator Period(1) 500 — — ns RC osc PIC16LCR8X-04
250 — — ns RC osc PIC16CR8X-04
500 — 10,000 ns XT osc PIC16LCR8X-04
250 — 10,000 ns XT osc PIC16CR8X-04
100 — 1,000 ns HS osc PIC16CR8X-10
5.0 — — µs LP osc PIC16LCR8X-04
2 TCY Instruction Cycle Time(1) 0.4 4/Fosc DC µs
3 TosL,
TosH
Clock in (OSC1) High or Low
Time
60 * — — ns XT osc PIC16LCR8X-04
50 * — — ns XT osc PIC16CR8X-04
2.0 * — — µs LP osc PIC16LCR8X-04
35 * — — ns HS osc PIC16CR8X-10
4 TosR,
TosF
Clock in (OSC1) Rise or Fall Time 25 * — — ns XT osc PIC16CR8X-04
50 * — — ns LP osc PIC16LCR8X-04
15 * — — ns HS osc PIC16CR8X-10
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in "Typ" column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
Note 1: Instruction cycle period (TCY) equals four times the input oscillator time base period. All specified values are
based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions with the
device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation and/or
higher than expected current consumption. All devices are tested to operate at "min." values with an
external clock applied to the OSC1 pin.
When an external clock input is used, the "Max." cycle time limit is "DC" (no clock) for all devices.
PIC16CR83/84 PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 93
FIGURE 11-4: CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING
TABLE 11-4 CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING REQUIREMENTS
Parameter
No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
10 TosH2ckL OSC1↑ to CLKOUT↓ PIC16CR8X — 15 30 * ns Note 1
10A PIC16LCR8X — 15 120 * ns Note 1
11 TosH2ckH OSC1↑ to CLKOUT↑ PIC16CR8X — 15 30 * ns Note 1
11A PIC16LCR8X — 15 120 * ns Note 1
12 TckR CLKOUT rise time PIC16CR8X — 15 30 * ns Note 1
12A PIC16LCR8X — 15 100 * ns Note 1
13 TckF CLKOUT fall time PIC16CR8X — 15 30 * ns Note 1
13A PIC16LCR8X — 15 100 * ns Note 1
14 TckL2ioV CLKOUT ↓ to Port out valid — — 0.5TCY +20 * ns Note 1
15 TioV2ckH Port in valid before PIC16CR8X 0.30TCY + 30 * — — ns Note 1
CLKOUT ↑ PIC16LCR8X 0.30TCY + 80 * — — ns Note 1
16 TckH2ioI Port in hold after CLKOUT ↑ 0 * — — ns Note 1
17 TosH2ioV OSC1↑ (Q1 cycle) to PIC16CR8X — — 125 * ns
Port out valid PIC16LCR8X — — 250 * ns
18 TosH2ioI OSC1↑ (Q2 cycle) to
Port input invalid (I/O
in hold time)
PIC16CR8X 10 * — — ns
PIC16LCR8X 10 * — — ns
19 TioV2osH Port input valid to
OSC1↑ (I/O in setup
time)
PIC16CR8X -75 * — — ns
PIC16LCR8X -175 * — — ns
20 TioR Port output rise time PIC16CR8X — 10 35 * ns
20A PIC16LCR8X — 10 70 * ns
21 TioF Port output fall time PIC16CR8X — 10 35 * ns
21A PIC16LCR8X — 10 70 * ns
22 Tinp INT pin high PIC16CR8X 20 * — — ns
22A or low time PIC16LCR8X 55 * — — ns
23 Trbp RB7:RB4 change INT PIC16CR8X TOSC § — — ns
23A high or low time PIC16LCR8X TOSC § — — ns
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in "Typ" column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only
and are not tested.
§ By design
Note 1: Measurements are taken in RC Mode where CLKOUT output is 4 x TOSC.
OSC1
CLKOUT
I/O Pin
(input)
I/O Pin
(output)
Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3
10
13
14
17
20, 21
22
23
19 18
15
11
12
16
old value new value
Note: All tests must be done with specified capacitive loads (Figure 11-2) 50 pF on I/O pins and CLKOUT.
PIC16F8X PIC16CR83/84
DS30430C-page 94  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 11-5: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER AND POWER-UP
TIMER TIMING
TABLE 11-5 RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER AND POWER-UP
TIMER REQUIREMENTS
Parameter
No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
30 TmcL MCLR Pulse Width (low) 1000 * — — ns 2.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 6.0V
31 Twdt Watchdog Timer Time-out Period
(No Prescaler)
7 * 18 33 * ms VDD = 5.0V
32 Tost Oscillation Start-up Timer Period 1024TOSC ms TOSC = OSC1 period
33 Tpwrt Power-up Timer Period 28 * 72 132 * ms VDD = 5.0V
34 TIOZ I/O Hi-impedance from MCLR Low
or reset
— — 100 * ns
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in "Typ" column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not
tested.
VDD
MCLR
Internal
POR
PWRT
Time-out
OSC
Time-out
Internal
RESET
Watchdog
Timer
RESET
33
32
30
31
34
I/O Pins
34
PIC16CR83/84 PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 95
FIGURE 11-6: TIMER0 CLOCK TIMINGS
TABLE 11-6 TIMER0 CLOCK REQUIREMENTS
Parameter
No.
Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions
40 Tt0H T0CKI High Pulse Width No Prescaler 0.5TCY + 20 * — — ns
With Prescaler 50 *
30 *
—
—
—
—
ns
ns
2.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 3.0V
3.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 6.0V
41 Tt0L T0CKI Low Pulse Width No Prescaler 0.5TCY + 20 * — — ns
With Prescaler 50 *
20 *
—
—
—
—
ns
ns
2.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 3.0V
3.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 6.0V
42 Tt0P T0CKI Period TCY + 40 *
N
— — ns N = prescale value
(2, 4, ..., 256)
* These parameters are characterized but not tested.
† Data in "Typ" column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not
tested.
RA4/T0CKI
40 41
42
PIC16F8X PIC16CR83/84
DS30430C-page 96  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 97
12.0 DC & AC CHARACTERISTICS GRAPHS/TABLES
The graphs and tables provided in this section are for design guidance and are not tested or guaranteed.
In some graphs or tables, the data presented are outside specified operating range (i.e., outside specified VDD
range). This is for information only and devices are guaranteed to operate properly only within the specified range.
The data presented in this section is a statistical summary of data collected on units from different lots over a period
of time and matrix samples. 'Typical' represents the mean of the distribution at 25°C, while 'max' or 'min' represents
(mean + 3σ) and (mean - 3σ) respectively, where σ is standard deviation.
FIGURE 12-1: TYPICAL RC OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY vs.TEMPERATURE
TABLE 12-1 RC OSCILLATOR FREQUENCIES*
Cext Rext
Average
Fosc @ 5V, 25°C
Part to Part Variation
20 pF 5 k 4.61 MHz ± 25%
10 k 2.66 MHz ± 24%
100 k 311 kHz ± 39%
100 pF 5 k 1.34 MHz ± 21%
10 k 756 kHz ± 18%
100 k 82.8 kHz ± 28%
300 pF 5 k 428 kHz ± 13%
10 k 243 kHz ± 13%
100 k 26.2 kHz ± 23%
* Measured on DIP packages. The percentage variation indicated here is part-to-part variation due to normal process
distribution. The variation indicated is ±3 standard deviation from average value for full VDD range.
FOSC
FOSC (25°C)
1.20
1.16
1.12
1.08
1.04
1.00
0.96
0.92
0.88
0.84
-40 -20 0 25
20 40 60 80 100
T(°C)
Frequency normalized to +25°C
VDD = 5.5 V
VDD = 3.5 V
Rext = 10 kΩ
Cext = 100 pF
70 85
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 98  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 12-2: TYPICAL RC OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY vs. VDD, CEXT = 20 PF
5.5
5.0
4.5
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
VDD (Volts)
Fosc
(MHz)
R = 5k
R = 10k
R = 100k
2.5
Measured on DIP Packages, T = 25˚C
2.0
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 99
FIGURE 12-3: TYPICAL RC OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY vs. VDD, CEXT = 100 PF
FIGURE 12-4: TYPICAL RC OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY vs. VDD, CEXT = 300 PF
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
VDD (Volts)
Fosc
(MHz)
R = 5k
R = 10k
R = 100k
2.5
Measured on DIP Packages, T = 25˚C
2.0
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.0
3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
VDD (Volts)
F
OSC
(MHz)
R = 5k
R = 10k
R = 100k
2.5
Measured on DIP Packages, T = 25˚C
2.0
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 100  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 12-5: TYPICAL IPD vs. VDD,
WATCHDOG DISABLED
FIGURE 12-6: TYPICAL IPD vs. VDD,
WATCHDOG ENABLED
FIGURE 12-7: VTH (INPUT THRESHOLD VOLTAGE) OF I/O PINS vs. VDD
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0
2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
I
PD
(µA)
VDD (Volts)
T = 25°C
2.0
6.0 10
8
6
4
2
0
2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
I
PD
(µA)
VDD (Volts)
1
3
5
7
9
T = 25°C
2.0
1.40
1.30
1.20
1.10
1.00
0.90
2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
VDD (Volts)
0.80
0.70
5.5 6.0
Typ (+25°C)
V
TH
(Volts)
2.0
Note: These input pins have TTL input buffers.
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 101
FIGURE 12-8: VTH (INPUT THRESHOLD VOLTAGE) OF OSC1 INPUT
(IN XT, HS, AND LP MODES) vs. VDD
FIGURE 12-9: VIH, VIL OF MCLR,T0CKI AND OSC1 (IN RC MODE) vs. VDD
2.4
2.2
2.0
1.8
1.6
1.4
2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
VDD (Volts)
1.2
1.0
5.5 6.0
Typ (+25°C)
V
TH
(Volts)
2.6
2.8
3.0
2.0
Note: This input pin is CMOS input.
0.8
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
VDD (Volts)
0.5
0.0
5.5 6.0
V
IH
,
V
IL
(Volts)
4.0
4.5
VIH typ +25°C
Note: These input pins have Schmitt Trigger input buffers.
2.0
5.0
VIL typ +25°C
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 102  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 12-10: TYPICAL IDD vs. FREQUENCY (RC MODE @20PF, 25°C)
TYPICAL IDD vs FREQ (RC MODE @20pF)
2.0V
2.5V
3.0V
3.5V
4.0V
4.5V
5.0V
5.5V
6.0V
10
100
1000
10000
100000 1000000 10000000
FREQ (Hz)
IDD
(uA)
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 103
FIGURE 12-11: TYPICAL IDD vs. FREQUENCY (RC MODE @100PF, 25°C)
TYPICAL IDD vs FREQ (RC MODE @100 pF)
2.0V
2.5V
3.0V
3.5V
4.0V
4.5V
5.0V
5.5V
6.0V
10
100
1000
10000
10000 100000 1000000 10000000
FREQ (Hz)
IDD
(uA)
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 104  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 12-12: TYPICAL IDD vs. FREQUENCY (RC MODE @300PF, 25°C)
TYPICAL IDD vs FREQ (RC MODE @300pF)
2.0V
2.5V
3.0V
3.5V
4.0V
4.5V
5.0V
5.5V
6.0V
10
100
1000
10000 100000 1000000
FREQ (Hz)
IDD
(uA)
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 105
FIGURE 12-13: WDT TIMER TIME-OUT
PERIOD vs. VDD
FIGURE 12-14: TRANSCONDUCTANCE (gm)
OF HS OSCILLATOR vs. VDD
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0
VDD (Volts)
WDT
period
(ms)
Typ +25°C
9000
8000
7000
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
100
0
gm
(µA/V)
Typ +25°C
2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0
VDD (Volts)
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 106  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 12-15: TRANSCONDUCTANCE (gm)
OF LP OSCILLATOR vs. VDD
FIGURE 12-16: TRANSCONDUCTANCE (gm)
OF XT OSCILLATOR vs. VDD
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
gm
(µA/V)
2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0
VDD (Volts)
Typ +25°C
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0
2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0
VDD (Volts)
gm
(µA/V)
Typ +25°C
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 107
FIGURE 12-17: IOH vs. VOH, VDD = 3 V
FIGURE 12-18: IOH vs. VOH, VDD = 5 V
FIGURE 12-19: IOL vs. VOL, VDD = 3 V
FIGURE 12-20: IOL vs. VOL, VDD = 5 V
0
–5
–10
–15
–20
–25
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5
VOH (Volts)
I
OH
(mA)
3.0
Typ +25°C
0
–10
–20
–30
–40
1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0
VOH (Volts)
I
OH
(mA)
4.5 5.0
Typ +25°C
–5
–15
–25
–35
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5
VOL (Volts)
I
OL
(mA)
Typ +25°C
3.0
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5
VOL (Volts)
I
OL
(mA)
Typ +25°C
3.0
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 108  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 12-21: TYPICAL DATA MEMORY ERASE/WRITE CYCLE TIME VS. VDD
TABLE 12-2 INPUT CAPACITANCE*
Pin Name
Typical Capacitance (pF)
18L PDIP 18L SOIC
PORTA 5.0 4.3
PORTB 5.0 4.3
MCLR 17.0 17.0
OSC1/CLKIN 4.0 3.5
OSC2/CLKOUT 4.3 3.5
T0CKI 3.2 2.8
* All capacitance values are typical at 25°C. A part to part variation of ±25% (three standard deviations) should
be taken into account.
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0
DMEM
Typ.
E/W
Cycle
Time
(ms)
VDD (Volts)
6.5
1.5 2.0
10
9
8
Shaded area is beyond recommended range.
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 109
13.0 PACKAGING INFORMATION
13.1 Package Marking Information
Legend: XX...X Microchip part number & customer specific information*
AA Year code (last two digits of calendar year)
BB Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’)
C Facility code of the plant at which wafer is manufactured
C = Chandler, Arizona, U.S.A.,
S = Tempe, Arizona, U.S.A.
D Mask revision number
E Assembly code of the plant or country of origin in which
part was assembled
Note: In the event the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line,
it will be carried over to the next line, thus limiting the number of available
characters for customer specific information.
* Standard OTP marking consists of Microchip part number, year code, week
code, facility code, mask rev# and assembly code. For OTP marking beyond
this, certain price adders apply. Please check with your Microchip Sales Office.
For QTP devices, any special marking adders are included in QTP price.
18L PDIP
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
AABBCDE
AABBCDE
XXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXX
18L SOIC
Example
PIC16F84-04I/P
9632SAW
XXXXXXXXXXXX
9648SAN
/SO
PIC16F84-04
Example
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 110  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
Package Type: K04-007 18-Lead Plastic Dual In-line (P) – 300 mil
* Controlling Parameter.
† Dimension “B1” does not include dam-bar protrusions. Dam-bar protrusions shall not exceed 0.003”
(0.076 mm) per side or 0.006” (0.152 mm) more than dimension “B1.”
‡ Dimensions “D” and “E” do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not
exceed 0.010” (0.254 mm) per side or 0.020” (0.508 mm) more than dimensions “D” or “E.”
Units INCHES* MILLIMETERS
Dimension Limits MIN NOM MAX MIN NOM MAX
PCB Row Spacing 0.300 7.62
Number of Pins n 18 18
Pitch p 0.100 2.54
Lower Lead Width B 0.013 0.018 0.023 0.33 0.46 0.58
Upper Lead Width B1† 0.055 0.060 0.065 1.40 1.52 1.65
Shoulder Radius R 0.000 0.005 0.010 0.00 0.13 0.25
Lead Thickness c 0.005 0.010 0.015 0.13 0.25 0.38
Top to Seating Plane A 0.110 0.155 0.155 2.79 3.94 3.94
Top of Lead to Seating Plane A1 0.075 0.095 0.115 1.91 2.41 2.92
Base to Seating Plane A2 0.000 0.020 0.020 0.00 0.51 0.51
Tip to Seating Plane L 0.125 0.130 0.135 3.18 3.30 3.43
Package Length D‡ 0.890 0.895 0.900 22.61 22.73 22.86
Molded Package Width E‡ 0.245 0.255 0.265 6.22 6.48 6.73
Radius to Radius Width E1 0.230 0.250 0.270 5.84 6.35 6.86
Overall Row Spacing eB 0.310 0.349 0.387 7.87 8.85 9.83
Mold Draft Angle Top α 5 10 15 5 10 15
Mold Draft Angle Bottom β 5 10 15 5 10 15
R
n
2
1
D
E
c
eB
β
E1
α
p
A1
L
B1
B
A
A2
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 111
Package Type: K04-051 18-Lead Plastic Small Outline (SO) – Wide, 300 mil
0.014
0.009
0.010
0.011
0.005
0.005
0.010
0.394
0.292
0.450
0.004
0.048
0.093
MIN
n
Number of Pins
Mold Draft Angle Bottom
Mold Draft Angle Top
Lower Lead Width
Chamfer Distance
Outside Dimension
Molded Package Width
Molded Package Length
Overall Pack. Height
Lead Thickness
Radius Centerline
Foot Angle
Foot Length
Gull Wing Radius
Shoulder Radius
Standoff
Shoulder Height
β
α
R2
R1
E1
A2
A1
X
φ
B†
c
L1
L
E‡
D‡
A
Dimension Limits
Pitch
Units
p
18
18
0
0
12
12
15
15
4
0.020
0
0.017
0.011
0.015
0.016
0.005
0.005
0.407
0.296
0.456
0.008
0.058
0.099
0.029
0.019
0.012
0.020
0.021
0.010
0.010
8
0.419
0.299
0.462
0.011
0.068
0.104
0
0
12
12
15
15
0.42
0.27
0.38
0.41
0.13
0.13
0.50
10.33
7.51
11.58
0.19
1.47
2.50
0.25
0
0.36
0.23
0.25
0.28
0.13
0.13
10.01
7.42
11.43
0.10
1.22
2.36
0.74
4 8
0.48
0.30
0.51
0.53
0.25
0.25
10.64
7.59
11.73
0.28
1.73
2.64
INCHES*
0.050
NOM MAX
1.27
MILLIMETERS
MIN NOM MAX
n
2
1
R2
R1
L1
L
β
c
φ
X
45°
D
p
B
E
E1
α
A1
A2
A
* Controlling Parameter.
† Dimension “B” does not include dam-bar protrusions. Dam-bar protrusions shall not exceed 0.003”
(0.076 mm) per side or 0.006” (0.152 mm) more than dimension “B.”
‡ Dimensions “D” and “E” do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not
exceed 0.010” (0.254 mm) per side or 0.020” (0.508 mm) more than dimensions “D” or “E.”
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 112  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 113
APPENDIX A: FEATURE
IMPROVEMENTS -
FROM PIC16C5X TO
PIC16F8X
The following is the list of feature improvements over
the PIC16C5X microcontroller family:
1. Instruction word length is increased to 14 bits.
This allows larger page sizes both in program
memory (2K now as opposed to 512 before) and
the register file (128 bytes now versus 32 bytes
before).
2. A PC latch register (PCLATH) is added to handle
program memory paging. PA2, PA1 and PA0 bits
are removed from the status register and placed
in the option register.
3. Data memory paging is redefined slightly. The
STATUS register is modified.
4. Four new instructions have been added:
RETURN, RETFIE, ADDLW, and SUBLW. Two
instructions, TRIS and OPTION, are being
phased out although they are kept for
compatibility with PIC16C5X.
5. OPTION and TRIS registers are made
addressable.
6. Interrupt capability is added. Interrupt vector is
at 0004h.
7. Stack size is increased to 8 deep.
8. Reset vector is changed to 0000h.
9. Reset of all registers is revisited. Five different
reset (and wake-up) types are recognized.
Registers are reset differently.
10. Wake up from SLEEP through interrupt is
added.
11. Two separate timers, the Oscillator Start-up
Timer (OST) and Power-up Timer (PWRT), are
included for more reliable power-up. These
timers are invoked selectively to avoid
unnecessary delays on power-up and wake-up.
12. PORTB has weak pull-ups and interrupt on
change features.
13. T0CKI pin is also a port pin (RA4/T0CKI).
14. FSR is a full 8-bit register.
15. "In system programming" is made possible. The
user can program PIC16CXX devices using only
five pins: VDD, VSS, VPP, RB6 (clock) and RB7
(data in/out).
APPENDIX B: CODE COMPATIBILITY
- FROM PIC16C5X TO
PIC16F8X
To convert code written for PIC16C5X to PIC16F8X,
the user should take the following steps:
1. Remove any program memory page select
operations (PA2, PA1, PA0 bits) for CALL, GOTO.
2. Revisit any computed jump operations (write to
PC or add to PC, etc.) to make sure page bits
are set properly under the new scheme.
3. Eliminate any data memory page switching.
Redefine data variables for reallocation.
4. Verify all writes to STATUS, OPTION, and FSR
registers since these have changed.
5. Change reset vector to 0000h.
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 114  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
APPENDIX C: WHAT’S NEW IN THIS
DATA SHEET
Here’s what’s new in this data sheet:
1. DC & AC Characteristics Graphs/Tables section
for PIC16F8X devices has been added.
2. An appendix on conversion considerations has
been added. This explains differences for cus-
tomers wanting to go from PIC16C84 to
PIC16F84 or similar device.
APPENDIX D: WHAT’S CHANGED IN
THIS DATA SHEET
Here’s what’s changed in this data sheet:
1. Errata information has been included.
2. Option register name has been changed from
OPTION to OPTION_REG. This is consistant
with other data sheets and header files, and
resolves the conflict between the OPTION com-
mand and OPTION register.
3. Errors have been fixed.
4. The appendix containing PIC16/17 microcon-
trollers has been removed.
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 115
APPENDIX E: CONVERSION CONSIDERATIONS - PIC16C84 TO PIC16F83/F84 AND
PIC16CR83/CR84
Considerations for converting from the PIC16C84 to
the PIC16F84 are listed in the table below. These con-
siderations apply to converting from the PIC16C84 to
the PIC16F83 (same as PIC16F84 except for program
and data RAM memory sizes) and the PIC16CR84 and
PIC16CR83 (ROM versions of Flash devices). Devel-
opment Systems support is available for all of the
PIC16X8X devices.
Difference PIC16C84 PIC16F84
The polarity of the PWRTE bit has
been reversed. Ensure that the pro-
grammer has this bit correctly set
before programming.
PWRTE PWRTE
The PIC16F84 (and PIC16CR84)
have larger RAM sizes. Ensure that
this does not cause an issue with
your program.
RAM = 36 bytes RAM = 68 bytes
The MCLR pin now has an on-chip
filter. The input signal on the MCLR
pin will require a longer low pulse to
generate an interrupt.
MCLR pulse width (low)
= 350ns; 2.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 3.0V
= 150ns; 3.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 6.0V
MCLR pulse width (low)
= 1000ns; 2.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 6.0V
Some electrical specifications have
been improved (see IPD example).
Compare the electrical specifica-
tions of the two devices to ensure
that this will not cause a compatibil-
ity issue.
IPD (typ @ 2V) = 26µA
IPD (max @ 4V, WDT disabled)
=100µA (PIC16C84)
=100µA (PIC16LC84)
IPD (typ @ 2V) < 1µA
IPD (max @ 4V, WDT disabled)
=14µA (PIC16F84)
=7µA (PIC16LF84)
PORTA and crystal oscillator values
less than 500kHz
For crystal oscillator configurations
operating below 500kHz, the device
may generate a spurious internal Q-
clock when PORTA<0> switches
state.
N/A
RB0/INT pin TTL TTL/ST*
(* This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger
input when configured as the exter-
nal interrupt.)
EEADR<7:6> and IDD It is recommended that the
EEADR<7:6> bits be cleared.
When either of these bits is set, the
maximum IDD for the device is
higher than when both are cleared.
N/A
Code Protect 1 CP bit 9 CP bits
Recommended value of REXT for
RC oscillator circuits
REXT = 3kΩ - 100kΩ REXT = 5kΩ - 100kΩ
GIE bit unintentional enable If an interrupt occurs while the Glo-
bal Interrupt Enable (GIE) bit is
being cleared, the GIE bit may unin-
tentionally be re-enabled by the
user’s Interrupt Service Routine (the
RETFIE instruction).
N/A
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 116  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 117
INDEX
Numerics
8.1 Configuration Bits ......................................................... 37
A
Absolute Maximum Ratings ......................................... 73, 85
ALU ...................................................................................... 7
Architectural Overview ......................................................... 7
Assembler
MPASM Assembler .................................................... 70
B
Block Diagram
Interrupt Logic ............................................................ 47
On-Chip Reset Circuit ................................................ 41
RA3:RA0 and RA5 Port Pins ..................................... 21
RA4 Pin ...................................................................... 21
RB7:RB4 Port Pins .................................................... 23
TMR0/WDT Prescaler ................................................ 30
Watchdog Timer ......................................................... 50
Brown-out Protection Circuit .............................................. 46
C
Carry .................................................................................... 7
CLKIN .................................................................................. 9
CLKOUT .............................................................................. 9
Code Protection ........................................................... 37, 52
Compatibility, upward ........................................................... 3
Computed GOTO ............................................................... 18
Configuration Bits ............................................................... 37
D
DC Characteristics ................... 75, 76, 77, 78, 87, 88, 89, 90
Development Support ........................................................ 69
Development Tools ............................................................ 69
Digit Carry ............................................................................ 7
E
Electrical Characteristics .............................................. 73, 85
External Power-on Reset Circuit ........................................ 43
F
Family of Devices
PIC16C8X .................................................................... 3
FSR .............................................................................. 19, 42
Fuzzy Logic Dev. System (fuzzyTECH-MP) ................... 71
G
GIE ..................................................................................... 47
I
I/O Ports ............................................................................. 21
I/O Programming Considerations ....................................... 25
ICEPIC Low-Cost PIC16CXXX In-Circuit Emulator ........... 69
In-Circuit Serial Programming ...................................... 37, 52
INDF ................................................................................... 42
Instruction Format .............................................................. 53
Instruction Set
ADDLW ...................................................................... 55
ADDWF ...................................................................... 55
ANDLW ...................................................................... 55
ANDWF ...................................................................... 55
BCF ............................................................................ 56
BSF ............................................................................ 56
BTFSC ....................................................................... 56
BTFSS ....................................................................... 57
CALL .......................................................................... 57
CLRF ......................................................................... 58
CLRW ........................................................................ 58
CLRWDT ................................................................... 58
COMF ........................................................................ 59
DECF ......................................................................... 59
DECFSZ .................................................................... 59
GOTO ........................................................................ 60
INCF .......................................................................... 60
INCFSZ ...................................................................... 61
IORLW ....................................................................... 61
IORWF ....................................................................... 62
MOVF ........................................................................ 62
MOVLW ..................................................................... 62
MOVWF ..................................................................... 62
NOP ........................................................................... 63
OPTION ..................................................................... 63
RETFIE ...................................................................... 63
RETLW ...................................................................... 64
RETURN .................................................................... 64
RLF ............................................................................ 65
RRF ........................................................................... 65
SLEEP ....................................................................... 66
SUBLW ...................................................................... 66
SUBWF ...................................................................... 67
SWAPF ...................................................................... 67
TRIS .......................................................................... 67
XORLW ..................................................................... 68
XORWF ..................................................................... 68
Section ....................................................................... 53
Summary Table ......................................................... 54
INT Interrupt ...................................................................... 48
INTCON ........................................................... 17, 42, 47, 48
INTEDG ............................................................................. 48
Interrupts
Flag ............................................................................ 47
Interrupt on Change Feature ..................................... 23
Interrupts ............................................................. 37, 47
K
KeeLoq Evaluation and Programming Tools .................. 71
L
Loading of PC .................................................................... 18
M
MCLR ...................................................................... 9, 41, 42
Memory Organization
Data Memory ............................................................. 12
Memory Organization ................................................ 11
Program Memory ....................................................... 11
MP-DriveWay™ - Application Code Generator ................. 71
MPLAB C ........................................................................... 71
MPLAB Integrated Development Environment Software ... 70
O
OPCODE ........................................................................... 53
OPTION ................................................................. 16, 42, 48
OSC selection .................................................................... 37
OSC1 ....................................................................................9
OSC2 ....................................................................................9
Oscillator
HS ........................................................................ 39, 46
LP ........................................................................ 39, 46
RC ....................................................................... 39, 40
XT .............................................................................. 39
Oscillator Configurations ................................................... 39
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 118  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
P
Paging, Program Memory ..................................................18
PCL ..............................................................................18, 42
PCLATH .......................................................................18, 42
PD ..........................................................................15, 41, 46
PICDEM-1 Low-Cost PICmicro Demo Board .....................70
PICDEM-2 Low-Cost PIC16CXX Demo Board ..................70
PICDEM-3 Low-Cost PIC16CXXX Demo Board ................70
PICMASTER In-Circuit Emulator .....................................69
PICSTART Plus Entry Level Development System ........69
Pinout Descriptions ..............................................................9
POR ...................................................................................43
Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) ...........................37, 43
Power-on Reset (POR) ..................................37, 42, 43
Power-up Timer (PWRT) .....................................37, 43
Time-out Sequence ....................................................46
Time-out Sequence on Power-up ..............................44
TO ..................................................................15, 41, 46
Port RB Interrupt ................................................................48
PORTA .....................................................................9, 21, 42
PORTB .....................................................................9, 23, 42
Power-down Mode (SLEEP) ..............................................51
Prescaler ............................................................................29
PRO MATE II Universal Programmer ..............................69
Product Identification System ...........................................121
R
RBIF bit ........................................................................23, 48
RC Oscillator ......................................................................46
Read-Modify-Write .............................................................25
Register File .......................................................................12
Reset ............................................................................37, 41
Reset on Brown-Out ...........................................................46
S
Saving W Register and STATUS in RAM ..........................49
SEEVAL Evaluation and Programming System ..............71
SLEEP ....................................................................37, 41, 51
Software Simulator (MPLAB-SIM) ......................................71
Special Features of the CPU ..............................................37
Special Function Registers ................................................12
Stack ..................................................................................18
Overflows ...................................................................18
Underflows .................................................................18
STATUS ...................................................................7, 15, 42
T
time-out ..............................................................................42
Timer0
Switching Prescaler Assignment ................................31
T0IF ............................................................................48
Timer0 Module ...........................................................27
TMR0 Interrupt ...........................................................48
TMR0 with External Clock ..........................................29
Timing Diagrams
Time-out Sequence ....................................................44
Timing Diagrams and Specifications ............................80, 92
TRISA .................................................................................21
TRISB ...........................................................................23, 42
W
W ........................................................................................42
Wake-up from SLEEP ..................................................42, 51
Watchdog Timer (WDT) ...................................37, 41, 42, 50
WDT ...................................................................................42
Period .........................................................................50
Programming Considerations .................................... 50
Time-out .................................................................... 42
X
XT ...................................................................................... 46
Z
Zero bit ................................................................................. 7
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 119
PIC16F8X
Systems Information and Upgrade Hot Line
The Systems Information and Upgrade Line provides
system users a listing of the latest versions of all of
Microchip's development systems software products.
Plus, this line provides information on how customers
can receive any currently available upgrade kits.The
Hot Line Numbers are:
1-800-755-2345 for U.S. and most of Canada, and
1-602-786-7302 for the rest of the world.
Trademarks: The Microchip name, logo, PIC, PICSTART,
PICMASTER and PRO MATE are registered trademarks
of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and
other countries. PICmicro, FlexROM, MPLAB and fuzzy-
LAB are trademarks and SQTP is a service mark of Micro-
chip in the U.S.A.
fuzzyTECH is a registered trademark of Inform Software
Corporation. IBM, IBM PC-AT are registered trademarks
of International Business Machines Corp. Pentium is a
trademark of Intel Corporation. Windows is a trademark
and MS-DOS, Microsoft Windows are registered trade-
marks of Microsoft Corporation. CompuServe is a regis-
tered trademark of CompuServe Incorporated.
All other trademarks mentioned herein are the property of
their respective companies.
ON-LINE SUPPORT
Microchip provides on-line support on the Microchip
World Wide Web (WWW) site.
The web site is used by Microchip as a means to make
files and information easily available to customers. To
view the site, the user must have access to the Internet
and a web browser, such as Netscape or Microsoft
Explorer. Files are also available for FTP download
from our FTP site.
ConnectingtotheMicrochipInternetWebSite
The Microchip web site is available by using your
favorite Internet browser to attach to:
www.microchip.com
The file transfer site is available by using an FTP ser-
vice to connect to:
ftp://ftp.futureone.com/pub/microchip
The web site and file transfer site provide a variety of
services. Users may download files for the latest
Development Tools, Data Sheets, Application Notes,
User's Guides, Articles and Sample Programs. A vari-
ety of Microchip specific business information is also
available, including listings of Microchip sales offices,
distributors and factory representatives. Other data
available for consideration is:
• Latest Microchip Press Releases
• Technical Support Section with Frequently Asked
Questions
• Design Tips
• Device Errata
• Job Postings
• Microchip Consultant Program Member Listing
• Links to other useful web sites related to
Microchip Products
• Conferences for products, Development Systems,
technical information and more
• Listing of seminars and events
980106
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 120  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
READER RESPONSE
It is our intention to provide you with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip prod-
uct. If you wish to provide your comments on organization, clarity, subject matter, and ways in which our documentation
can better serve you, please FAX your comments to the Technical Publications Manager at (602) 786-7578.
Please list the following information, and use this outline to provide us with your comments about this Data Sheet.
1. What are the best features of this document?
2. How does this document meet your hardware and software development needs?
3. Do you find the organization of this data sheet easy to follow? If not, why?
4. What additions to the data sheet do you think would enhance the structure and subject?
5. What deletions from the data sheet could be made without affecting the overall usefulness?
6. Is there any incorrect or misleading information (what and where)?
7. How would you improve this document?
8. How would you improve our software, systems, and silicon products?
To: Technical Publications Manager
RE: Reader Response
Total Pages Sent
From: Name
Company
Address
City / State / ZIP / Country
Telephone: (_______) _________ - _________
Application (optional):
Would you like a reply? Y N
Device: Literature Number:
Questions:
FAX: (______) _________ - _________
DS30430C
PIC16F8X
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 121
PIC16F8X PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM
To order or obtain information, e.g., on pricing or delivery, refer to the factory or the listed sales office.
SALES AND SUPPORT
PART NO. -XX X /XX XXX
Pattern
Package
Temperature
Range
Frequency
Range
Device
Device PIC16F8X(2), PIC16F8XT(3)
PIC16LF8X(2), PIC16LF8XT(3)
PIC16F8XA(2), PIC16F8XAT(3)
PIC16LF8XA(2), PIC16LF8XAT(3)
PIC16CR8X(2), PIC16CR8XT(3)
PIC16LCR8X(2), PIC16LCR8XT(3)
Frequency
Range
04
10
20
= 4 MHz
= 10 MHz
= 20 MHz
Temperature
Range
b(1)
I
= 0°C to +70°C (Commercial)
= -40°C to +85°C (Industrial)
Package P
SO
SS
= PDIP
= SOIC (Gull Wing, 300 mil body)
= SSOP
Pattern 3-digit Pattern Code for QTP, ROM (blank otherwise)
Examples:
a) PIC16F84 -04/P 301 = Commercial
temp., PDIP package, 4 MHz, normal
VDD limits, QTP pattern #301.
b) PIC16LF84 - 04I/SO = Industrial temp.,
SOIC package, 200 kHz, Extended VDD
limits.
c) PIC16CR84 - 10I/P = ROM program
memory, Industrial temp., PDIP package,
10MHz, normal VDD limits.
Note 1: b = blank
2: F = Standard VDD range
LF = Extended VDD range
CR = ROM Version, Standard VDD
range
LCR = ROM Version, Extended VDD
range
3: T = in tape and reel - SOIC, SSOP
packages only.
Products supported by a preliminary Data Sheet may possibly have an errata sheet describing minor operational differences and
recommended workarounds. To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please contact one of the following:
1. Your local Microchip sales office.
2. The Microchip Corporate Literature Center U.S. FAX: (602) 786-7277
3. The Microchip’s Bulletin Board, via your local CompuServe number (CompuServe membership NOT required).
Please specify which device, revision of silicon and Data Sheet (include Literature #) you are using.
For latest version information and upgrade kits for Microchip Development Tools, please call 1-800-755-2345 or 1-602-786-7302.
PIC16F8X
DS30430C-page 122  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
PIC16F8X
 1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 123
NOTES:
Information contained in this publication regarding device applications and the like is intended for suggestion only and may be superseded by updates. No representation or warranty is given and no
liability is assumed by Microchip Technology Incorporated with respect to the accuracy or use of such information, or infringement of patents or other intellectual property rights arising from such use
or otherwise. Use of Microchip’s products as critical components in life support systems is not authorized except with express written approval by Microchip. No licenses are conveyed, implicitly or
otherwise, under any intellectual property rights. The Microchip logo and name are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Inc. in the U.S.A. and other countries. All rights reserved. All other
trademarks mentioned herein are the property of their respective companies.
DS30430C-page 124  1998 Microchip Technology Inc.
All rights reserved. © 1998, Microchip Technology Incorporated, USA. 3/98 Printed on recycled paper.
M
AMERICAS
Corporate Office
Microchip Technology Inc.
2355 West Chandler Blvd.
Chandler, AZ 85224-6199
Tel: 602-786-7200 Fax: 602-786-7277
Technical Support: 602 786-7627
Web: http://www.microchip.com
Atlanta
Microchip Technology Inc.
500 Sugar Mill Road, Suite 200B
Atlanta, GA 30350
Tel: 770-640-0034 Fax: 770-640-0307
Boston
Microchip Technology Inc.
5 Mount Royal Avenue
Marlborough, MA 01752
Tel: 508-480-9990 Fax: 508-480-8575
Chicago
Microchip Technology Inc.
333 Pierce Road, Suite 180
Itasca, IL 60143
Tel: 630-285-0071 Fax: 630-285-0075
Dallas
Microchip Technology Inc.
14651 Dallas Parkway, Suite 816
Dallas, TX 75240-8809
Tel: 972-991-7177 Fax: 972-991-8588
Dayton
Microchip Technology Inc.
Two Prestige Place, Suite 150
Miamisburg, OH 45342
Tel: 937-291-1654 Fax: 937-291-9175
Los Angeles
Microchip Technology Inc.
18201 Von Karman, Suite 1090
Irvine, CA 92612
Tel: 714-263-1888 Fax: 714-263-1338
New York
Microchip Technology Inc.
150 Motor Parkway, Suite 202
Hauppauge, NY 11788
Tel: 516-273-5305 Fax: 516-273-5335
San Jose
Microchip Technology Inc.
2107 North First Street, Suite 590
San Jose, CA 95131
Tel: 408-436-7950 Fax: 408-436-7955
Toronto
Microchip Technology Inc.
5925 Airport Road, Suite 200
Mississauga, Ontario L4V 1W1, Canada
Tel: 905-405-6279 Fax: 905-405-6253
ASIA/PACIFIC
Hong Kong
Microchip Asia Pacific
RM 3801B, Tower Two
Metroplaza
223 Hing Fong Road
Kwai Fong, N.T., Hong Kong
Tel: 852-2-401-1200 Fax: 852-2-401-3431
India
Microchip Technology Inc.
India Liaison Office
No. 6, Legacy, Convent Road
Bangalore 560 025, India
Tel: 91-80-229-0061 Fax: 91-80-229-0062
Japan
Microchip Technology Intl. Inc.
Benex S-1 6F
3-18-20, Shinyokohama
Kohoku-Ku, Yokohama-shi
Kanagawa 222 Japan
Tel: 81-45-471- 6166 Fax: 81-45-471-6122
Korea
Microchip Technology Korea
168-1, Youngbo Bldg. 3 Floor
Samsung-Dong, Kangnam-Ku
Seoul, Korea
Tel: 82-2-554-7200 Fax: 82-2-558-5934
Shanghai
Microchip Technology
RM 406 Shanghai Golden Bridge Bldg.
2077 Yan’an Road West, Hong Qiao District
Shanghai, PRC 200335
Tel: 86-21-6275-5700
Fax: 86 21-6275-5060
Singapore
Microchip Technology Taiwan
Singapore Branch
200 Middle Road
#07-02 Prime Centre
Singapore 188980
Tel: 65-334-8870 Fax: 65-334-8850
ASIA/PACIFIC (CONTINUED)
Taiwan, R.O.C
Microchip Technology Taiwan
10F-1C 207
Tung Hua North Road
Taipei, Taiwan, ROC
Tel: 886-2-2717-7175 Fax: 886-2-2545-0139
EUROPE
United Kingdom
Arizona Microchip Technology Ltd.
505 Eskdale Road
Winnersh Triangle
Wokingham
Berkshire, England RG41 5TU
Tel: 44-1189-21-5858 Fax: 44-1189-21-5835
France
Arizona Microchip Technology SARL
Zone Industrielle de la Bonde
2 Rue du Buisson aux Fraises
91300 Massy, France
Tel: 33-1-69-53-63-20 Fax: 33-1-69-30-90-79
Germany
Arizona Microchip Technology GmbH
Gustav-Heinemann-Ring 125
D-81739 Müchen, Germany
Tel: 49-89-627-144 0 Fax: 49-89-627-144-44
Italy
Arizona Microchip Technology SRL
Centro Direzionale Colleoni
Palazzo Taurus 1 V. Le Colleoni 1
20041 Agrate Brianza
Milan, Italy
Tel: 39-39-6899939 Fax: 39-39-6899883
1/13/98
WORLDWIDE SALES AND SERVICE
Microchip received ISO 9001 Quality
System certification for its worldwide
headquarters, design, and wafer
fabrication facilities in January, 1997.
Our field-programmable PICmicro™
8-bit MCUs, Serial EEPROMs,
related specialty memory products
and development systems conform
to the stringent quality standards of
the International Standard
Organization (ISO).

More Related Content

PDF
Datasheet
Aldhair Tlv
 
PDF
Pic 16 f84
Neelima Singh
 
PDF
Hoja de datos técnicos del PIC16FX
emmanuel9393
 
PDF
Datasheet
conalep
 
PDF
Hoja de datos del PIC16FX
conalep
 
PDF
Data Sheet PIC 16F84
Daniel Remondegui
 
PDF
Microchip
pedrinsky787
 
Datasheet
Aldhair Tlv
 
Pic 16 f84
Neelima Singh
 
Hoja de datos técnicos del PIC16FX
emmanuel9393
 
Datasheet
conalep
 
Hoja de datos del PIC16FX
conalep
 
Data Sheet PIC 16F84
Daniel Remondegui
 
Microchip
pedrinsky787
 

Similar to datasheet.pdf (20)

PDF
Pic16f84
Jamin Gadea
 
PDF
16f84 a pic
karlosuri
 
PDF
MICROCHIPSFFHGKSFGAKJSDGHAHSDGKJASHDKJASHDGW
thomyaguilar025
 
PDF
16f84
holinh7
 
PDF
16 f887
lala
 
PDF
Pic16 f877 20p
eloirvr
 
PDF
microprocesadores _ Pic Datasheep 16f877
jessiquinterot
 
PDF
pic16f877.pdf
Aarthi Venkatesh N
 
PDF
PIC16F1934.PDF
BrayanJulian8
 
PDF
16f84a datasheet
Cesar Figueroa
 
PDF
39582 c (1)
Levi Germano
 
PDF
Pic16f87
Jamin Gadea
 
PDF
Pic 16f877a
KRNFORD
 
PDF
Pic16F887
wolf3245
 
PDF
EE6008 MCBSD - Introduction to PIC Micro controller
pavihari
 
PDF
EE6008 MBSD
rmkceteee
 
PDF
Datasheet PIC16f887
whendygarcia
 
PDF
819 data sheet
Nimal Rathnaweera
 
PDF
Ee6008 mcbsd notes
vlkumashankardeekshi th
 
Pic16f84
Jamin Gadea
 
16f84 a pic
karlosuri
 
MICROCHIPSFFHGKSFGAKJSDGHAHSDGKJASHDKJASHDGW
thomyaguilar025
 
16f84
holinh7
 
16 f887
lala
 
Pic16 f877 20p
eloirvr
 
microprocesadores _ Pic Datasheep 16f877
jessiquinterot
 
pic16f877.pdf
Aarthi Venkatesh N
 
PIC16F1934.PDF
BrayanJulian8
 
16f84a datasheet
Cesar Figueroa
 
39582 c (1)
Levi Germano
 
Pic16f87
Jamin Gadea
 
Pic 16f877a
KRNFORD
 
Pic16F887
wolf3245
 
EE6008 MCBSD - Introduction to PIC Micro controller
pavihari
 
EE6008 MBSD
rmkceteee
 
Datasheet PIC16f887
whendygarcia
 
819 data sheet
Nimal Rathnaweera
 
Ee6008 mcbsd notes
vlkumashankardeekshi th
 
Ad

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
Invincible season 2 storyboard revisions seq2 by Mark G
MarkGalez
 
PPT
Cryptographyhsjckhyhbghvdsnbfgnhgvhnnbfrrnb
mannamsarath224
 
PPTX
Python-vs-Core-Java-A-Comparative-Deep-Dive.pptx.pptx
sachinkesharwani503
 
PPT
Gas turbine mark VIe control basics tool box description
aliyu4ahmad
 
PPTX
beforjkkkvbjkklkccghjjjkjjjjjje after.pptx
JayeshTaneja4
 
PDF
CV Simone Enea Riccò 2025, Marketing & Digital Director, AI Strategy Leader, ...
Simone Enea Riccò
 
PDF
Invincible Season 2 Storyboard Revisions by Mark G
MarkGalez
 
PPTX
Title The Power of Oral Communication (2).pptx
amankumar7762044
 
PPTX
introduction to python in detail including .pptx
urvashipundir04
 
PPTX
网上可查学历澳大利亚国家戏剧艺术学院毕业证学历证书在线购买|NIDAOffer
1cz3lou8
 
PPTX
Capstone Professional Portfolio Melissa Alice
malice926
 
PPTX
FARZ ACADEMY MRCP EXAM PREPARATION-GUIDE & TIPS.pptx
dawnmarketingmaveric
 
PPTX
unit2_cdunit2_cdunit2_cdunit2_cdunit2_cd.pptx
shella20221
 
PPT
Gas turbine mark VIe control Monitoring IO.ppt
aliyu4ahmad
 
PDF
Left Holding the Bag sequence 2 Storyboard by Mark G
MarkGalez
 
PPTX
Quattro Resourcing - Recruitment that works for you
neilsimon919
 
PPTX
PPT Lapkas helminthiasiiiiiiiiiiiiis.pptx
ratnaernawati4
 
PPTX
Tags_of_Chaman_Lifestyle Balochistan.pptx
MuhammadAkramKhan9
 
PPTX
The actual field of Real_Estate_CRM_Strategy.pptx
SanjivaMudada
 
PDF
【2nd】Explanatory material of DTU(230207).pdf
kewalsinghpuriya
 
Invincible season 2 storyboard revisions seq2 by Mark G
MarkGalez
 
Cryptographyhsjckhyhbghvdsnbfgnhgvhnnbfrrnb
mannamsarath224
 
Python-vs-Core-Java-A-Comparative-Deep-Dive.pptx.pptx
sachinkesharwani503
 
Gas turbine mark VIe control basics tool box description
aliyu4ahmad
 
beforjkkkvbjkklkccghjjjkjjjjjje after.pptx
JayeshTaneja4
 
CV Simone Enea Riccò 2025, Marketing & Digital Director, AI Strategy Leader, ...
Simone Enea Riccò
 
Invincible Season 2 Storyboard Revisions by Mark G
MarkGalez
 
Title The Power of Oral Communication (2).pptx
amankumar7762044
 
introduction to python in detail including .pptx
urvashipundir04
 
网上可查学历澳大利亚国家戏剧艺术学院毕业证学历证书在线购买|NIDAOffer
1cz3lou8
 
Capstone Professional Portfolio Melissa Alice
malice926
 
FARZ ACADEMY MRCP EXAM PREPARATION-GUIDE & TIPS.pptx
dawnmarketingmaveric
 
unit2_cdunit2_cdunit2_cdunit2_cdunit2_cd.pptx
shella20221
 
Gas turbine mark VIe control Monitoring IO.ppt
aliyu4ahmad
 
Left Holding the Bag sequence 2 Storyboard by Mark G
MarkGalez
 
Quattro Resourcing - Recruitment that works for you
neilsimon919
 
PPT Lapkas helminthiasiiiiiiiiiiiiis.pptx
ratnaernawati4
 
Tags_of_Chaman_Lifestyle Balochistan.pptx
MuhammadAkramKhan9
 
The actual field of Real_Estate_CRM_Strategy.pptx
SanjivaMudada
 
【2nd】Explanatory material of DTU(230207).pdf
kewalsinghpuriya
 
Ad

datasheet.pdf

  • 1.  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 1 M Devices Included in this Data Sheet: • PIC16F83 • PIC16F84 • PIC16CR83 • PIC16CR84 • Extended voltage range devices available (PIC16LF8X, PIC16LCR8X) High Performance RISC CPU Features: • Only 35 single word instructions to learn • All instructions single cycle except for program branches which are two-cycle • Operating speed: DC - 10 MHz clock input DC - 400 ns instruction cycle • 14-bit wide instructions • 8-bit wide data path • 15 special function hardware registers • Eight-level deep hardware stack • Direct, indirect and relative addressing modes • Four interrupt sources: - External RB0/INT pin - TMR0 timer overflow - PORTB<7:4> interrupt on change - Data EEPROM write complete • 1000 erase/write cycles Flash program memory • 10,000,000 erase/write cycles EEPROM data mem- ory • EEPROM Data Retention > 40 years Peripheral Features: • 13 I/O pins with individual direction control • High current sink/source for direct LED drive - 25 mA sink max. per pin - 20 mA source max. per pin • TMR0: 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit programmable prescaler Pin Diagrams Special Microcontroller Features: • In-Circuit Serial Programming (ICSP™) - via two pins (ROM devices support only Data EEPROM programming) • Power-on Reset (POR) • Power-up Timer (PWRT) • Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) • Watchdog Timer (WDT) with its own on-chip RC oscillator for reliable operation • Code-protection • Power saving SLEEP mode • Selectable oscillator options CMOS Flash/EEPROM Technology: • Low-power, high-speed technology • Fully static design • Wide operating voltage range: - Commercial: 2.0V to 6.0V - Industrial: 2.0V to 6.0V • Low power consumption: - < 2 mA typical @ 5V, 4 MHz - 15 µA typical @ 2V, 32 kHz - < 1 µA typical standby current @ 2V Device Program Memory (words) Data RAM (bytes) Data EEPROM (bytes) Max. Freq (MHz) PIC16F83 512 Flash 36 64 10 PIC16F84 1 K Flash 68 64 10 PIC16CR83 512 ROM 36 64 10 PIC16CR84 1 K ROM 68 64 10 RA1 RA0 OSC1/CLKIN OSC2/CLKOUT VDD RB7 RB6 RB5 RB4 RA2 RA3 RA4/T0CKI MCLR VSS RB0/INT RB1 RB2 RB3 •1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 PDIP, SOIC PIC16F8X PIC16CR8X PIC16F8X 18-pin Flash/EEPROM 8-Bit Microcontrollers
  • 2. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 2  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. Table of Contents 1.0 General Description...................................................................................................................................................................... 3 2.0 PIC16F8X Device Varieties .......................................................................................................................................................... 5 3.0 Architectural Overview.................................................................................................................................................................. 7 4.0 Memory Organization ................................................................................................................................................................. 11 5.0 I/O Ports...................................................................................................................................................................................... 21 6.0 Timer0 Module and TMR0 Register............................................................................................................................................ 27 7.0 Data EEPROM Memory.............................................................................................................................................................. 33 8.0 Special Features of the CPU ...................................................................................................................................................... 37 9.0 Instruction Set Summary ............................................................................................................................................................ 53 10.0 Development Support................................................................................................................................................................. 69 11.0 Electrical Characteristics for PIC16F83 and PIC16F84.............................................................................................................. 73 12.0 Electrical Characteristics for PIC16CR83 and PIC16CR84........................................................................................................ 85 13.0 DC & AC Characteristics Graphs/Tables.................................................................................................................................... 97 14.0 Packaging Information.............................................................................................................................................................. 109 Appendix A: Feature Improvements - From PIC16C5X To PIC16F8X .......................................................................................... 113 Appendix B: Code Compatibility - from PIC16C5X to PIC16F8X.................................................................................................. 113 Appendix C: What’s New In This Data Sheet................................................................................................................................. 114 Appendix D: What’s Changed In This Data Sheet ......................................................................................................................... 114 Appendix E: Conversion Considerations - PIC16C84 to PIC16F83/F84 And PIC16CR83/CR84.................................................. 115 Index ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 117 On-Line Support................................................................................................................................................................................. 119 Reader Response .............................................................................................................................................................................. 120 PIC16F8X Product Identification System........................................................................................................................................... 121 Sales and Support.............................................................................................................................................................................. 121 To Our Valued Customers We constantly strive to improve the quality of all our products and documentation. We have spent a great deal of time to ensure that these documents are correct. However, we realize that we may have missed a few things. If you find any information that is missing or appears in error, please use the reader response form in the back of this data sheet to inform us. We appreciate your assistance in making this a better document.
  • 3. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 3 1.0 GENERAL DESCRIPTION The PIC16F8X is a group in the PIC16CXX family of low-cost, high-performance, CMOS, fully-static, 8-bit microcontrollers. This group contains the following devices: • PIC16F83 • PIC16F84 • PIC16CR83 • PIC16CR84 All PICmicro™ microcontrollers employ an advanced RISC architecture. PIC16F8X devices have enhanced core features, eight-level deep stack, and multiple internal and external interrupt sources. The separate instruction and data buses of the Harvard architecture allow a 14-bit wide instruction word with a separate 8-bit wide data bus. The two stage instruction pipeline allows all instructions to execute in a single cycle, except for program branches (which require two cycles). A total of 35 instructions (reduced instruction set) are available. Additionally, a large register set is used to achieve a very high performance level. PIC16F8X microcontrollers typically achieve a 2:1 code compression and up to a 4:1 speed improvement (at 20 MHz) over other 8-bit microcontrollers in their class. The PIC16F8X has up to 68 bytes of RAM, 64 bytes of Data EEPROM memory, and 13 I/O pins. A timer/ counter is also available. The PIC16CXX family has special features to reduce external components, thus reducing cost, enhancing system reliability and reducing power consumption. There are four oscillator options, of which the single pin RC oscillator provides a low-cost solution, the LP oscillator minimizes power consumption, XT is a standard crystal, and the HS is for High Speed crystals. The SLEEP (power-down) mode offers power saving. The user can wake the chip from sleep through several external and internal interrupts and resets. A highly reliable Watchdog Timer with its own on-chip RC oscillator provides protection against software lock- up. The devices with Flash program memory allow the same device package to be used for prototyping and production. In-circuit reprogrammability allows the code to be updated without the device being removed from the end application. This is useful in the development of many applications where the device may not be easily accessible, but the prototypes may require code updates. This is also useful for remote applications where the code may need to be updated (such as rate information). Table 1-1 lists the features of the PIC16F8X. A simpli- fied block diagram of the PIC16F8X is shown in Figure 3-1. The PIC16F8X fits perfectly in applications ranging from high speed automotive and appliance motor control to low-power remote sensors, electronic locks, security devices and smart cards. The Flash/EEPROM technology makes customization of application programs (transmitter codes, motor speeds, receiver frequencies, security codes, etc.) extremely fast and convenient. The small footprint packages make this microcontroller series perfect for all applications with space limitations. Low-cost, low-power, high performance, ease-of-use and I/O flexibility make the PIC16F8X very versatile even in areas where no microcontroller use has been considered before (e.g., timer functions; serial communication; capture, compare and PWM functions; and co-processor applications). The serial in-system programming feature (via two pins) offers flexibility of customizing the product after complete assembly and testing. This feature can be used to serialize a product, store calibration data, or program the device with the current firmware before shipping. 1.1 Family and Upward Compatibility Those users familiar with the PIC16C5X family of microcontrollers will realize that this is an enhanced version of the PIC16C5X architecture. Please refer to Appendix A for a detailed list of enhancements. Code written for PIC16C5X devices can be easily ported to PIC16F8X devices (Appendix B). 1.2 Development Support The PIC16CXX family is supported by a full-featured macro assembler, a software simulator, an in-circuit emulator, a low-cost development programmer and a full-featured programmer. A “C” compiler and fuzzy logic support tools are also available.
  • 4. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 4  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 1-1 PIC16F8X FAMILY OF DEVICES PIC16F83 PIC16CR83 PIC16F84 PIC16CR84 Clock Maximum Frequency of Operation (MHz) 10 10 10 10 Flash Program Memory 512 — 1K — Memory EEPROM Program Memory — — — — ROM Program Memory — 512 — 1K Data Memory (bytes) 36 36 68 68 Data EEPROM (bytes) 64 64 64 64 Peripherals Timer Module(s) TMR0 TMR0 TMR0 TMR0 Features Interrupt Sources 4 4 4 4 I/O Pins 13 13 13 13 Voltage Range (Volts) 2.0-6.0 2.0-6.0 2.0-6.0 2.0-6.0 Packages 18-pin DIP, SOIC 18-pin DIP, SOIC 18-pin DIP, SOIC 18-pin DIP, SOIC All PICmicro™ Family devices have Power-on Reset, selectable Watchdog Timer, selectable code protect and high I/O current capa- bility. All PIC16F8X Family devices use serial programming with clock pin RB6 and data pin RB7.
  • 5. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 5 2.0 PIC16F8X DEVICE VARIETIES A variety of frequency ranges and packaging options are available. Depending on application and production requirements the proper device option can be selected using the information in this section. When placing orders, please use the “PIC16F8X Product Identification System” at the back of this data sheet to specify the correct part number. There are four device “types” as indicated in the device number. 1. F, as in PIC16F84. These devices have Flash program memory and operate over the standard voltage range. 2. LF, as in PIC16LF84. These devices have Flash program memory and operate over an extended voltage range. 3. CR, as in PIC16CR83. These devices have ROM program memory and operate over the standard voltage range. 4. LCR, as in PIC16LCR84. These devices have ROM program memory and operate over an extended voltage range. When discussing memory maps and other architectural features, the use of F and CR also implies the LF and LCR versions. 2.1 Flash Devices These devices are offered in the lower cost plastic package, even though the device can be erased and reprogrammed.This allows the same device to be used for prototype development and pilot programs as well as production. A further advantage of the electrically-erasable Flash version is that it can be erased and reprogrammed in- circuit, or by device programmers, such as Microchip's PICSTART® Plus or PRO MATE® II programmers. 2.2 Quick-Turnaround-Production (QTP) Devices Microchip offers a QTP Programming Service for factory production orders. This service is made available for users who choose not to program a medium to high quantity of units and whose code patterns have stabilized. The devices have all Flash locations and configuration options already pro- grammed by the factory. Certain code and prototype verification procedures do apply before production shipments are available. For information on submitting a QTP code, please contact your Microchip Regional Sales Office. 2.3 Serialized Quick-Turnaround- Production (SQTP ) Devices Microchip offers the unique programming service where a few user-defined locations in each device are programmed with different serial numbers. The serial numbers may be random, pseudo-random or sequential. Serial programming allows each device to have a unique number which can serve as an entry-code, password or ID number. For information on submitting a SQTP code, please contact your Microchip Regional Sales Office. 2.4 ROM Devices Some of Microchip’s devices have a corresponding device where the program memory is a ROM. These devices give a cost savings over Microchip’s traditional user programmed devices (EPROM, EEPROM). ROM devices (PIC16CR8X) do not allow serialization information in the program memory space. The user may program this information into the Data EEPROM. For information on submitting a ROM code, please contact your Microchip Regional Sales Office. SM
  • 6. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 6  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. NOTES:
  • 7. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 7 3.0 ARCHITECTURAL OVERVIEW The high performance of the PIC16CXX family can be attributed to a number of architectural features commonly found in RISC microprocessors. To begin with, the PIC16CXX uses a Harvard architecture. This architecture has the program and data accessed from separate memories. So the device has a program memory bus and a data memory bus. This improves bandwidth over traditional von Neumann architecture where program and data are fetched from the same memory (accesses over the same bus). Separating program and data memory further allows instructions to be sized differently than the 8-bit wide data word. PIC16CXX opcodes are 14-bits wide, enabling single word instructions.The full 14-bit wide program memory bus fetches a 14-bit instruction in a single cycle. A two- stage pipeline overlaps fetch and execution of instruc- tions (Example 3-1). Consequently, all instructions exe- cute in a single cycle except for program branches. The PIC16F83 and PIC16CR83 address 512 x 14 of program memory, and the PIC16F84 and PIC16CR84 address 1K x 14 program memory. All program mem- ory is internal. The PIC16CXX can directly or indirectly address its register files or data memory. All special function registers including the program counter are mapped in the data memory. An orthogonal (symmetrical) instruction set makes it possible to carry out any oper- ation on any register using any addressing mode. This symmetrical nature and lack of ‘special optimal situations’ make programming with the PIC16CXX simple yet efficient. In addition, the learning curve is reduced significantly. PIC16CXX devices contain an 8-bit ALU and working register. The ALU is a general purpose arithmetic unit. It performs arithmetic and Boolean functions between data in the working register and any register file. The ALU is 8-bits wide and capable of addition, subtraction, shift and logical operations. Unless otherwise mentioned, arithmetic operations are two's complement in nature. In two-operand instructions, typically one operand is the working register (W register), and the other operand is a file register or an immediate constant. In single operand instructions, the operand is either the W register or a file register. The W register is an 8-bit working register used for ALU operations. It is not an addressable register. Depending on the instruction executed, the ALU may affect the values of the Carry (C), Digit Carry (DC), and Zero (Z) bits in the STATUS register.The C and DC bits operate as a borrow and digit borrow out bit, respectively, in subtraction. See the SUBLW and SUBWF instructions for examples. A simplified block diagram for the PIC16F8X is shown in Figure 3-1, its corresponding pin description is shown in Table 3-1.
  • 8. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 8  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. FIGURE 3-1: PIC16F8X BLOCK DIAGRAM Flash/ROM Program Memory Program Counter 13 Program Bus Instruction reg 8 Level Stack (13-bit) Direct Addr 8 Instruction Decode & Control Timing Generation OSC2/CLKOUT OSC1/CLKIN Power-up Timer Oscillator Start-up Timer Power-on Reset Watchdog Timer MCLR VDD, VSS W reg ALU MUX I/O Ports TMR0 STATUS reg FSR reg Indirect Addr RA3:RA0 RB7:RB1 RA4/T0CKI EEADR EEPROM Data Memory 64 x 8 EEDATA Addr Mux RAM Addr RAM File Registers EEPROM Data Memory Data Bus 5 7 7 PIC16F84/CR84 1K x 14 PIC16F83/CR83 512 x 14 PIC16F83/CR83 36 x 8 PIC16F84/CR84 68 x 8 RB0/INT 14 8 8
  • 9. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 9 TABLE 3-1 PIC16F8X PINOUT DESCRIPTION Pin Name DIP No. SOIC No. I/O/P Type Buffer Type Description OSC1/CLKIN 16 16 I ST/CMOS (3) Oscillator crystal input/external clock source input. OSC2/CLKOUT 15 15 O — Oscillator crystal output. Connects to crystal or resonator in crystal oscillator mode. In RC mode, OSC2 pin outputs CLKOUT which has 1/4 the frequency of OSC1, and denotes the instruction cycle rate. MCLR 4 4 I/P ST Master clear (reset) input/programming voltage input. This pin is an active low reset to the device. PORTA is a bi-directional I/O port. RA0 17 17 I/O TTL RA1 18 18 I/O TTL RA2 1 1 I/O TTL RA3 2 2 I/O TTL RA4/T0CKI 3 3 I/O ST Can also be selected to be the clock input to the TMR0 timer/counter. Output is open drain type. PORTB is a bi-directional I/O port. PORTB can be software pro- grammed for internal weak pull-up on all inputs. RB0/INT 6 6 I/O TTL/ST (1) RB0/INT can also be selected as an external interrupt pin. RB1 7 7 I/O TTL RB2 8 8 I/O TTL RB3 9 9 I/O TTL RB4 10 10 I/O TTL Interrupt on change pin. RB5 11 11 I/O TTL Interrupt on change pin. RB6 12 12 I/O TTL/ST (2) Interrupt on change pin. Serial programming clock. RB7 13 13 I/O TTL/ST (2) Interrupt on change pin. Serial programming data. VSS 5 5 P — Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. VDD 14 14 P — Positive supply for logic and I/O pins. Legend: I= input O = output I/O = Input/Output P = power — = Not used TTL = TTL input ST = Schmitt Trigger input Note 1: This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured as the external interrupt. 2: This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when used in serial programming mode. 3: This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured in RC oscillator mode and a CMOS input otherwise.
  • 10. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 10  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. 3.1 Clocking Scheme/Instruction Cycle The clock input (from OSC1) is internally divided by four to generate four non-overlapping quadrature clocks namely Q1, Q2, Q3 and Q4. Internally, the program counter (PC) is incremented every Q1, the instruction is fetched from the program memory and latched into the instruction register in Q4. The instruction is decoded and executed during the following Q1 through Q4. The clocks and instruction execution flow is shown in Figure 3-2. 3.2 Instruction Flow/Pipelining An “Instruction Cycle” consists of four Q cycles (Q1, Q2, Q3 and Q4). The instruction fetch and execute are pipelined such that fetch takes one instruction cycle while decode and execute takes another instruction cycle. However, due to the pipelining, each instruction effectively executes in one cycle. If an instruction causes the program counter to change (e.g., GOTO) then two cycles are required to complete the instruction (Example 3-1). A fetch cycle begins with the Program Counter (PC) incrementing in Q1. In the execution cycle, the fetched instruction is latched into the “Instruction Register” in cycle Q1. This instruction is then decoded and executed during the Q2, Q3, and Q4 cycles. Data memory is read during Q2 (operand read) and written during Q4 (destination write). FIGURE 3-2: CLOCK/INSTRUCTION CYCLE EXAMPLE 3-1: INSTRUCTION PIPELINE FLOW Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 OSC1 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 PC OSC2/CLKOUT (RC mode) PC PC+1 PC+2 Fetch INST (PC) Execute INST (PC-1) Fetch INST (PC+1) Execute INST (PC) Fetch INST (PC+2) Execute INST (PC+1) Internal phase clock All instructions are single cycle, except for any program branches. These take two cycles since the fetch instruction is “flushed” from the pipeline while the new instruction is being fetched and then executed. 1. MOVLW 55h Fetch 1 Execute 1 2. MOVWF PORTB Fetch 2 Execute 2 3. CALL SUB_1 Fetch 3 Execute 3 4. BSF PORTA, BIT3 Fetch 4 Flush Fetch SUB_1 Execute SUB_1
  • 11. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 11 4.0 MEMORY ORGANIZATION There are two memory blocks in the PIC16F8X. These are the program memory and the data memory. Each block has its own bus, so that access to each block can occur during the same oscillator cycle. The data memory can further be broken down into the general purpose RAM and the Special Function Registers (SFRs). The operation of the SFRs that control the “core” are described here. The SFRs used to control the peripheral modules are described in the section discussing each individual peripheral module. The data memory area also contains the data EEPROM memory.This memory is not directly mapped into the data memory, but is indirectly mapped. That is, an indirect address pointer specifies the address of the data EEPROM memory to read/write. The 64 bytes of data EEPROM memory have the address range 0h-3Fh. More details on the EEPROM memory can be found in Section 7.0. 4.1 Program Memory Organization The PIC16FXX has a 13-bit program counter capable of addressing an 8K x 14 program memory space. For the PIC16F83 and PIC16CR83, the first 512 x 14 (0000h-01FFh) are physically implemented (Figure 4-1). For the PIC16F84 and PIC16CR84, the first 1K x 14 (0000h-03FFh) are physically imple- mented (Figure 4-2). Accessing a location above the physically implemented address will cause a wrap- around. For example, for the PIC16F84 locations 20h, 420h, 820h, C20h, 1020h, 1420h, 1820h, and 1C20h will be the same instruction. The reset vector is at 0000h and the interrupt vector is at 0004h. FIGURE 4-1: PROGRAM MEMORY MAP AND STACK - PIC16F83/CR83 FIGURE 4-2: PROGRAM MEMORY MAP AND STACK - PIC16F84/CR84 PC<12:0> Stack Level 1 • Stack Level 8 Reset Vector Peripheral Interrupt Vector • • User Memory Space CALL, RETURN RETFIE, RETLW 13 0000h 0004h 1FFFh 1FFh PC<12:0> Stack Level 1 • Stack Level 8 Reset Vector Peripheral Interrupt Vector • • User Memory Space CALL, RETURN RETFIE, RETLW 13 0000h 0004h 1FFFh 3FFh
  • 12. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 12  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. 4.2 Data Memory Organization The data memory is partitioned into two areas.The first is the Special Function Registers (SFR) area, while the second is the General Purpose Registers (GPR) area. The SFRs control the operation of the device. Portions of data memory are banked. This is for both the SFR area and the GPR area. The GPR area is banked to allow greater than 116 bytes of general purpose RAM.The banked areas of the SFR are for the registers that control the peripheral functions. Banking requires the use of control bits for bank selection. These control bits are located in the STATUS Register. Figure 4-1 and Figure 4-2 show the data memory map organization. Instructions MOVWF and MOVF can move values from the W register to any location in the register file (“F”), and vice-versa. The entire data memory can be accessed either directly using the absolute address of each register file or indirectly through the File Select Register (FSR) (Section 4.5). Indirect addressing uses the present value of the RP1:RP0 bits for access into the banked areas of data memory. Data memory is partitioned into two banks which contain the general purpose registers and the special function registers. Bank 0 is selected by clearing the RP0 bit (STATUS<5>). Setting the RP0 bit selects Bank 1. Each Bank extends up to 7Fh (128 bytes). The first twelve locations of each Bank are reserved for the Special Function Registers. The remainder are Gen- eral Purpose Registers implemented as static RAM. 4.2.1 GENERAL PURPOSE REGISTER FILE All devices have some amount of General Purpose Register (GPR) area. Each GPR is 8 bits wide and is accessed either directly or indirectly through the FSR (Section 4.5). The GPR addresses in bank 1 are mapped to addresses in bank 0. As an example, addressing loca- tion 0Ch or 8Ch will access the same GPR. 4.2.2 SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTERS The Special Function Registers (Figure 4-1, Figure 4-2 and Table 4-1) are used by the CPU and Peripheral functions to control the device operation. These registers are static RAM. The special function registers can be classified into two sets, core and peripheral. Those associated with the core functions are described in this section. Those related to the operation of the peripheral features are described in the section for that specific feature.
  • 13. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 13 FIGURE 4-1: REGISTER FILE MAP - PIC16F83/CR83 FIGURE 4-2: REGISTER FILE MAP - PIC16F84/CR84 File Address 00h 01h 02h 03h 04h 05h 06h 07h 08h 09h 0Ah 0Bh 0Ch 2Fh 30h 7Fh 80h 81h 82h 83h 84h 85h 86h 87h 88h 89h 8Ah 8Bh 8Ch FFh Bank 0 Bank 1 Indirect addr.(1) Indirect addr.(1) TMR0 OPTION PCL STATUS FSR PORTA PORTB EEDATA EEADR PCLATH INTCON 36 General Purpose registers (SRAM) PCL STATUS FSR TRISA TRISB EECON1 EECON2(1) PCLATH INTCON Mapped in Bank 0 Unimplemented data memory location; read as '0'. File Address AFh B0h Note 1: Not a physical register. (accesses) File Address 00h 01h 02h 03h 04h 05h 06h 07h 08h 09h 0Ah 0Bh 0Ch 7Fh 80h 81h 82h 83h 84h 85h 86h 87h 88h 89h 8Ah 8Bh 8Ch FFh Bank 0 Bank 1 Indirect addr.(1) Indirect addr.(1) TMR0 OPTION PCL STATUS FSR PORTA PORTB EEDATA EEADR PCLATH INTCON 68 General Purpose registers (SRAM) PCL STATUS FSR TRISA TRISB EECON1 EECON2(1) PCLATH INTCON Mapped in Bank 0 Unimplemented data memory location; read as '0'. File Address Note 1: Not a physical register. CFh D0h 4Fh 50h (accesses)
  • 14. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 14  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 4-1 REGISTER FILE SUMMARY Address Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on Power-on Reset Value on all other resets (Note3) Bank 0 00h INDF Uses contents of FSR to address data memory (not a physical register) ---- ---- ---- ---- 01h TMR0 8-bit real-time clock/counter xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 02h PCL Low order 8 bits of the Program Counter (PC) 0000 0000 0000 0000 03h STATUS (2) IRP RP1 RP0 TO PD Z DC C 0001 1xxx 000q quuu 04h FSR Indirect data memory address pointer 0 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 05h PORTA — — — RA4/T0CKI RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 ---x xxxx ---u uuuu 06h PORTB RB7 RB6 RB5 RB4 RB3 RB2 RB1 RB0/INT xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 07h Unimplemented location, read as '0' ---- ---- ---- ---- 08h EEDATA EEPROM data register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 09h EEADR EEPROM address register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 0Ah PCLATH — — — Write buffer for upper 5 bits of the PC (1) ---0 0000 ---0 0000 0Bh INTCON GIE EEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000u Bank 1 80h INDF Uses contents of FSR to address data memory (not a physical register) ---- ---- ---- ---- 81h OPTION_ REG RBPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 1111 1111 82h PCL Low order 8 bits of Program Counter (PC) 0000 0000 0000 0000 83h STATUS (2) IRP RP1 RP0 TO PD Z DC C 0001 1xxx 000q quuu 84h FSR Indirect data memory address pointer 0 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 85h TRISA — — — PORTA data direction register ---1 1111 ---1 1111 86h TRISB PORTB data direction register 1111 1111 1111 1111 87h Unimplemented location, read as '0' ---- ---- ---- ---- 88h EECON1 — — — EEIF WRERR WREN WR RD ---0 x000 ---0 q000 89h EECON2 EEPROM control register 2 (not a physical register) ---- ---- ---- ---- 0Ah PCLATH — — — Write buffer for upper 5 bits of the PC (1) ---0 0000 ---0 0000 0Bh INTCON GIE EEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 000u Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged. - = unimplemented read as '0', q = value depends on condition. Note 1: The upper byte of the program counter is not directly accessible. PCLATH is a slave register for PC<12:8>. The contents of PCLATH can be transferred to the upper byte of the program counter, but the contents of PC<12:8> is never trans- ferred to PCLATH. 2: The TO and PD status bits in the STATUS register are not affected by a MCLR reset. 3: Other (non power-up) resets include: external reset through MCLR and the Watchdog Timer Reset.
  • 15. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 15 4.2.2.1 STATUS REGISTER The STATUS register contains the arithmetic status of the ALU, the RESET status and the bank select bit for data memory. As with any register, the STATUS register can be the destination for any instruction. If the STATUS register is the destination for an instruction that affects the Z, DC or C bits, then the write to these three bits is disabled. These bits are set or cleared according to device logic. Furthermore, the TO and PD bits are not writable. Therefore, the result of an instruction with the STATUS register as destination may be different than intended. For example, CLRF STATUS will clear the upper-three bits and set the Z bit. This leaves the STATUS register as 000u u1uu (where u = unchanged). Only the BCF, BSF, SWAPF and MOVWF instructions should be used to alter the STATUS register (Table 9-2) because these instructions do not affect any status bit. FIGURE 4-1: STATUS REGISTER (ADDRESS 03h, 83h) Note 1: The IRP and RP1 bits (STATUS<7:6>) are not used by the PIC16F8X and should be programmed as cleared. Use of these bits as general purpose R/W bits is NOT recommended, since this may affect upward compatibility with future products. Note 2: The C and DC bits operate as a borrow and digit borrow out bit, respectively, in subtraction. See the SUBLW and SUBWF instructions for examples. Note 3: When the STATUS register is the destination for an instruction that affects the Z, DC or C bits, then the write to these three bits is disabled. The specified bit(s) will be updated according to device logic R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R-1 R-1 R/W-x R/W-x R/W-x IRP RP1 RP0 TO PD Z DC C R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset bit7 bit0 bit 7: IRP: Register Bank Select bit (used for indirect addressing) 0 = Bank 0, 1 (00h - FFh) 1 = Bank 2, 3 (100h - 1FFh) The IRP bit is not used by the PIC16F8X. IRP should be maintained clear. bit 6-5: RP1:RP0: Register Bank Select bits (used for direct addressing) 00 = Bank 0 (00h - 7Fh) 01 = Bank 1 (80h - FFh) 10 = Bank 2 (100h - 17Fh) 11 = Bank 3 (180h - 1FFh) Each bank is 128 bytes. Only bit RP0 is used by the PIC16F8X. RP1 should be maintained clear. bit 4: TO: Time-out bit 1 = After power-up, CLRWDT instruction, or SLEEP instruction 0 = A WDT time-out occurred bit 3: PD: Power-down bit 1 = After power-up or by the CLRWDT instruction 0 = By execution of the SLEEP instruction bit 2: Z: Zero bit 1 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is zero 0 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is not zero bit 1: DC: Digit carry/borrow bit (for ADDWF and ADDLW instructions) (For borrow the polarity is reversed) 1 = A carry-out from the 4th low order bit of the result occurred 0 = No carry-out from the 4th low order bit of the result bit 0: C: Carry/borrow bit (for ADDWF and ADDLW instructions) 1 = A carry-out from the most significant bit of the result occurred 0 = No carry-out from the most significant bit of the result occurred Note:For borrow the polarity is reversed. A subtraction is executed by adding the two’s complement of the second operand. For rotate (RRF, RLF) instructions, this bit is loaded with either the high or low order bit of the source register.
  • 16. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 16  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. 4.2.2.2 OPTION_REG REGISTER The OPTION_REG register is a readable and writable register which contains various control bits to configure the TMR0/WDT prescaler, the external INT interrupt, TMR0, and the weak pull-ups on PORTB. FIGURE 4-1: OPTION_REG REGISTER (ADDRESS 81h) Note: When the prescaler is assigned to the WDT (PSA = '1'), TMR0 has a 1:1 prescaler assignment. R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 RBPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset bit7 bit0 bit 7: RBPU: PORTB Pull-up Enable bit 1 = PORTB pull-ups are disabled 0 = PORTB pull-ups are enabled (by individual port latch values) bit 6: INTEDG: Interrupt Edge Select bit 1 = Interrupt on rising edge of RB0/INT pin 0 = Interrupt on falling edge of RB0/INT pin bit 5: T0CS: TMR0 Clock Source Select bit 1 = Transition on RA4/T0CKI pin 0 = Internal instruction cycle clock (CLKOUT) bit 4: T0SE: TMR0 Source Edge Select bit 1 = Increment on high-to-low transition on RA4/T0CKI pin 0 = Increment on low-to-high transition on RA4/T0CKI pin bit 3: PSA: Prescaler Assignment bit 1 = Prescaler assigned to the WDT 0 = Prescaler assigned to TMR0 bit 2-0: PS2:PS0: Prescaler Rate Select bits 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 1 : 2 1 : 4 1 : 8 1 : 16 1 : 32 1 : 64 1 : 128 1 : 256 1 : 1 1 : 2 1 : 4 1 : 8 1 : 16 1 : 32 1 : 64 1 : 128 Bit Value TMR0 Rate WDT Rate
  • 17. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 17 4.2.2.3 INTCON REGISTER The INTCON register is a readable and writable register which contains the various enable bits for all interrupt sources. FIGURE 4-1: INTCON REGISTER (ADDRESS 0Bh, 8Bh) Note: Interrupt flag bits get set when an interrupt condition occurs regardless of the state of its corresponding enable bit or the global enable bit, GIE (INTCON<7>). R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-x GIE EEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset bit7 bit0 bit 7: GIE: Global Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables all un-masked interrupts 0 = Disables all interrupts Note: For the operation of the interrupt structure, please refer to Section 8.5. bit 6: EEIE: EE Write Complete Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the EE write complete interrupt 0 = Disables the EE write complete interrupt bit 5: T0IE: TMR0 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the TMR0 interrupt 0 = Disables the TMR0 interrupt bit 4: INTE: RB0/INT Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the RB0/INT interrupt 0 = Disables the RB0/INT interrupt bit 3: RBIE: RB Port Change Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the RB port change interrupt 0 = Disables the RB port change interrupt bit 2: T0IF: TMR0 overflow interrupt flag bit 1 = TMR0 has overflowed (must be cleared in software) 0 = TMR0 did not overflow bit 1: INTF: RB0/INT Interrupt Flag bit 1 = The RB0/INT interrupt occurred 0 = The RB0/INT interrupt did not occur bit 0: RBIF: RB Port Change Interrupt Flag bit 1 = When at least one of the RB7:RB4 pins changed state (must be cleared in software) 0 = None of the RB7:RB4 pins have changed state
  • 18. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 18  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. 4.3 Program Counter: PCL and PCLATH The Program Counter (PC) is 13-bits wide. The low byte is the PCL register, which is a readable and writable register.The high byte of the PC (PC<12:8>) is not directly readable nor writable and comes from the PCLATH register.The PCLATH (PC latch high) register is a holding register for PC<12:8>. The contents of PCLATH are transferred to the upper byte of the program counter when the PC is loaded with a new value. This occurs during a CALL, GOTO or a write to PCL. The high bits of PC are loaded from PCLATH as shown in Figure 4-1. FIGURE 4-1: LOADING OF PC IN DIFFERENT SITUATIONS 4.3.1 COMPUTED GOTO A computed GOTO is accomplished by adding an offset to the program counter (ADDWF PCL).When doing a table read using a computed GOTO method, care should be exercised if the table location crosses a PCL memory boundary (each 256 word block).Refer to the application note “Implementing a Table Read” (AN556). 4.3.2 PROGRAM MEMORY PAGING The PIC16F83 and PIC16CR83 have 512 words of pro- gram memory. The PIC16F84 and PIC16CR84 have 1K of program memory. The CALL and GOTO instruc- tions have an 11-bit address range.This 11-bit address range allows a branch within a 2K program memory page size. For future PIC16F8X program memory expansion, there must be another two bits to specify the program memory page. These paging bits come from the PCLATH<4:3> bits (Figure 4-1).When doing a CALL or a GOTO instruction, the user must ensure that these page bits (PCLATH<4:3>) are programmed to the desired program memory page. If a CALL instruc- tion (or interrupt) is executed, the entire 13-bit PC is “pushed” onto the stack (see next section). Therefore, manipulation of the PCLATH<4:3> is not required for the return instructions (which “pops” the PC from the stack). 4.4 Stack The PIC16FXX has an 8 deep x 13-bit wide hardware stack (Figure 4-1). The stack space is not part of either program or data space and the stack pointer is not readable or writable. The entire 13-bit PC is “pushed” onto the stack when a CALL instruction is executed or an interrupt is acknowl- edged.The stack is “popped” in the event of a RETURN, RETLW or a RETFIE instruction execution. PCLATH is not affected by a push or a pop operation. The stack operates as a circular buffer. That is, after the stack has been pushed eight times, the ninth push over- writes the value that was stored from the first push. The tenth push overwrites the second push (and so on). If the stack is effectively popped nine times, the PC value is the same as the value from the first pop. PC 12 8 7 0 5 PCLATH<4:0> PCLATH INST with PCL as dest ALU result GOTO, CALL Opcode <10:0> 8 PC 12 11 10 0 11 PCLATH<4:3> PCH PCL 8 7 2 PCLATH PCH PCL Note: The PIC16F8X ignores the PCLATH<4:3> bits, which are used for program memory pages 1, 2 and 3 (0800h - 1FFFh). The use of PCLATH<4:3> as general purpose R/W bits is not recommended since this may affect upward compatibility with future products. Note: There are no instruction mnemonics called push or pop.These are actions that occur from the execution of the CALL, RETURN, RETLW, and RETFIE instruc- tions, or the vectoring to an interrupt address. Note: There are no status bits to indicate stack overflow or stack underflow conditions.
  • 19. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 19 4.5 Indirect Addressing; INDF and FSR Registers The INDF register is not a physical register. Address- ing INDF actually addresses the register whose address is contained in the FSR register (FSR is a pointer). This is indirect addressing. EXAMPLE 4-1: INDIRECT ADDRESSING • Register file 05 contains the value 10h • Register file 06 contains the value 0Ah • Load the value 05 into the FSR register • A read of the INDF register will return the value of 10h • Increment the value of the FSR register by one (FSR = 06) • A read of the INDF register now will return the value of 0Ah. Reading INDF itself indirectly (FSR = 0) will produce 00h. Writing to the INDF register indirectly results in a no-operation (although STATUS bits may be affected). A simple program to clear RAM locations 20h-2Fh using indirect addressing is shown in Example 4-2. EXAMPLE 4-2: HOW TO CLEAR RAM USING INDIRECT ADDRESSING movlw 0x20 ;initialize pointer movwf FSR ; to RAM NEXT clrf INDF ;clear INDF register incf FSR ;inc pointer btfss FSR,4 ;all done? goto NEXT ;NO, clear next CONTINUE : ;YES, continue An effective 9-bit address is obtained by concatenating the 8-bit FSR register and the IRP bit (STATUS<7>), as shown in Figure 4-1. However, IRP is not used in the PIC16F8X. FIGURE 4-1: DIRECT/INDIRECT ADDRESSING Direct Addressing RP1 RP0 6 from opcode 0 IRP 7 (FSR) 0 Indirect Addressing bank select location select bank select location select 00 01 10 11 00h 7Fh 00h 0Bh 0Ch 2Fh (1) 30h (1) 7Fh not used Bank 0 Bank 1 Bank 2 Bank 3 Note 1: PIC16F83 and PIC16CR83 devices. 2: PIC16F84 and PIC16CR84 devices 3: For memory map detail see Figure 4-1. 4Fh (2) 50h (2) Addresses map back to Bank 0 Data Memory (3) not used
  • 20. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 20  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. NOTES:
  • 21. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 21 5.0 I/O PORTS The PIC16F8X has two ports, PORTA and PORTB. Some port pins are multiplexed with an alternate func- tion for other features on the device. 5.1 PORTA and TRISA Registers PORTA is a 5-bit wide latch. RA4 is a Schmitt Trigger input and an open drain output. All other RA port pins have TTL input levels and full CMOS output drivers. All pins have data direction bits (TRIS registers) which can configure these pins as output or input. Setting a TRISA bit (=1) will make the corresponding PORTA pin an input, i.e., put the corresponding output driver in a hi-impedance mode. Clearing a TRISA bit (=0) will make the corresponding PORTA pin an output, i.e., put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin. Reading the PORTA register reads the status of the pins whereas writing to it will write to the port latch. All write operations are read-modify-write operations. So a write to a port implies that the port pins are first read, then this value is modified and written to the port data latch. The RA4 pin is multiplexed with the TMR0 clock input. FIGURE 5-1: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF PINS RA3:RA0 EXAMPLE 5-1: INITIALIZING PORTA CLRF PORTA ; Initialize PORTA by ; setting output ; data latches BSF STATUS, RP0 ; Select Bank 1 MOVLW 0x0F ; Value used to ; initialize data ; direction MOVWF TRISA ; Set RA<3:0> as inputs ; RA4 as outputs ; TRISA<7:5> are always ; read as '0'. FIGURE 5-2: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF PIN RA4 Note: I/O pins have protection diodes to VDD and VSS. Data bus Q D Q CK Q D Q CK Q D EN P N WR Port WR TRIS Data Latch TRIS Latch RD TRIS RD PORT TTL input buffer VSS VDD I/O pin Data bus WR PORT WR TRIS RD PORT Data Latch TRIS Latch RD TRIS Schmitt Trigger input buffer N VSS RA4 pin TMR0 clock input Note: I/O pin has protection diodes to VSS only. Q D Q CK Q D Q CK EN Q D EN
  • 22. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 22  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 5-1 PORTA FUNCTIONS TABLE 5-2 SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTA Name Bit0 Buffer Type Function RA0 bit0 TTL Input/output RA1 bit1 TTL Input/output RA2 bit2 TTL Input/output RA3 bit3 TTL Input/output RA4/T0CKI bit4 ST Input/output or external clock input for TMR0. Output is open drain type. Legend: TTL = TTL input, ST = Schmitt Trigger input Address Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on Power-on Reset Value on all other resets 05h PORTA — — — RA4/T0CKI RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 ---x xxxx ---u uuuu 85h TRISA — — — TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 ---1 1111 ---1 1111 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented read as '0'. Shaded cells are unimplemented, read as '0'
  • 23. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 23 5.2 PORTB and TRISB Registers PORTB is an 8-bit wide bi-directional port. The corresponding data direction register is TRISB. A '1' on any bit in the TRISB register puts the corresponding output driver in a hi-impedance mode. A '0' on any bit in the TRISB register puts the contents of the output latch on the selected pin(s). Each of the PORTB pins have a weak internal pull-up. A single control bit can turn on all the pull-ups. This is done by clearing the RBPU (OPTION_REG<7>) bit. The weak pull-up is automatically turned off when the port pin is configured as an output. The pull-ups are disabled on a Power-on Reset. Four of PORTB’s pins, RB7:RB4, have an interrupt on change feature. Only pins configured as inputs can cause this interrupt to occur (i.e., any RB7:RB4 pin configured as an output is excluded from the interrupt on change comparison). The pins value in input mode are compared with the old value latched on the last read of PORTB.The “mismatch” outputs of the pins are OR’ed together to generate the RB port change interrupt. FIGURE 5-3: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF PINS RB7:RB4 This interrupt can wake the device from SLEEP. The user, in the interrupt service routine, can clear the interrupt in the following manner: a) Read (or write) PORTB. This will end the mis- match condition. b) Clear flag bit RBIF. A mismatch condition will continue to set the RBIF bit. Reading PORTB will end the mismatch condition, and allow the RBIF bit to be cleared. This interrupt on mismatch feature, together with software configurable pull-ups on these four pins allow easy interface to a key pad and make it possible for wake-up on key-depression (see AN552 in the Embedded Control Handbook). The interrupt on change feature is recommended for wake-up on key depression operation and operations where PORTB is only used for the interrupt on change feature. Polling of PORTB is not recommended while using the interrupt on change feature. FIGURE 5-4: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF PINS RB3:RB0 RBPU(1) Data Latch From other P VDD Q D CK Q D CK Q D EN Q D EN Data bus WR Port WR TRIS Set RBIF TRIS Latch RD TRIS RD Port RB7:RB4 pins weak pull-up RD Port Latch TTL Input Buffer Note 1: TRISB = '1' enables weak pull-up (if RBPU = '0' in the OPTION_REG register). 2: I/O pins have diode protection to VDD and VSS. I/O pin(2) Note 1: For a change on the I/O pin to be recognized, the pulse width must be at least TCY (4/fOSC) wide. RBPU(1) I/O pin(2) Data Latch P VDD Q D CK Q D CK Q D EN Data bus WR Port WR TRIS RD TRIS RD Port weak pull-up RD Port RB0/INT TTL Input Buffer Schmitt Trigger Buffer TRIS Latch Note 1: TRISB = '1' enables weak pull-up (if RBPU = '0' in the OPTION_REG register). 2: I/O pins have diode protection to VDD and VSS.
  • 24. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 24  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. EXAMPLE 5-1: INITIALIZING PORTB CLRF PORTB ; Initialize PORTB by ; setting output ; data latches BSF STATUS, RP0 ; Select Bank 1 MOVLW 0xCF ; Value used to ; initialize data ; direction MOVWF TRISB ; Set RB<3:0> as inputs ; RB<5:4> as outputs ; RB<7:6> as inputs TABLE 5-3 PORTB FUNCTIONS TABLE 5-4 SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTB Name Bit Buffer Type I/O Consistency Function RB0/INT bit0 TTL/ST(1) Input/output pin or external interrupt input. Internal software programmable weak pull-up. RB1 bit1 TTL Input/output pin. Internal software programmable weak pull-up. RB2 bit2 TTL Input/output pin. Internal software programmable weak pull-up. RB3 bit3 TTL Input/output pin. Internal software programmable weak pull-up. RB4 bit4 TTL Input/output pin (with interrupt on change). Internal software programmable weak pull-up. RB5 bit5 TTL Input/output pin (with interrupt on change). Internal software programmable weak pull-up. RB6 bit6 TTL/ST(2) Input/output pin (with interrupt on change). Internal software programmable weak pull-up. Serial programming clock. RB7 bit7 TTL/ST(2) Input/output pin (with interrupt on change). Internal software programmable weak pull-up. Serial programming data. Legend: TTL = TTL input, ST = Schmitt Trigger. Note 1: This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured as the external interrupt. 2: This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when used in serial programming mode. Address Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on Power-on Reset Value on all other resets 06h PORTB RB7 RB6 RB5 RB4 RB3 RB2 RB1 RB0/INT xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 86h TRISB TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 TRISB3 TRISB2 TRISB1 TRISB0 1111 1111 1111 1111 81h OPTION_ REG RBPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 1111 1111 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged. Shaded cells are not used by PORTB.
  • 25. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 25 5.3 I/O Programming Considerations 5.3.1 BI-DIRECTIONAL I/O PORTS Any instruction which writes, operates internally as a read followed by a write operation. The BCF and BSF instructions, for example, read the register into the CPU, execute the bit operation and write the result back to the register. Caution must be used when these instructions are applied to a port with both inputs and outputs defined. For example, a BSF operation on bit5 of PORTB will cause all eight bits of PORTB to be read into the CPU. Then the BSF operation takes place on bit5 and PORTB is written to the output latches. If another bit of PORTB is used as a bi-directional I/O pin (i.e., bit0) and it is defined as an input at this time, the input signal present on the pin itself would be read into the CPU and rewritten to the data latch of this particular pin, overwriting the previous content. As long as the pin stays in the input mode, no problem occurs. However, if bit0 is switched into output mode later on, the content of the data latch is unknown. Reading the port register, reads the values of the port pins. Writing to the port register writes the value to the port latch. When using read-modify-write instructions (i.e., BCF, BSF, etc.) on a port, the value of the port pins is read, the desired operation is done to this value, and this value is then written to the port latch. A pin actively outputting a Low or High should not be driven from external devices at the same time in order to change the level on this pin (“wired-or”, “wired-and”). The resulting high output current may damage the chip. 5.3.2 SUCCESSIVE OPERATIONS ON I/O PORTS The actual write to an I/O port happens at the end of an instruction cycle, whereas for reading, the data must be valid at the beginning of the instruction cycle (Figure 5-5). Therefore, care must be exercised if a write followed by a read operation is carried out on the same I/O port. The sequence of instructions should be such that the pin voltage stabilizes (load dependent) before the next instruction which causes that file to be read into the CPU is executed. Otherwise, the previous state of that pin may be read into the CPU rather than the new state. When in doubt, it is better to separate these instructions with a NOP or another instruction not accessing this I/O port. Example 5-1 shows the effect of two sequential read-modify-write instructions (e.g., BCF, BSF, etc.) on an I/O port. EXAMPLE 5-1: READ-MODIFY-WRITE INSTRUCTIONS ON AN I/O PORT ;Initial PORT settings: PORTB<7:4> Inputs ; PORTB<3:0> Outputs ;PORTB<7:6> have external pull-ups and are ;not connected to other circuitry ; ; PORT latch PORT pins ; ---------- --------- BCF PORTB, 7 ; 01pp ppp 11pp ppp BCF PORTB, 6 ; 10pp ppp 11pp ppp BSF STATUS, RP0 ; BCF TRISB, 7 ; 10pp ppp 11pp ppp BCF TRISB, 6 ; 10pp ppp 10pp ppp ; ;Note that the user may have expected the ;pin values to be 00pp ppp. The 2nd BCF ;caused RB7 to be latched as the pin value ;(high). FIGURE 5-5: SUCCESSIVE I/O OPERATION PC PC + 1 PC + 2 PC + 3 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Instruction fetched RB7:RB0 MOVWF PORTB write to PORTB NOP Port pin sampled here NOP MOVF PORTB,W Instruction executed MOVWF PORTB write to PORTB NOP MOVF PORTB,W PC TPD Note: This example shows a write to PORTB followed by a read from PORTB. Note that: data setup time = (0.25TCY - TPD) where TCY = instruction cycle TPD = propagation delay Therefore, at higher clock frequencies, a write followed by a read may be problematic.
  • 26. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 26  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. NOTES:
  • 27. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 27 6.0 TIMER0 MODULE AND TMR0 REGISTER The Timer0 module timer/counter has the following features: • 8-bit timer/counter • Readable and writable • 8-bit software programmable prescaler • Internal or external clock select • Interrupt on overflow from FFh to 00h • Edge select for external clock Timer mode is selected by clearing the T0CS bit (OPTION_REG<5>). In timer mode, the Timer0 mod- ule (Figure 6-1) will increment every instruction cycle (without prescaler). If the TMR0 register is written, the increment is inhibited for the following two cycles (Figure 6-2 and Figure 6-3). The user can work around this by writing an adjusted value to the TMR0 register. Counter mode is selected by setting the T0CS bit (OPTION_REG<5>). In this mode TMR0 will increment either on every rising or falling edge of pin RA4/T0CKI. The incrementing edge is determined by the T0 source edge select bit, T0SE (OPTION_REG<4>). Clearing bit T0SE selects the rising edge. Restrictions on the exter- nal clock input are discussed in detail in Section 6.2. The prescaler is shared between the Timer0 Module and the Watchdog Timer. The prescaler assignment is controlled, in software, by control bit PSA (OPTION_REG<3>). Clearing bit PSA will assign the prescaler to the Timer0 Module. The prescaler is not readable or writable. When the prescaler (Section 6.3) is assigned to the Timer0 Module, the prescale value (1:2, 1:4, ..., 1:256) is software selectable. 6.1 TMR0 Interrupt The TMR0 interrupt is generated when the TMR0 register overflows from FFh to 00h. This overflow sets the T0IF bit (INTCON<2>). The interrupt can be masked by clearing enable bit T0IE (INTCON<5>).The T0IF bit must be cleared in software by the Timer0 Module interrupt service routine before re-enabling this interrupt.The TMR0 interrupt (Figure 6-4) cannot wake the processor from SLEEP since the timer is shut off during SLEEP. FIGURE 6-1: TMR0 BLOCK DIAGRAM FIGURE 6-2: TMR0 TIMING: INTERNAL CLOCK/NO PRESCALER Note 1: Bits T0CS, T0SE, PS2, PS1, PS0 and PSA are located in the OPTION_REG register. 2: The prescaler is shared with the Watchdog Timer (Figure 6-6) RA4/T0CKI T0SE 0 1 1 0 pin T0CS FOSC/4 Programmable Prescaler Sync with Internal clocks TMR0 register PSout (2 cycle delay) PSout Data bus 8 Set bit T0IF on Overflow PSA PS2, PS1, PS0 3 PC-1 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 PC Instruction Fetch TMR0 PC PC+1 PC+2 PC+3 PC+4 PC+5 PC+6 T0 T0+1 T0+2 NT0 NT0 NT0 NT0+1 NT0+2 T0 MOVWF TMR0 MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W Write TMR0 executed Read TMR0 reads NT0 Read TMR0 reads NT0 Read TMR0 reads NT0 Read TMR0 reads NT0 + 1 Read TMR0 reads NT0 + 2 Instruction Executed
  • 28. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 28  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. FIGURE 6-3: TMR0 TIMING: INTERNAL CLOCK/PRESCALE 1:2 FIGURE 6-4: TMR0 INTERRUPT TIMING PC-1 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 PC Instruction Fetch TMR0 PC PC+1 PC+2 PC+3 PC+4 PC+5 PC+6 T0 NT0+1 MOVWF TMR0 MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W Write TMR0 executed Read TMR0 reads NT0 Read TMR0 reads NT0 Read TMR0 reads NT0 Read TMR0 reads NT0 Read TMR0 reads NT0 + 1 T0+1 NT0 Instruction Execute Q2 Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2 Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2 Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2 Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2 Q1 Q3 Q4 1 1 OSC1 CLKOUT(3) TMR0 timer T0IF bit (INTCON<2>) FEh GIE bit (INTCON<7>) INSTRUCTION FLOW PC Instruction fetched PC PC +1 PC +1 0004h 0005h Instruction executed Inst (PC) Inst (PC-1) Inst (PC+1) Inst (PC) Inst (0004h) Inst (0005h) Inst (0004h) Dummy cycle Dummy cycle FFh 00h 01h 02h Note 1: T0IF interrupt flag is sampled here (every Q1). 2: Interrupt latency = 3.25Tcy, where Tcy = instruction cycle time. 3: CLKOUT is available only in RC oscillator mode. 4 Interrupt Latency(2) 4: The timer clock (after the synchronizer circuit) which increments the timer from FFh to 00h immediately sets the T0IF bit. The TMR0 register will roll over 3 Tosc cycles later.
  • 29. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 29 6.2 Using TMR0 with External Clock When an external clock input is used for TMR0, it must meet certain requirements. The external clock requirement is due to internal phase clock (TOSC) synchronization. Also, there is a delay in the actual incrementing of the TMR0 register after synchronization. 6.2.1 EXTERNAL CLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION When no prescaler is used, the external clock input is the same as the prescaler output. The synchronization of pin RA4/T0CKI with the internal phase clocks is accomplished by sampling the prescaler output on the Q2 and Q4 cycles of the internal phase clocks (Figure 6-5). Therefore, it is necessary for T0CKI to be high for at least 2Tosc (plus a small RC delay) and low for at least 2Tosc (plus a small RC delay). Refer to the electrical specification of the desired device. When a prescaler is used, the external clock input is divided by an asynchronous ripple counter type prescaler so that the prescaler output is symmetrical. For the external clock to meet the sampling requirement, the ripple counter must be taken into account. Therefore, it is necessary for T0CKI to have a period of at least 4Tosc (plus a small RC delay) divided by the prescaler value. The only requirement on T0CKI high and low time is that they do not violate the minimum pulse width requirement of 10 ns. Refer to parameters 40, 41 and 42 in the AC Electrical Specifications of the desired device. 6.2.2 TMR0 INCREMENT DELAY Since the prescaler output is synchronized with the internal clocks, there is a small delay from the time the external clock edge occurs to the time the Timer0 Module is actually incremented. Figure 6-5 shows the delay from the external clock edge to the timer incrementing. 6.3 Prescaler An 8-bit counter is available as a prescaler for the Timer0 Module, or as a postscaler for the Watchdog Timer (Figure 6-6). For simplicity, this counter is being referred to as “prescaler” throughout this data sheet. Note that there is only one prescaler available which is mutually exclusive between the Timer0 Module and the Watchdog Timer. Thus, a prescaler assignment for the Timer0 Module means that there is no prescaler for the Watchdog Timer, and vice-versa. The PSA and PS2:PS0 bits (OPTION_REG<3:0>) determine the prescaler assignment and prescale ratio. When assigned to the Timer0 Module, all instructions writing to the Timer0 Module (e.g., CLRF 1, MOVWF 1, BSF 1,x ....etc.) will clear the prescaler. When assigned to WDT, a CLRWDT instruction will clear the prescaler along with the Watchdog Timer. The prescaler is not readable or writable.
  • 30. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 30  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. FIGURE 6-5: TIMER0 TIMING WITH EXTERNAL CLOCK FIGURE 6-6: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE TMR0/WDT PRESCALER Increment TMR0 (Q4) Ext. Clock Input or Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 TMR0 T0 T0 + 1 T0 + 2 Ext. Clock/Prescaler Output After Sampling (Note 3) Note 1: 2: 3: Delay from clock input change to TMR0 increment is 3Tosc to 7Tosc. (Duration of Q = Tosc). Therefore, the error in measuring the interval between two edges on TMR0 input = ± 4Tosc max. External clock if no prescaler selected, Prescaler output otherwise. The arrows ↑ indicate where sampling occurs. A small clock pulse may be missed by sampling. Prescaler Out (Note 2) RA4/T0CKI T0SE pin M U X CLKOUT (= Fosc/4) SYNC 2 Cycles TMR0 register 8-bit Prescaler 8 - to - 1MUX M U X M U X Watchdog Timer PSA 0 1 0 1 WDT time-out PS2:PS0 8 Note: T0CS, T0SE, PSA, PS2:PS0 are bits in the OPTION_REG register. PSA WDT Enable bit M U X 0 1 0 1 Data Bus Set bit T0IF on overflow 8 PSA T0CS
  • 31. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 31 6.3.1 SWITCHING PRESCALER ASSIGNMENT The prescaler assignment is fully under software control (i.e., it can be changed “on the fly” during program execution). EXAMPLE 6-1: CHANGING PRESCALER (TIMER0→WDT) BCF STATUS, RP0 ;Bank 0 CLRF TMR0 ;Clear TMR0 ; and Prescaler BSF STATUS, RP0 ;Bank 1 CLRWDT ;Clears WDT MOVLW b'xxxx1xxx' ;Select new MOVWF OPTION_REG ; prescale value BCF STATUS, RP0 ;Bank 0 EXAMPLE 6-2: CHANGING PRESCALER (WDT→TIMER0) CLRWDT ;Clear WDT and ; prescaler BSF STATUS, RP0 ;Bank 1 MOVLW b'xxxx0xxx' ;Select TMR0, new ; prescale value ’ and clock source MOVWF OPTION_REG ; BCF STATUS, RP0 ;Bank 0 TABLE 6-1 REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER0 Note: To avoid an unintended device RESET, the following instruction sequence (Example 6-1) must be executed when changing the prescaler assignment from Timer0 to the WDT. This sequence must be taken even if the WDT is disabled. To change prescaler from the WDT to the Timer0 module use the sequence shown in Example 6-2. Address Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on Power-on Reset Value on all other resets 01h TMR0 Timer0 module’s register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 0Bh INTCON GIE EEIE T0IE INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF 0000 000x 0000 0000 81h OPTION_ REG RBPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 1111 1111 85h TRISA — — — TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 ---1 1111 ---1 1111 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged. - = unimplemented read as '0'. Shaded cells are not associated with Timer0.
  • 32. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 32  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. NOTES:
  • 33. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 33 7.0 DATA EEPROM MEMORY The EEPROM data memory is readable and writable during normal operation (full VDD range). This memory is not directly mapped in the register file space. Instead it is indirectly addressed through the Special Function Registers. There are four SFRs used to read and write this memory. These registers are: • EECON1 • EECON2 • EEDATA • EEADR EEDATA holds the 8-bit data for read/write, and EEADR holds the address of the EEPROM location being accessed. PIC16F8X devices have 64 bytes of data EEPROM with an address range from 0h to 3Fh. The EEPROM data memory allows byte read and write. A byte write automatically erases the location and writes the new data (erase before write).The EEPROM data memory is rated for high erase/write cycles. The write time is controlled by an on-chip timer. The write- time will vary with voltage and temperature as well as from chip to chip. Please refer to AC specifications for exact limits. When the device is code protected, the CPU may continue to read and write the data EEPROM memory. The device programmer can no longer access this memory. 7.1 EEADR The EEADR register can address up to a maximum of 256 bytes of data EEPROM. Only the first 64 bytes of data EEPROM are implemented. The upper two bits are address decoded. This means that these two bits must always be '0' to ensure that the address is in the 64 byte memory space. FIGURE 7-1: EECON1 REGISTER (ADDRESS 88h) U U U R/W-0 R/W-x R/W-0 R/S-0 R/S-x — — — EEIF WRERR WREN WR RD R = Readable bit W = Writable bit S = Settable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ - n = Value at POR reset bit7 bit0 bit 7:5 Unimplemented: Read as '0' bit 4 EEIF: EEPROM Write Operation Interrupt Flag bit 1 = The write operation completed (must be cleared in software) 0 = The write operation is not complete or has not been started bit 3 WRERR: EEPROM Error Flag bit 1 = A write operation is prematurely terminated (any MCLR reset or any WDT reset during normal operation) 0 = The write operation completed bit 2 WREN: EEPROM Write Enable bit 1 = Allows write cycles 0 = Inhibits write to the data EEPROM bit 1 WR: Write Control bit 1 = initiates a write cycle. (The bit is cleared by hardware once write is complete. The WR bit can only be set (not cleared) in software. 0 = Write cycle to the data EEPROM is complete bit 0 RD: Read Control bit 1 = Initiates an EEPROM read (read takes one cycle. RD is cleared in hardware. The RD bit can only be set (not cleared) in software). 0 = Does not initiate an EEPROM read
  • 34. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 34  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. 7.2 EECON1 and EECON2 Registers EECON1 is the control register with five low order bits physically implemented. The upper-three bits are non- existent and read as '0's. Control bits RD and WR initiate read and write, respectively. These bits cannot be cleared, only set, in software.They are cleared in hardware at completion of the read or write operation.The inability to clear the WR bit in software prevents the accidental, premature ter- mination of a write operation. The WREN bit, when set, will allow a write operation. On power-up, the WREN bit is clear.The WRERR bit is set when a write operation is interrupted by a MCLR reset or a WDT time-out reset during normal operation. In these situations, following reset, the user can check the WRERR bit and rewrite the location. The data and address will be unchanged in the EEDATA and EEADR registers. Interrupt flag bit EEIF is set when write is complete. It must be cleared in software. EECON2 is not a physical register. Reading EECON2 will read all '0's. The EECON2 register is used exclusively in the Data EEPROM write sequence. 7.3 Reading the EEPROM Data Memory To read a data memory location, the user must write the address to the EEADR register and then set control bit RD (EECON1<0>).The data is available, in the very next cycle, in the EEDATA register; therefore it can be read in the next instruction. EEDATA will hold this value until another read or until it is written to by the user (during a write operation). EXAMPLE 7-1: DATA EEPROM READ BCF STATUS, RP0 ; Bank 0 MOVLW CONFIG_ADDR ; MOVWF EEADR ; Address to read BSF STATUS, RP0 ; Bank 1 BSF EECON1, RD ; EE Read BCF STATUS, RP0 ; Bank 0 MOVF EEDATA, W ; W = EEDATA 7.4 Writing to the EEPROM Data Memory To write an EEPROM data location, the user must first write the address to the EEADR register and the data to the EEDATA register. Then the user must follow a specific sequence to initiate the write for each byte. EXAMPLE 7-1: DATA EEPROM WRITE BSF STATUS, RP0 ; Bank 1 BCF INTCON, GIE ; Disable INTs. BSF EECON1, WREN ; Enable Write MOVLW 55h ; MOVWF EECON2 ; Write 55h MOVLW AAh ; MOVWF EECON2 ; Write AAh BSF EECON1,WR ; Set WR bit ; begin write BSF INTCON, GIE ; Enable INTs. The write will not initiate if the above sequence is not exactly followed (write 55h to EECON2, write AAh to EECON2, then set WR bit) for each byte. We strongly recommend that interrupts be disabled during this code segment. Additionally, the WREN bit in EECON1 must be set to enable write. This mechanism prevents accidental writes to data EEPROM due to errant (unexpected) code execution (i.e., lost programs). The user should keep the WREN bit clear at all times, except when updating EEPROM. The WREN bit is not cleared by hardware After a write sequence has been initiated, clearing the WREN bit will not affect this write cycle.The WR bit will be inhibited from being set unless the WREN bit is set. At the completion of the write cycle, the WR bit is cleared in hardware and the EE Write Complete Interrupt Flag bit (EEIF) is set. The user can either enable this interrupt or poll this bit. EEIF must be cleared by software. Required Sequence
  • 35. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 35 7.5 Write Verify Depending on the application, good programming practice may dictate that the value written to the Data EEPROM should be verified (Example 7-1) to the desired value to be written. This should be used in applications where an EEPROM bit will be stressed near the specification limit. The Total Endurance disk will help determine your comfort level. Generally the EEPROM write failure will be a bit which was written as a '1', but reads back as a '0' (due to leakage off the bit). EXAMPLE 7-1: WRITE VERIFY BCF STATUS, RP0 ; Bank 0 : ; Any code can go here : ; MOVF EEDATA, W ; Must be in Bank 0 BSF STATUS, RP0 ; Bank 1 READ BSF EECON1, RD ; YES, Read the ; value written BCF STATUS, RP0 ; Bank 0 ; ; Is the value written (in W reg) and ; read (in EEDATA) the same? ; SUBWF EEDATA, W ; BTFSS STATUS, Z ; Is difference 0? GOTO WRITE_ERR ; NO, Write error : ; YES, Good write : ; Continue program 7.6 Protection Against Spurious Writes There are conditions when the device may not want to write to the data EEPROM memory. To protect against spurious EEPROM writes, various mechanisms have been built in. On power-up, WREN is cleared. Also, the Power-up Timer (72 ms duration) prevents EEPROM write. The write initiate sequence and the WREN bit together help prevent an accidental write during brown-out, power glitch, or software malfunction. 7.7 Data EEPROM Operation during Code Protect When the device is code protected, the CPU is able to read and write unscrambled data to the Data EEPROM. For ROM devices, there are two code protection bits (Section 8.1). One for the ROM program memory and one for the Data EEPROM memory. TABLE 7-1 REGISTERS/BITS ASSOCIATED WITH DATA EEPROM Address Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on Power-on Reset Value on all other resets 08h EEDATA EEPROM data register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 09h EEADR EEPROM address register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 88h EECON1 — — — EEIF WRERR WREN WR RD ---0 x000 ---0 q000 89h EECON2 EEPROM control register 2 ---- ---- ---- ---- Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented read as '0', q = value depends upon condition. Shaded cells are not used by Data EEPROM.
  • 36. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 36  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. NOTES:
  • 37. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 37 8.0 SPECIAL FEATURES OF THE CPU What sets a microcontroller apart from other processors are special circuits to deal with the needs of real time applications. The PIC16F8X has a host of such features intended to maximize system reliability, minimize cost through elimination of external components, provide power saving operating modes and offer code protection. These features are: • OSC Selection • Reset - Power-on Reset (POR) - Power-up Timer (PWRT) - Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) • Interrupts • Watchdog Timer (WDT) • SLEEP • Code protection • ID locations • In-circuit serial programming The PIC16F8X has a Watchdog Timer which can be shut off only through configuration bits. It runs off its own RC oscillator for added reliability. There are two timers that offer necessary delays on power-up. One is the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST), intended to keep the chip in reset until the crystal oscillator is stable.The other is the Power-up Timer (PWRT), which provides a fixed delay of 72 ms (nominal) on power-up only. This design keeps the device in reset while the power supply stabilizes. With these two timers on-chip, most applications need no external reset circuitry. SLEEP mode offers a very low current power-down mode. The user can wake-up from SLEEP through external reset, Watchdog Timer time-out or through an interrupt. Several oscillator options are provided to allow the part to fit the application. The RC oscillator option saves system cost while the LP crystal option saves power. A set of configuration bits are used to select the various options. 8.1 Configuration Bits The configuration bits can be programmed (read as '0') or left unprogrammed (read as '1') to select various device configurations. These bits are mapped in program memory location 2007h. Address 2007h is beyond the user program memory space and it belongs to the special test/configuration memory space (2000h - 3FFFh). This space can only be accessed during programming. To find out how to program the PIC16C84, refer to PIC16C84 EEPROM Memory Programming Specifica- tion (DS30189).
  • 38. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 38  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. FIGURE 8-1: CONFIGURATION WORD - PIC16CR83 AND PIC16CR84 FIGURE 8-2: CONFIGURATION WORD - PIC16F83 AND PIC16F84 R-u R-u R-u R-u R-u R-u R/P-u R-u R-u R-u R-u R-u R-u R-u CP CP CP CP CP CP DP CP CP CP PWRTE WDTE FOSC1 FOSC0 bit13 bit0 R = Readable bit P = Programmable bit - n = Value at POR reset u = unchanged bit 13:8 CP: Program Memory Code Protection bit 1 = Code protection off 0 = Program memory is code protected bit 7 DP: Data Memory Code Protection bit 1 = Code protection off 0 = Data memory is code protected bit 6:4 CP: Program Memory Code Protection bit 1 = Code protection off 0 = Program memory is code protected bit 3 PWRTE: Power-up Timer Enable bit 1 = Power-up timer is disabled 0 = Power-up timer is enabled bit 2 WDTE: Watchdog Timer Enable bit 1 = WDT enabled 0 = WDT disabled bit 1:0 FOSC1:FOSC0: Oscillator Selection bits 11 = RC oscillator 10 = HS oscillator 01 = XT oscillator 00 = LP oscillator R/P-u R/P-u R/P-u R/P-u R/P-u R/P-u R/P-u R/P-u R/P-u R/P-u R/P-u R/P-u R/P-u R/P-u CP CP CP CP CP CP CP CP CP CP PWRTE WDTE FOSC1 FOSC0 bit13 bit0 R = Readable bit P = Programmable bit - n = Value at POR reset u = unchanged bit 13:4 CP: Code Protection bit 1 = Code protection off 0 = All memory is code protected bit 3 PWRTE: Power-up Timer Enable bit 1 = Power-up timer is disabled 0 = Power-up timer is enabled bit 2 WDTE: Watchdog Timer Enable bit 1 = WDT enabled 0 = WDT disabled bit 1:0 FOSC1:FOSC0: Oscillator Selection bits 11 = RC oscillator 10 = HS oscillator 01 = XT oscillator 00 = LP oscillator
  • 39. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 39 8.2 Oscillator Configurations 8.2.1 OSCILLATOR TYPES The PIC16F8X can be operated in four different oscillator modes. The user can program two configuration bits (FOSC1 and FOSC0) to select one of these four modes: • LP Low Power Crystal • XT Crystal/Resonator • HS High Speed Crystal/Resonator • RC Resistor/Capacitor 8.2.2 CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR / CERAMIC RESONATORS In XT, LP or HS modes a crystal or ceramic resonator is connected to the OSC1/CLKIN and OSC2/CLKOUT pins to establish oscillation (Figure 8-3). FIGURE 8-3: CRYSTAL/CERAMIC RESONATOR OPERATION (HS, XT OR LP OSC CONFIGURATION) The PIC16F8X oscillator design requires the use of a parallel cut crystal. Use of a series cut crystal may give a frequency out of the crystal manufacturers specifications.When in XT, LP or HS modes, the device can have an external clock source to drive the OSC1/CLKIN pin (Figure 8-4). FIGURE 8-4: EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUT OPERATION (HS, XT OR LP OSC CONFIGURATION) TABLE 8-1 CAPACITOR SELECTION FOR CERAMIC RESONATORS TABLE 8-2 CAPACITOR SELECTION FOR CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR Note1: See Table 8-1 for recommended values of C1 and C2. 2: A series resistor (RS) may be required for AT strip cut crystals. 3: RF varies with the crystal chosen. C1(1) C2(1) XTAL OSC2 OSC1 RF(3) SLEEP To logic PIC16FXX RS(2) internal OSC1 OSC2 Open Clock from ext. system PIC16FXX Ranges Tested: Mode Freq OSC1/C1 OSC2/C2 XT 455 kHz 2.0 MHz 4.0 MHz 47 - 100 pF 15 - 33 pF 15 - 33 pF 47 - 100 pF 15 - 33 pF 15 - 33 pF HS 8.0 MHz 10.0 MHz 15 - 33 pF 15 - 33 pF 15 - 33 pF 15 - 33 pF Note: Recommended values of C1 and C2 are identical to the ranges tested table. Higher capacitance increases the stability of the oscillator but also increases the start-up time. These values are for design guidance only. Since each resonator has its own characteristics, the user should consult the resonator manufacturer for the appropriate values of external components. Resonators Tested: 455 kHz Panasonic EFO-A455K04B ± 0.3% 2.0 MHz Murata Erie CSA2.00MG ± 0.5% 4.0 MHz Murata Erie CSA4.00MG ± 0.5% 8.0 MHz Murata Erie CSA8.00MT ± 0.5% 10.0 MHz Murata Erie CSA10.00MTZ ± 0.5% None of the resonators had built-in capacitors. Mode Freq OSC1/C1 OSC2/C2 LP 32 kHz 200 kHz 68 - 100 pF 15 - 33 pF 68 - 100 pF 15 - 33 pF XT 100 kHz 2 MHz 4 MHz 100 - 150 pF 15 - 33 pF 15 - 33 pF 100 - 150 pF 15 - 33 pF 15 - 33 pF HS 4 MHz 10 MHz 15 - 33 pF 15 - 33 pF 15 - 33 pF 15 - 33 pF Note: Higher capacitance increases the stability of oscillator but also increases the start-up time. These values are for design guidance only. Rs may be required in HS mode as well as XT mode to avoid overdriving crystals with low drive level spec- ification. Since each crystal has its own characteris- tics, the user should consult the crystal manufacturer for appropriate values of external components. For VDD > 4.5V, C1 = C2 ≈ 30 pF is recommended. Crystals Tested: 32.768 kHz Epson C-001R32.768K-A ± 20 PPM 100 kHz Epson C-2 100.00 KC-P ± 20 PPM 200 kHz STD XTL 200.000 KHz ± 20 PPM 1.0 MHz ECS ECS-10-13-2 ± 50 PPM 2.0 MHz ECS ECS-20-S-2 ± 50 PPM 4.0 MHz ECS ECS-40-S-4 ± 50 PPM 10.0 MHz ECS ECS-100-S-4 ± 50 PPM
  • 40. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 40  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. 8.2.3 EXTERNAL CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR CIRCUIT Either a prepackaged oscillator can be used or a simple oscillator circuit with TTL gates can be built. Prepackaged oscillators provide a wide operating range and better stability. A well-designed crystal oscillator will provide good performance with TTL gates. Two types of crystal oscillator circuits are available; one with series resonance, and one with parallel resonance. Figure 8-5 shows a parallel resonant oscillator circuit. The circuit is designed to use the fundamental frequency of the crystal.The 74AS04 inverter performs the 180-degree phase shift that a parallel oscillator requires. The 4.7 kΩ resistor provides negative feedback for stability. The 10 kΩ potentiometer biases the 74AS04 in the linear region. This could be used for external oscillator designs. FIGURE 8-5: EXTERNAL PARALLEL RESONANT CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR CIRCUIT Figure 8-6 shows a series resonant oscillator circuit. This circuit is also designed to use the fundamental frequency of the crystal. The inverter performs a 180-degree phase shift. The 330 kΩ resistors provide the negative feedback to bias the inverters in their linear region. FIGURE 8-6: EXTERNAL SERIES RESONANT CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR CIRCUIT 8.2.4 RC OSCILLATOR For timing insensitive applications the RC device option offers additional cost savings. The RC oscillator frequency is a function of the supply voltage, the resistor (Rext) values, capacitor (Cext) values, and the operating temperature. In addition to this, the oscillator frequency will vary from unit to unit due to normal process parameter variation. Furthermore, the difference in lead frame capacitance between package types also affects the oscillation frequency, especially for low Cext values. The user needs to take into account variation due to tolerance of the external R and C components. Figure 8-7 shows how an R/C combination is connected to the PIC16F8X. For Rext values below 4 kΩ, the oscillator operation may become unstable, or stop completely. For very high Rext values (e.g., 1 MΩ), the oscillator becomes sensitive to noise, humidity and leakage. Thus, we recommend keeping Rext between 5 kΩ and 100 kΩ. Although the oscillator will operate with no external capacitor (Cext = 0 pF), we recommend using values above 20 pF for noise and stability reasons. With little or no external capacitance, the oscillation frequency can vary dramatically due to changes in external capacitances, such as PCB trace capacitance or package lead frame capacitance. See the electrical specification section for RC frequency variation from part to part due to normal process variation. The variation is larger for larger R (since leakage current variation will affect RC frequency more for large R) and for smaller C (since variation of input capacitance has a greater affect on RC frequency). See the electrical specification section for variation of oscillator frequency due to VDD for given Rext/Cext values as well as frequency variation due to operating temperature. The oscillator frequency, divided by 4, is available on the OSC2/CLKOUT pin, and can be used for test purposes or to synchronize other logic (see Figure 3-2 for waveform). FIGURE 8-7: RC OSCILLATOR MODE 20 pF +5V 20 pF 10k 4.7k 10k 74AS04 XTAL 10k 74AS04 PIC16FXX CLKIN To Other Devices 330 kΩ 74AS04 74AS04 PIC16FXX CLKIN To Other Devices XTAL 330 kΩ 74AS04 0.1 µF Note: When the device oscillator is in RC mode, do not drive the OSC1 pin with an external clock or you may damage the device. OSC2/CLKOUT Cext Rext PIC16FXX OSC1 Fosc/4 Internal clock VDD VSS Recommended values: 5 kΩ ≤ Rext ≤ 100 kΩ Cext > 20pF
  • 41. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 41 8.3 Reset The PIC16F8X differentiates between various kinds of reset: • Power-on Reset (POR) • MCLR reset during normal operation • MCLR reset during SLEEP • WDT Reset (during normal operation) • WDT Wake-up (during SLEEP) Figure 8-8 shows a simplified block diagram of the on-chip reset circuit. The MCLR reset path has a noise filter to ignore small pulses. The electrical specifica- tions state the pulse width requirements for the MCLR pin. Some registers are not affected in any reset condition; their status is unknown on a POR reset and unchanged in any other reset. Most other registers are reset to a “reset state” on POR, MCLR or WDT reset during normal operation and on MCLR reset during SLEEP. They are not affected by a WDT reset during SLEEP, since this reset is viewed as the resumption of normal operation. Table 8-3 gives a description of reset conditions for the program counter (PC) and the STATUS register. Table 8-4 gives a full description of reset states for all registers. The TO and PD bits are set or cleared differently in dif- ferent reset situations (Section 8.7). These bits are used in software to determine the nature of the reset. FIGURE 8-8: SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM OF ON-CHIP RESET CIRCUIT S R Q External Reset MCLR VDD OSC1/ WDT Module VDD rise detect OST/PWRT On-chip RC OSC(1) WDT Time_Out Power_on_Reset OST 10-bit Ripple counter PWRT Chip_Reset 10-bit Ripple counter Reset Enable OST Enable PWRT SLEEP CLKIN Note 1: This is a separate oscillator from the RC oscillator of the CLKIN pin. See Table 8-5
  • 42. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 42  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 8-3 RESET CONDITION FOR PROGRAM COUNTER AND THE STATUS REGISTER Condition Program Counter STATUS Register Power-on Reset 000h 0001 1xxx MCLR Reset during normal operation 000h 000u uuuu MCLR Reset during SLEEP 000h 0001 0uuu WDT Reset (during normal operation) 000h 0000 1uuu WDT Wake-up PC + 1 uuu0 0uuu Interrupt wake-up from SLEEP PC + 1 (1) uuu1 0uuu Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown. Note 1: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIE bit is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt vector (0004h). TABLE 8-4 RESET CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS Register Address Power-on Reset MCLR Reset during: – normal operation – SLEEP WDT Reset during nor- mal operation Wake-up from SLEEP: – through interrupt – through WDT Time-out W — xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu INDF 00h ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- TMR0 01h xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu PCL 02h 0000h 0000h PC + 1(2) STATUS 03h 0001 1xxx 000q quuu(3) uuuq quuu(3) FSR 04h xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu PORTA 05h ---x xxxx ---u uuuu ---u uuuu PORTB 06h xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu EEDATA 08h xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu EEADR 09h xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu PCLATH 0Ah ---0 0000 ---0 0000 ---u uuuu INTCON 0Bh 0000 000x 0000 000u uuuu uuuu(1) INDF 80h ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- OPTION_REG 81h 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu PCL 82h 0000h 0000h PC + 1 STATUS 83h 0001 1xxx 000q quuu(3) uuuq quuu(3) FSR 84h xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu TRISA 85h ---1 1111 ---1 1111 ---u uuuu TRISB 86h 1111 1111 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu EECON1 88h ---0 x000 ---0 q000 ---0 uuuu EECON2 89h ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- PCLATH 8Ah ---0 0000 ---0 0000 ---u uuuu INTCON 8Bh 0000 000x 0000 000u uuuu uuuu(1) Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit read as '0', q = value depends on condition. Note 1: One or more bits in INTCON will be affected (to cause wake-up). 2: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIE bit is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt vector (0004h). 3: Table 8-3 lists the reset value for each specific condition.
  • 43. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 43 8.4 Power-on Reset (POR) A Power-on Reset pulse is generated on-chip when VDD rise is detected (in the range of 1.2V - 1.7V). To take advantage of the POR, just tie the MCLR pin directly (or through a resistor) to VDD.This will eliminate external RC components usually needed to create Power-on Reset. A minimum rise time for VDD must be met for this to operate properly. See Electrical Specifi- cations for details. When the device starts normal operation (exits the reset condition), device operating parameters (voltage, frequency, temperature, ...) must be meet to ensure operation. If these conditions are not met, the device must be held in reset until the operating conditions are met. For additional information, refer to Application Note AN607, "Power-up Trouble Shooting." The POR circuit does not produce an internal reset when VDD declines. 8.5 Power-up Timer (PWRT) The Power-up Timer (PWRT) provides a fixed 72 ms nominal time-out (TPWRT) from POR (Figure 8-10, Figure 8-11, Figure 8-12 and Figure 8-13). The Power-up Timer operates on an internal RC oscillator. The chip is kept in reset as long as the PWRT is active. The PWRT delay allows the VDD to rise to an accept- able level (Possible exception shown in Figure 8-13). A configuration bit, PWRTE, can enable/disable the PWRT. See either Figure 8-1 or Figure 8-2 for the oper- ation of the PWRTE bit for a particular device. The power-up time delay TPWRT will vary from chip to chip due to VDD, temperature, and process variation. See DC parameters for details. 8.6 Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) The Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) provides a 1024 oscillator cycle delay (from OSC1 input) after the PWRT delay ends (Figure 8-10, Figure 8-11, Figure 8-12 and Figure 8-13). This ensures the crystal oscillator or resonator has started and stabilized. The OST time-out (TOST) is invoked only for XT, LP and HS modes and only on Power-on Reset or wake-up from SLEEP. When VDD rises very slowly, it is possible that the TPWRT time-out and TOST time-out will expire before VDD has reached its final value. In this case (Figure 8-13), an external power-on reset circuit may be necessary (Figure 8-9). FIGURE 8-9: EXTERNAL POWER-ON RESET CIRCUIT (FOR SLOW VDD POWER-UP) Note 1: External Power-on Reset circuit is required only if VDD power-up rate is too slow.The diode D helps discharge the capacitor quickly when VDD powers down. 2: R < 40 kΩ is recommended to make sure that voltage drop across R does not exceed 0.2V (max leakage current spec on MCLR pin is 5 µA). A larger voltage drop will degrade VIH level on the MCLR pin. 3: R1 = 100Ω to 1 kΩ will limit any current flowing into MCLR from external capacitor C in the event of an MCLR pin breakdown due to ESD or EOS. C R1 R D VDD MCLR PIC16FXX VDD
  • 44. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 44  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. FIGURE 8-10: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR NOT TIED TO VDD): CASE 1 FIGURE 8-11: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR NOT TIED TO VDD): CASE 2 TPWRT TOST VDD MCLR INTERNAL POR PWRT TIME-OUT OST TIME-OUT INTERNAL RESET VDD MCLR INTERNAL POR PWRT TIME-OUT OST TIME-OUT INTERNAL RESET TPWRT TOST
  • 45. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 45 FIGURE 8-12: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR TIED TO VDD): FAST VDD RISE TIME FIGURE 8-13: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR TIED TO VDD): SLOW VDD RISE TIME VDD MCLR INTERNAL POR TPWRT TOST PWRT TIME-OUT OST TIME-OUT INTERNAL RESET VDD MCLR V1 When VDD rises very slowly, it is possible that the TPWRT time-out and TOST time-out will expire before VDD has reached its final value. In this example, the chip will reset properly if, and only if, V1 ≥ VDD min. INTERNAL POR TPWRT TOST PWRT TIME-OUT OST TIME-OUT INTERNAL RESET
  • 46. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 46  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. 8.7 Time-out Sequence and Power-down Status Bits (TO/PD) On power-up (Figure 8-10, Figure 8-11, Figure 8-12 and Figure 8-13) the time-out sequence is as follows: First PWRT time-out is invoked after a POR has expired. Then the OST is activated. The total time-out will vary based on oscillator configuration and PWRTE configuration bit status. For example, in RC mode with the PWRT disabled, there will be no time-out at all. TABLE 8-5 TIME-OUT IN VARIOUS SITUATIONS Since the time-outs occur from the POR reset pulse, if MCLR is kept low long enough, the time-outs will expire. Then bringing MCLR high, execution will begin immediately (Figure 8-10). This is useful for testing purposes or to synchronize more than one PIC16F8X device when operating in parallel. Table 8-6 shows the significance of the TO and PD bits. Table 8-3 lists the reset conditions for some special registers, while Table 8-4 lists the reset conditions for all the registers. TABLE 8-6 STATUS BITS AND THEIR SIGNIFICANCE 8.8 Reset on Brown-Out A brown-out is a condition where device power (VDD) dips below its minimum value, but not to zero, and then recovers. The device should be reset in the event of a brown-out. To reset a PIC16F8X device when a brown-out occurs, external brown-out protection circuits may be built, as shown in Figure 8-14 and Figure 8-15. FIGURE 8-14: BROWN-OUT PROTECTION CIRCUIT 1 FIGURE 8-15: BROWN-OUT PROTECTION CIRCUIT 2 Oscillator Configuration Power-up Wake-up from SLEEP PWRT Enabled PWRT Disabled XT, HS, LP 72 ms + 1024TOSC 1024TOSC 1024TOSC RC 72 ms — — TO PD Condition 1 1 Power-on Reset 0 x Illegal, TO is set on POR x 0 Illegal, PD is set on POR 0 1 WDT Reset (during normal operation) 0 0 WDT Wake-up 1 1 MCLR Reset during normal operation 1 0 MCLR Reset during SLEEP or interrupt wake-up from SLEEP This circuit will activate reset when VDD goes below (Vz + 0.7V) where Vz = Zener voltage. VDD 33k 10k 40k VDD MCLR PIC16F8X This brown-out circuit is less expensive, although less accurate. Transistor Q1 turns off when VDD is below a certain level such that: VDD • R1 R1 + R2 = 0.7V R2 40k VDD MCLR PIC16F8X R1 Q1 VDD
  • 47. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 47 8.9 Interrupts The PIC16F8X has 4 sources of interrupt: • External interrupt RB0/INT pin • TMR0 overflow interrupt • PORTB change interrupts (pins RB7:RB4) • Data EEPROM write complete interrupt The interrupt control register (INTCON) records individual interrupt requests in flag bits. It also contains the individual and global interrupt enable bits. The global interrupt enable bit, GIE (INTCON<7>) enables (if set) all un-masked interrupts or disables (if cleared) all interrupts. Individual interrupts can be disabled through their corresponding enable bits in INTCON register. Bit GIE is cleared on reset. The “return from interrupt” instruction, RETFIE, exits interrupt routine as well as sets the GIE bit, which re-enable interrupts. The RB0/INT pin interrupt, the RB port change inter- rupt and the TMR0 overflow interrupt flags are con- tained in the INTCON register. When an interrupt is responded to; the GIE bit is cleared to disable any further interrupt, the return address is pushed onto the stack and the PC is loaded with 0004h. For external interrupt events, such as the RB0/INT pin or PORTB change interrupt, the interrupt latency will be three to four instruction cycles.The exact latency depends when the interrupt event occurs (Figure 8-17).The latency is the same for both one and two cycle instructions. Once in the interrupt service routine the source(s) of the interrupt can be determined by polling the interrupt flag bits. The interrupt flag bit(s) must be cleared in software before re-enabling interrupts to avoid infinite interrupt requests. FIGURE 8-16: INTERRUPT LOGIC Note 1: Individual interrupt flag bits are set regardless of the status of their corresponding mask bit or the GIE bit. RBIF RBIE T0IF T0IE INTF INTE GIE EEIE Wake-up (If in SLEEP mode) Interrupt to CPU EEIF
  • 48. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 48  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. FIGURE 8-17: INT PIN INTERRUPT TIMING 8.9.1 INT INTERRUPT External interrupt on RB0/INT pin is edge triggered: either rising if INTEDG bit (OPTION_REG<6>) is set, or falling, if INTEDG bit is clear. When a valid edge appears on the RB0/INT pin, the INTF bit (INTCON<1>) is set. This interrupt can be disabled by clearing control bit INTE (INTCON<4>). Flag bit INTF must be cleared in software via the interrupt service routine before re-enabling this interrupt. The INT interrupt can wake the processor from SLEEP (Section 8.12) only if the INTE bit was set prior to going into SLEEP. The status of the GIE bit decides whether the processor branches to the interrupt vector following wake-up. 8.9.2 TMR0 INTERRUPT An overflow (FFh → 00h) in TMR0 will set flag bit T0IF (INTCON<2>). The interrupt can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing enable bit T0IE (INTCON<5>) (Section 6.0). 8.9.3 PORT RB INTERRUPT An input change on PORTB<7:4> sets flag bit RBIF (INTCON<0>). The interrupt can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing enable bit RBIE (INTCON<3>) (Section 5.2). Q2 Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2 Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2 Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2 Q1 Q3 Q4 Q2 Q1 Q3 Q4 OSC1 CLKOUT INT pin INTF flag (INTCON<1>) GIE bit (INTCON<7>) INSTRUCTION FLOW PC Instruction fetched Instruction executed Interrupt Latency PC PC+1 PC+1 0004h 0005h Inst (0004h) Inst (0005h) Dummy Cycle Inst (PC) Inst (PC+1) Inst (PC-1) Inst (0004h) Dummy Cycle Inst (PC) — 1 4 5 1 Note 1: INTF flag is sampled here (every Q1). 2: Interrupt latency = 3-4Tcy where Tcy = instruction cycle time. Latency is the same whether Inst (PC) is a single cycle or a 2-cycle instruction. 3: CLKOUT is available only in RC oscillator mode. 4: For minimum width of INT pulse, refer to AC specs. 5: INTF is enabled to be set anytime during the Q4-Q1 cycles. 2 3 Note 1: For a change on the I/O pin to be recognized, the pulse width must be at least TCY wide.
  • 49. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 49 8.10 Context Saving During Interrupts During an interrupt, only the return PC value is saved on the stack. Typically, users wish to save key register values during an interrupt (e.g., W register and STATUS register). This is implemented in software. Example 8-1 stores and restores the STATUS and W register’s values.The User defined registers, W_TEMP and STATUS_TEMP are the temporary storage locations for the W and STATUS registers values. Example 8-1 does the following: a) Stores the W register. b) Stores the STATUS register in STATUS_TEMP. c) Executes the Interrupt Service Routine code. d) Restores the STATUS (and bank select bit) register. e) Restores the W register. EXAMPLE 8-1: SAVING STATUS AND W REGISTERS IN RAM PUSH MOVWF W_TEMP ; Copy W to TEMP register, SWAPF STATUS, W ; Swap status to be saved into W MOVWF STATUS_TEMP ; Save status to STATUS_TEMP register ISR : : : ; Interrupt Service Routine : ; should configure Bank as required : ; POP SWAPF STATUS_TEMP, W ; Swap nibbles in STATUS_TEMP register ; and place result into W MOVWF STATUS ; Move W into STATUS register ; (sets bank to original state) SWAPF W_TEMP, F ; Swap nibbles in W_TEMP and place result in W_TEMP SWAPF W_TEMP, W ; Swap nibbles in W_TEMP and place result into W
  • 50. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 50  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. 8.11 Watchdog Timer (WDT) The Watchdog Timer is a free running on-chip RC oscillator which does not require any external components. This RC oscillator is separate from the RC oscillator of the OSC1/CLKIN pin. That means that the WDT will run even if the clock on the OSC1/CLKIN and OSC2/CLKOUT pins of the device has been stopped, for example, by execution of a SLEEP instruction. During normal operation a WDT time-out generates a device RESET. If the device is in SLEEP mode, a WDT Wake-up causes the device to wake-up and continue with normal operation. The WDT can be permanently disabled by programming configuration bit WDTE as a '0' (Section 8.1). 8.11.1 WDT PERIOD The WDT has a nominal time-out period of 18 ms, (with no prescaler). The time-out periods vary with temperature, VDD and process variations from part to part (see DC specs). If longer time-out periods are desired, a prescaler with a division ratio of up to 1:128 can be assigned to the WDT under software control by writing to the OPTION_REG register. Thus, time-out periods up to 2.3 seconds can be realized. The CLRWDT and SLEEP instructions clear the WDT and the postscaler (if assigned to the WDT) and prevent it from timing out and generating a device RESET condition. The TO bit in the STATUS register will be cleared upon a WDT time-out. 8.11.2 WDT PROGRAMMING CONSIDERATIONS It should also be taken into account that under worst case conditions (VDD = Min., Temperature = Max., max. WDT prescaler) it may take several seconds before a WDT time-out occurs. FIGURE 8-18: WATCHDOG TIMER BLOCK DIAGRAM TABLE 8-7 SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE WATCHDOG TIMER Address Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on Power-on Reset Value on all other resets 2007h Config. bits (2) (2) (2) (2) PWRTE(1) WDTE FOSC1 FOSC0 (2) 81h OPTION_ REG RBPU INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111 1111 1111 Legend: x = unknown. Shaded cells are not used by the WDT. Note 1: See Figure 8-1 and Figure 8-2 for operation of the PWRTE bit. 2: See Figure 8-1, Figure 8-2 and Section 8.13 for operation of the Code and Data protection bits. From TMR0 Clock Source (Figure 6-6) To TMR0 (Figure 6-6) Postscaler WDT Timer M U X PSA 8 - to -1 MUX PSA WDT Time-out 1 0 0 1 WDT Enable Bit PS2:PS0 • • 8 MUX Note: PSA and PS2:PS0 are bits in the OPTION_REG register.
  • 51. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 51 8.12 Power-down Mode (SLEEP) A device may be powered down (SLEEP) and later powered up (Wake-up from SLEEP). 8.12.1 SLEEP The Power-down mode is entered by executing the SLEEP instruction. If enabled, the Watchdog Timer is cleared (but keeps running), the PD bit (STATUS<3>) is cleared, the TO bit (STATUS<4>) is set, and the oscillator driver is turned off. The I/O ports maintain the status they had before the SLEEP instruction was executed (driving high, low, or hi-impedance). For the lowest current consumption in SLEEP mode, place all I/O pins at either at VDD or VSS, with no external circuitry drawing current from the I/O pins, and disable external clocks. I/O pins that are hi-impedance inputs should be pulled high or low externally to avoid switching currents caused by floating inputs. The T0CKI input should also be at VDD or VSS. The contribution from on-chip pull-ups on PORTB should be considered. The MCLR pin must be at a logic high level (VIHMC). It should be noted that a RESET generated by a WDT time-out does not drive the MCLR pin low. 8.12.2 WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP The device can wake-up from SLEEP through one of the following events: 1. External reset input on MCLR pin. 2. WDT Wake-up (if WDT was enabled). 3. Interrupt from RB0/INT pin, RB port change, or data EEPROM write complete. Peripherals cannot generate interrupts during SLEEP, since no on-chip Q clocks are present. The first event (MCLR reset) will cause a device reset. The two latter events are considered a continuation of program execution.The TO and PD bits can be used to determine the cause of a device reset. The PD bit, which is set on power-up, is cleared when SLEEP is invoked. The TO bit is cleared if a WDT time-out occurred (and caused wake-up). While the SLEEP instruction is being executed, the next instruction (PC + 1) is pre-fetched. For the device to wake-up through an interrupt event, the corresponding interrupt enable bit must be set (enabled). Wake-up occurs regardless of the state of the GIE bit. If the GIE bit is clear (disabled), the device continues execution at the instruction after the SLEEP instruction. If the GIE bit is set (enabled), the device executes the instruction after the SLEEP instruction and then branches to the interrupt address (0004h). In cases where the execution of the instruction following SLEEP is not desirable, the user should have a NOP after the SLEEP instruction. FIGURE 8-19: WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP THROUGH INTERRUPT Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 OSC1 CLKOUT(4) INT pin INTF flag (INTCON<1>) GIE bit (INTCON<7>) INSTRUCTION FLOW PC Instruction fetched Instruction executed PC PC+1 PC+2 Inst(PC) = SLEEP Inst(PC - 1) Inst(PC + 1) SLEEP Processor in SLEEP Interrupt Latency (Note 2) Inst(PC + 2) Inst(PC + 1) Inst(0004h) Inst(0005h) Inst(0004h) Dummy cycle PC + 2 0004h 0005h Dummy cycle TOST(2) PC+2 Note 1: XT, HS or LP oscillator mode assumed. 2: TOST = 1024TOSC (drawing not to scale) This delay will not be there for RC osc mode. 3: GIE = '1' assumed. In this case after wake- up, the processor jumps to the interrupt routine. If GIE = '0', execution will continue in-line. 4: CLKOUT is not available in these osc modes, but shown here for timing reference.
  • 52. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 52  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. 8.12.3 WAKE-UP USING INTERRUPTS When global interrupts are disabled (GIE cleared) and any interrupt source has both its interrupt enable bit and interrupt flag bit set, one of the following will occur: • If the interrupt occurs before the execution of a SLEEP instruction, the SLEEP instruction will com- plete as a NOP. Therefore, the WDT and WDT postscaler will not be cleared, the TO bit will not be set and PD bits will not be cleared. • If the interrupt occurs during or after the execu- tion of a SLEEP instruction, the device will immedi- ately wake up from sleep. The SLEEP instruction will be completely executed before the wake-up. Therefore, the WDT and WDT postscaler will be cleared, the TO bit will be set and the PD bit will be cleared. Even if the flag bits were checked before executing a SLEEP instruction, it may be possible for flag bits to become set before the SLEEP instruction completes.To determine whether a SLEEP instruction executed, test the PD bit. If the PD bit is set, the SLEEP instruction was executed as a NOP. To ensure that the WDT is cleared, a CLRWDT instruc- tion should be executed before a SLEEP instruction. 8.13 Program Verification/Code Protection If the code protection bit(s) have not been programmed, the on-chip program memory can be read out for verification purposes. 8.14 ID Locations Four memory locations (2000h - 2003h) are designated as ID locations to store checksum or other code identification numbers. These locations are not accessible during normal execution but are readable and writable only during program/verify. Only the 4 least significant bits of ID location are usable. For ROM devices, these values are submitted along with the ROM code. 8.15 In-Circuit Serial Programming PIC16F8X microcontrollers can be serially programmed while in the end application circuit.This is simply done with two lines for clock and data, and three other lines for power, ground, and the programming voltage. Customers can manufacture boards with unprogrammed devices, and then program the microcontroller just before shipping the product, allowing the most recent firmware or custom firmware to be programmed. The device is placed into a program/verify mode by holding the RB6 and RB7 pins low, while raising the MCLR pin from VIL to VIHH (see programming specification). RB6 becomes the programming clock and RB7 becomes the programming data. Both RB6 and RB7 are Schmitt Trigger inputs in this mode. After reset, to place the device into programming/verify mode, the program counter (PC) points to location 00h. A 6-bit command is then supplied to the device, 14-bits of program data is then supplied to or from the device, using load or read-type instructions. For complete details of serial programming, please refer to the PIC16CXX Programming Specifications (Literature #DS30189). FIGURE 8-20: TYPICAL IN-SYSTEM SERIAL PROGRAMMING CONNECTION For ROM devices, both the program memory and Data EEPROM memory may be read, but only the Data EEPROM memory may be programmed. Note: Microchip does not recommend code pro- tecting widowed devices. External Connector Signals To Normal Connections To Normal Connections PIC16FXX VDD VSS MCLR/VPP RB6 RB7 +5V 0V VPP CLK Data I/O VDD
  • 53. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 53 9.0 INSTRUCTION SET SUMMARY Each PIC16CXX instruction is a 14-bit word divided into an OPCODE which specifies the instruction type and one or more operands which further specify the operation of the instruction. The PIC16CXX instruction set summary in Table 9-2 lists byte-oriented, bit-ori- ented, and literal and control operations. Table 9-1 shows the opcode field descriptions. For byte-oriented instructions, 'f' represents a file reg- ister designator and 'd' represents a destination desig- nator. The file register designator specifies which file register is to be used by the instruction. The destination designator specifies where the result of the operation is to be placed. If 'd' is zero, the result is placed in the W register. If 'd' is one, the result is placed in the file register specified in the instruction. For bit-oriented instructions, 'b' represents a bit field designator which selects the number of the bit affected by the operation, while 'f' represents the number of the file in which the bit is located. For literal and control operations, 'k' represents an eight or eleven bit constant or literal value. TABLE 9-1 OPCODE FIELD DESCRIPTIONS The instruction set is highly orthogonal and is grouped into three basic categories: • Byte-oriented operations • Bit-oriented operations • Literal and control operations All instructions are executed within one single instruc- tion cycle, unless a conditional test is true or the pro- gram counter is changed as a result of an instruction. In this case, the execution takes two instruction cycles with the second cycle executed as a NOP. One instruc- tion cycle consists of four oscillator periods. Thus, for an oscillator frequency of 4 MHz, the normal instruction execution time is 1 µs. If a conditional test is true or the program counter is changed as a result of an instruc- tion, the instruction execution time is 2 µs. Table 9-2 lists the instructions recognized by the MPASM assembler. Figure 9-1 shows the general formats that the instruc- tions can have. All examples use the following format to represent a hexadecimal number: 0xhh where h signifies a hexadecimal digit. FIGURE 9-1: GENERAL FORMAT FOR INSTRUCTIONS Field Description f Register file address (0x00 to 0x7F) W Working register (accumulator) b Bit address within an 8-bit file register k Literal field, constant data or label x Don't care location (= 0 or 1) The assembler will generate code with x = 0. It is the recommended form of use for compatibility with all Microchip software tools. d Destination select; d = 0: store result in W, d = 1: store result in file register f. Default is d = 1 label Label name TOS Top of Stack PC Program Counter PCLATH Program Counter High Latch GIE Global Interrupt Enable bit WDT Watchdog Timer/Counter TO Time-out bit PD Power-down bit dest Destination either the W register or the specified register file location [ ] Options ( ) Contents → Assigned to < > Register bit field ∈ In the set of italics User defined term (font is courier) Note: To maintain upward compatibility with future PIC16CXX products, do not use the OPTION and TRIS instructions. Byte-oriented file register operations 13 8 7 6 0 d = 0 for destination W OPCODE d f (FILE #) d = 1 for destination f f = 7-bit file register address Bit-oriented file register operations 13 10 9 7 6 0 OPCODE b (BIT #) f (FILE #) b = 3-bit bit address f = 7-bit file register address Literal and control operations 13 8 7 0 OPCODE k (literal) k = 8-bit immediate value 13 11 10 0 OPCODE k (literal) k = 11-bit immediate value General CALL and GOTO instructions only
  • 54. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 54  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 9-2 PIC16FXX INSTRUCTION SET Mnemonic, Operands Description Cycles 14-Bit Opcode Status Affected Notes MSb LSb BYTE-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS ADDWF ANDWF CLRF CLRW COMF DECF DECFSZ INCF INCFSZ IORWF MOVF MOVWF NOP RLF RRF SUBWF SWAPF XORWF f, d f, d f - f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d f - f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d Add W and f AND W with f Clear f Clear W Complement f Decrement f Decrement f, Skip if 0 Increment f Increment f, Skip if 0 Inclusive OR W with f Move f Move W to f No Operation Rotate Left f through Carry Rotate Right f through Carry Subtract W from f Swap nibbles in f Exclusive OR W with f 1 1 1 1 1 1 1(2) 1 1(2) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0111 0101 0001 0001 1001 0011 1011 1010 1111 0100 1000 0000 0000 1101 1100 0010 1110 0110 dfff dfff lfff 0xxx dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff lfff 0xx0 dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff ffff ffff ffff xxxx ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff 0000 ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff C,DC,Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z C C C,DC,Z Z 1,2 1,2 2 1,2 1,2 1,2,3 1,2 1,2,3 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 BIT-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS BCF BSF BTFSC BTFSS f, b f, b f, b f, b Bit Clear f Bit Set f Bit Test f, Skip if Clear Bit Test f, Skip if Set 1 1 1 (2) 1 (2) 01 01 01 01 00bb 01bb 10bb 11bb bfff bfff bfff bfff ffff ffff ffff ffff 1,2 1,2 3 3 LITERAL AND CONTROL OPERATIONS ADDLW ANDLW CALL CLRWDT GOTO IORLW MOVLW RETFIE RETLW RETURN SLEEP SUBLW XORLW k k k - k k k - k - - k k Add literal and W AND literal with W Call subroutine Clear Watchdog Timer Go to address Inclusive OR literal with W Move literal to W Return from interrupt Return with literal in W Return from Subroutine Go into standby mode Subtract W from literal Exclusive OR literal with W 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 11 11 10 00 10 11 11 00 11 00 00 11 11 111x 1001 0kkk 0000 1kkk 1000 00xx 0000 01xx 0000 0000 110x 1010 kkkk kkkk kkkk 0110 kkkk kkkk kkkk 0000 kkkk 0000 0110 kkkk kkkk kkkk kkkk kkkk 0100 kkkk kkkk kkkk 1001 kkkk 1000 0011 kkkk kkkk C,DC,Z Z TO,PD Z TO,PD C,DC,Z Z Note 1: When an I/O register is modified as a function of itself ( e.g., MOVF PORTB, 1), the value used will be that value present on the pins themselves. For example, if the data latch is '1' for a pin configured as input and is driven low by an external device, the data will be written back with a '0'. 2: If this instruction is executed on the TMR0 register (and, where applicable, d = 1), the prescaler will be cleared if assigned to the Timer0 Module. 3: If Program Counter (PC) is modified or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The second cycle is executed as a NOP.
  • 55. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 55 9.1 Instruction Descriptions ADDLW Add Literal and W Syntax: [label] ADDLW k Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Operation: (W) + k → (W) Status Affected: C, DC, Z Encoding: 11 111x kkkk kkkk Description: The contents of the W register are added to the eight bit literal 'k' and the result is placed in the W register. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode Read literal 'k' Process data Write to W Example: ADDLW 0x15 Before Instruction W = 0x10 After Instruction W = 0x25 ADDWF Add W and f Syntax: [label] ADDWF f,d Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (W) + (f) → (destination) Status Affected: C, DC, Z Encoding: 00 0111 dfff ffff Description: Add the contents of the W register with register 'f'. If 'd' is 0 the result is stored in the W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is stored back in register 'f'. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode Read register 'f' Process data Write to destination Example ADDWF FSR, 0 Before Instruction W = 0x17 FSR = 0xC2 After Instruction W = 0xD9 FSR = 0xC2 ANDLW AND Literal with W Syntax: [label] ANDLW k Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Operation: (W) .AND. (k) → (W) Status Affected: Z Encoding: 11 1001 kkkk kkkk Description: The contents of W register are AND’ed with the eight bit literal 'k'.The result is placed in the W register. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode Read literal "k" Process data Write to W Example ANDLW 0x5F Before Instruction W = 0xA3 After Instruction W = 0x03 ANDWF AND W with f Syntax: [label] ANDWF f,d Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (W) .AND. (f) → (destination) Status Affected: Z Encoding: 00 0101 dfff ffff Description: AND the W register with register 'f'. If 'd' is 0 the result is stored in the W regis- ter. If 'd' is 1 the result is stored back in register 'f'. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode Read register 'f' Process data Write to destination Example ANDWF FSR, 1 Before Instruction W = 0x17 FSR = 0xC2 After Instruction W = 0x17 FSR = 0x02
  • 56. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 56  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. BCF Bit Clear f Syntax: [label] BCF f,b Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 0 ≤ b ≤ 7 Operation: 0 → (f<b>) Status Affected: None Encoding: 01 00bb bfff ffff Description: Bit 'b' in register 'f' is cleared. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode Read register 'f' Process data Write register 'f' Example BCF FLAG_REG, 7 Before Instruction FLAG_REG = 0xC7 After Instruction FLAG_REG = 0x47 BSF Bit Set f Syntax: [label] BSF f,b Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 0 ≤ b ≤ 7 Operation: 1 → (f<b>) Status Affected: None Encoding: 01 01bb bfff ffff Description: Bit 'b' in register 'f' is set. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode Read register 'f' Process data Write register 'f' Example BSF FLAG_REG, 7 Before Instruction FLAG_REG = 0x0A After Instruction FLAG_REG = 0x8A BTFSC Bit Test, Skip if Clear Syntax: [label] BTFSC f,b Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 0 ≤ b ≤ 7 Operation: skip if (f<b>) = 0 Status Affected: None Encoding: 01 10bb bfff ffff Description: If bit 'b' in register 'f' is '1' then the next instruction is executed. If bit 'b', in register 'f', is '0' then the next instruction is discarded, and a NOP is executed instead, making this a 2TCY instruction. Words: 1 Cycles: 1(2) Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode Read register 'f' Process data No-Operat ion If Skip: (2nd Cycle) Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 No-Operat ion No-Operati on No-Opera tion No-Operat ion Example HERE FALSE TRUE BTFSC GOTO • • • FLAG,1 PROCESS_CODE Before Instruction PC = address HERE After Instruction if FLAG<1> = 0, PC = address TRUE if FLAG<1>=1, PC = address FALSE
  • 57. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 57 BTFSS Bit Test f, Skip if Set Syntax: [label] BTFSS f,b Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 0 ≤ b < 7 Operation: skip if (f<b>) = 1 Status Affected: None Encoding: 01 11bb bfff ffff Description: If bit 'b' in register 'f' is '0' then the next instruction is executed. If bit 'b' is '1', then the next instruction is discarded and a NOP is executed instead, making this a 2TCY instruction. Words: 1 Cycles: 1(2) Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode Read register 'f' Process data No-Operat ion If Skip: (2nd Cycle) Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 No-Operat ion No-Operati on No-Opera tion No-Operat ion Example HERE FALSE TRUE BTFSC GOTO • • • FLAG,1 PROCESS_CODE Before Instruction PC = address HERE After Instruction if FLAG<1> = 0, PC = address FALSE if FLAG<1> = 1, PC = address TRUE CALL Call Subroutine Syntax: [ label ] CALL k Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 2047 Operation: (PC)+ 1→ TOS, k → PC<10:0>, (PCLATH<4:3>) → PC<12:11> Status Affected: None Encoding: 10 0kkk kkkk kkkk Description: Call Subroutine. First, return address (PC+1) is pushed onto the stack.The eleven bit immediate address is loaded into PC bits <10:0>.The upper bits of the PC are loaded from PCLATH. CALL is a two cycle instruction. Words: 1 Cycles: 2 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 1st Cycle Decode Read literal 'k', Push PC to Stack Process data Write to PC 2nd Cycle No-Opera tion No-Opera tion No-Opera tion No-Operat ion Example HERE CALL THERE Before Instruction PC = Address HERE After Instruction PC = Address THERE TOS = Address HERE+1
  • 58. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 58  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. CLRF Clear f Syntax: [label] CLRF f Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 Operation: 00h → (f) 1 → Z Status Affected: Z Encoding: 00 0001 1fff ffff Description: The contents of register 'f' are cleared and the Z bit is set. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode Read register 'f' Process data Write register 'f' Example CLRF FLAG_REG Before Instruction FLAG_REG = 0x5A After Instruction FLAG_REG = 0x00 Z = 1 CLRW Clear W Syntax: [ label ] CLRW Operands: None Operation: 00h → (W) 1 → Z Status Affected: Z Encoding: 00 0001 0xxx xxxx Description: W register is cleared. Zero bit (Z) is set. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode No-Opera tion Process data Write to W Example CLRW Before Instruction W = 0x5A After Instruction W = 0x00 Z = 1 CLRWDT Clear Watchdog Timer Syntax: [ label ] CLRWDT Operands: None Operation: 00h → WDT 0 → WDT prescaler, 1 → TO 1 → PD Status Affected: TO, PD Encoding: 00 0000 0110 0100 Description: CLRWDT instruction resets the Watch- dog Timer. It also resets the prescaler of the WDT. Status bits TO and PD are set. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode No-Opera tion Process data Clear WDT Counter Example CLRWDT Before Instruction WDT counter = ? After Instruction WDT counter = 0x00 WDT prescaler= 0 TO = 1 PD = 1
  • 59. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 59 COMF Complement f Syntax: [ label ] COMF f,d Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (f) → (destination) Status Affected: Z Encoding: 00 1001 dfff ffff Description: The contents of register 'f' are comple- mented. If 'd' is 0 the result is stored in W. If 'd' is 1 the result is stored back in register 'f'. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode Read register 'f' Process data Write to destination Example COMF REG1,0 Before Instruction REG1 = 0x13 After Instruction REG1 = 0x13 W = 0xEC DECF Decrement f Syntax: [label] DECF f,d Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (f) - 1 → (destination) Status Affected: Z Encoding: 00 0011 dfff ffff Description: Decrement register 'f'. If 'd' is 0 the result is stored in the W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is stored back in register 'f'. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode Read register 'f' Process data Write to destination Example DECF CNT, 1 Before Instruction CNT = 0x01 Z = 0 After Instruction CNT = 0x00 Z = 1 DECFSZ Decrement f, Skip if 0 Syntax: [ label ] DECFSZ f,d Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (f) - 1 → (destination); skip if result = 0 Status Affected: None Encoding: 00 1011 dfff ffff Description: The contents of register 'f' are decre- mented. If 'd' is 0 the result is placed in the W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is placed back in register 'f'. If the result is 1, the next instruction, is executed. If the result is 0, then a NOP is executed instead making it a 2TCY instruc- tion. Words: 1 Cycles: 1(2) Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode Read register 'f' Process data Write to destination If Skip: (2nd Cycle) Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 No-Operat ion No-Opera tion No-Operat ion No-Operati on Example HERE DECFSZ CNT, 1 GOTO LOOP CONTINUE • • • Before Instruction PC = address HERE After Instruction CNT = CNT - 1 if CNT = 0, PC = address CONTINUE if CNT ≠ 0, PC = address HERE+1
  • 60. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 60  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. GOTO Unconditional Branch Syntax: [ label ] GOTO k Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 2047 Operation: k → PC<10:0> PCLATH<4:3> → PC<12:11> Status Affected: None Encoding: 10 1kkk kkkk kkkk Description: GOTO is an unconditional branch. The eleven bit immediate value is loaded into PC bits <10:0>. The upper bits of PC are loaded from PCLATH<4:3>. GOTO is a two cycle instruction. Words: 1 Cycles: 2 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 1st Cycle Decode Read literal 'k' Process data Write to PC 2nd Cycle No-Operat ion No-Operat ion No-Opera tion No-Operat ion Example GOTO THERE After Instruction PC = Address THERE INCF Increment f Syntax: [ label ] INCF f,d Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (f) + 1 → (destination) Status Affected: Z Encoding: 00 1010 dfff ffff Description: The contents of register 'f' are incre- mented. If 'd' is 0 the result is placed in the W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is placed back in register 'f'. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode Read register 'f' Process data Write to destination Example INCF CNT, 1 Before Instruction CNT = 0xFF Z = 0 After Instruction CNT = 0x00 Z = 1
  • 61. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 61 INCFSZ Increment f, Skip if 0 Syntax: [ label ] INCFSZ f,d Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (f) + 1 → (destination), skip if result = 0 Status Affected: None Encoding: 00 1111 dfff ffff Description: The contents of register 'f' are incre- mented. If 'd' is 0 the result is placed in the W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is placed back in register 'f'. If the result is 1, the next instruction is executed. If the result is 0, a NOP is exe- cuted instead making it a 2TCY instruc- tion. Words: 1 Cycles: 1(2) Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode Read register 'f' Process data Write to destination If Skip: (2nd Cycle) Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 No-Operat ion No-Opera tion No-Opera tion No-Operati on Example HERE INCFSZ CNT, 1 GOTO LOOP CONTINUE • • • Before Instruction PC = address HERE After Instruction CNT = CNT + 1 if CNT= 0, PC = address CONTINUE if CNT≠ 0, PC = address HERE +1 IORLW Inclusive OR Literal with W Syntax: [ label ] IORLW k Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Operation: (W) .OR. k → (W) Status Affected: Z Encoding: 11 1000 kkkk kkkk Description: The contents of the W register is OR’ed with the eight bit literal 'k'. The result is placed in the W register. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode Read literal 'k' Process data Write to W Example IORLW 0x35 Before Instruction W = 0x9A After Instruction W = 0xBF Z = 1
  • 62. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 62  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. IORWF Inclusive OR W with f Syntax: [ label ] IORWF f,d Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (W) .OR. (f) → (destination) Status Affected: Z Encoding: 00 0100 dfff ffff Description: Inclusive OR the W register with regis- ter 'f'. If 'd' is 0 the result is placed in the W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is placed back in register 'f'. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode Read register 'f' Process data Write to destination Example IORWF RESULT, 0 Before Instruction RESULT = 0x13 W = 0x91 After Instruction RESULT = 0x13 W = 0x93 Z = 1 MOVF Move f Syntax: [ label ] MOVF f,d Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (f) → (destination) Status Affected: Z Encoding: 00 1000 dfff ffff Description: The contents of register f is moved to a destination dependant upon the status of d. If d = 0, destination is W register. If d = 1, the destination is file register f itself. d = 1 is useful to test a file regis- ter since status flag Z is affected. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode Read register 'f' Process data Write to destination Example MOVF FSR, 0 After Instruction W = value in FSR register Z = 1 MOVLW Move Literal to W Syntax: [ label ] MOVLW k Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Operation: k → (W) Status Affected: None Encoding: 11 00xx kkkk kkkk Description: The eight bit literal 'k' is loaded into W register.The don’t cares will assemble as 0’s. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode Read literal 'k' Process data Write to W Example MOVLW 0x5A After Instruction W = 0x5A MOVWF Move W to f Syntax: [ label ] MOVWF f Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 Operation: (W) → (f) Status Affected: None Encoding: 00 0000 1fff ffff Description: Move data from W register to register 'f'. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode Read register 'f' Process data Write register 'f' Example MOVWF OPTION_REG Before Instruction OPTION = 0xFF W = 0x4F After Instruction OPTION = 0x4F W = 0x4F
  • 63. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 63 NOP No Operation Syntax: [ label ] NOP Operands: None Operation: No operation Status Affected: None Encoding: 00 0000 0xx0 0000 Description: No operation. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode No-Opera tion No-Opera tion No-Operat ion Example NOP OPTION Load Option Register Syntax: [ label ] OPTION Operands: None Operation: (W) → OPTION Status Affected: None Encoding: 00 0000 0110 0010 Description: The contents of the W register are loaded in the OPTION register. This instruction is supported for code com- patibility with PIC16C5X products. Since OPTION is a readable/writable register, the user can directly address it. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example To maintain upward compatibility with future PIC16CXX products, do not use this instruction. RETFIE Return from Interrupt Syntax: [ label ] RETFIE Operands: None Operation: TOS → PC, 1 → GIE Status Affected: None Encoding: 00 0000 0000 1001 Description: Return from Interrupt. Stack is POPed and Top of Stack (TOS) is loaded in the PC. Interrupts are enabled by setting Global Interrupt Enable bit, GIE (INTCON<7>). This is a two cycle instruction. Words: 1 Cycles: 2 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 1st Cycle Decode No-Opera tion Set the GIE bit Pop from the Stack 2nd Cycle No-Operat ion No-Opera tion No-Opera tion No-Operat ion Example RETFIE After Interrupt PC = TOS GIE = 1
  • 64. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 64  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. RETLW Return with Literal in W Syntax: [ label ] RETLW k Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Operation: k → (W); TOS → PC Status Affected: None Encoding: 11 01xx kkkk kkkk Description: The W register is loaded with the eight bit literal 'k'. The program counter is loaded from the top of the stack (the return address). This is a two cycle instruction. Words: 1 Cycles: 2 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 1st Cycle Decode Read literal 'k' No-Opera tion WritetoW, Pop from the Stack 2nd Cycle No-Operat ion No-Opera tion No-Opera tion No-Operat ion Example TABLE CALL TABLE ;W contains table ;offset value • ;W now has table value • • ADDWF PC ;W = offset RETLW k1 ;Begin table RETLW k2 ; • • • RETLW kn ; End of table Before Instruction W = 0x07 After Instruction W = value of k8 RETURN Return from Subroutine Syntax: [ label ] RETURN Operands: None Operation: TOS → PC Status Affected: None Encoding: 00 0000 0000 1000 Description: Return from subroutine. The stack is POPed and the top of the stack (TOS) is loaded into the program counter.This is a two cycle instruction. Words: 1 Cycles: 2 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 1st Cycle Decode No-Opera tion No-Opera tion Pop from the Stack 2nd Cycle No-Operat ion No-Opera tion No-Opera tion No-Opera tion Example RETURN After Interrupt PC = TOS
  • 65. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 65 RLF Rotate Left f through Carry Syntax: [ label ] RLF f,d Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: See description below Status Affected: C Encoding: 00 1101 dfff ffff Description: The contents of register 'f' are rotated one bit to the left through the Carry Flag. If 'd' is 0 the result is placed in the W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is stored back in register 'f'. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode Read register 'f' Process data Write to destination Example RLF REG1,0 Before Instruction REG1 = 1110 0110 C = 0 After Instruction REG1 = 1110 0110 W = 1100 1100 C = 1 Register f C RRF Rotate Right f through Carry Syntax: [ label ] RRF f,d Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: See description below Status Affected: C Encoding: 00 1100 dfff ffff Description: The contents of register 'f' are rotated one bit to the right through the Carry Flag. If 'd' is 0 the result is placed in the W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is placed back in register 'f'. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode Read register 'f' Process data Write to destination Example RRF REG1,0 Before Instruction REG1 = 1110 0110 C = 0 After Instruction REG1 = 1110 0110 W = 0111 0011 C = 0 Register f C
  • 66. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 66  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. SLEEP Syntax: [ label ] SLEEP Operands: None Operation: 00h → WDT, 0 → WDT prescaler, 1 → TO, 0 → PD Status Affected: TO, PD Encoding: 00 0000 0110 0011 Description: The power-down status bit, PD is cleared. Time-out status bit, TO is set.Watchdog Timer and its prescaler are cleared. The processor is put into SLEEP mode with the oscillator stopped. See Section 14.8 for more details. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode No-Opera tion No-Opera tion Go to Sleep Example: SLEEP SUBLW Subtract W from Literal Syntax: [ label ] SUBLW k Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Operation: k - (W) → (W) Status Affected: C, DC, Z Encoding: 11 110x kkkk kkkk Description: The W register is subtracted (2’s comple- ment method) from the eight bit literal 'k'. The result is placed in the W register. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode Read literal 'k' Process data Write to W Example 1: SUBLW 0x02 Before Instruction W = 1 C = ? Z = ? After Instruction W = 1 C = 1; result is positive Z = 0 Example 2: Before Instruction W = 2 C = ? Z = ? After Instruction W = 0 C = 1; result is zero Z = 1 Example 3: Before Instruction W = 3 C = ? Z = ? After Instruction W = 0xFF C = 0; result is nega- tive Z = 0
  • 67. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 67 SUBWF Subtract W from f Syntax: [ label ] SUBWF f,d Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (f) - (W) → (destination) Status Affected: C, DC, Z Encoding: 00 0010 dfff ffff Description: Subtract (2’s complement method) W reg- ister from register 'f'. If 'd' is 0 the result is stored in the W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is stored back in register 'f'. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode Read register 'f' Process data Write to destination Example 1: SUBWF REG1,1 Before Instruction REG1 = 3 W = 2 C = ? Z = ? After Instruction REG1 = 1 W = 2 C = 1; result is positive Z = 0 Example 2: Before Instruction REG1 = 2 W = 2 C = ? Z = ? After Instruction REG1 = 0 W = 2 C = 1; result is zero Z = 1 Example 3: Before Instruction REG1 = 1 W = 2 C = ? Z = ? After Instruction REG1 = 0xFF W = 2 C = 0; result is negative Z = 0 SWAPF Swap Nibbles in f Syntax: [ label ] SWAPF f,d Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (f<3:0>) → (destination<7:4>), (f<7:4>) → (destination<3:0>) Status Affected: None Encoding: 00 1110 dfff ffff Description: The upper and lower nibbles of register 'f' are exchanged. If 'd' is 0 the result is placed in W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is placed in register 'f'. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode Read register 'f' Process data Write to destination Example SWAPF REG, 0 Before Instruction REG1 = 0xA5 After Instruction REG1 = 0xA5 W = 0x5A TRIS Load TRIS Register Syntax: [label] TRIS f Operands: 5 ≤ f ≤ 7 Operation: (W) → TRIS register f; Status Affected: None Encoding: 00 0000 0110 0fff Description: The instruction is supported for code compatibility with the PIC16C5X prod- ucts. Since TRIS registers are read- able and writable, the user can directly address them. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example To maintain upward compatibility with future PIC16CXX products, do not use this instruction.
  • 68. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 68  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. XORLW Exclusive OR Literal with W Syntax: [label] XORLW k Operands: 0 ≤ k ≤ 255 Operation: (W) .XOR. k → (W) Status Affected: Z Encoding: 11 1010 kkkk kkkk Description: The contents of the W register are XOR’ed with the eight bit literal 'k'. The result is placed in the W regis- ter. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode Read literal 'k' Process data Write to W Example: XORLW 0xAF Before Instruction W = 0xB5 After Instruction W = 0x1A XORWF Exclusive OR W with f Syntax: [label] XORWF f,d Operands: 0 ≤ f ≤ 127 d ∈ [0,1] Operation: (W) .XOR. (f) → (destination) Status Affected: Z Encoding: 00 0110 dfff ffff Description: Exclusive OR the contents of the W register with register 'f'. If 'd' is 0 the result is stored in the W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is stored back in register 'f'. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Q Cycle Activity: Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Decode Read register 'f' Process data Write to destination Example XORWF REG 1 Before Instruction REG = 0xAF W = 0xB5 After Instruction REG = 0x1A W = 0xB5
  • 69. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 69 10.0 DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT 10.1 Development Tools The PICmicrο microcontrollers are supported with a full range of hardware and software development tools: • PICMASTER/PICMASTER CE Real-Time In-Circuit Emulator • ICEPIC Low-Cost PIC16C5X and PIC16CXXX In-Circuit Emulator • PRO MATE II Universal Programmer • PICSTART Plus Entry-Level Prototype Programmer • PICDEM-1 Low-Cost Demonstration Board • PICDEM-2 Low-Cost Demonstration Board • PICDEM-3 Low-Cost Demonstration Board • MPASM Assembler • MPLAB SIM Software Simulator • MPLAB-C17 (C Compiler) • Fuzzy Logic Development System (fuzzyTECH−MP) 10.2 PICMASTER: High Performance Universal In-Circuit Emulator with MPLAB IDE The PICMASTER Universal In-Circuit Emulator is intended to provide the product development engineer with a complete microcontroller design tool set for all microcontrollers in the PIC14C000, PIC12CXXX, PIC16C5X, PIC16CXXX and PIC17CXX families. PICMASTER is supplied with the MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE), which allows editing, “make” and download, and source debugging from a single environment. Interchangeable target probes allow the system to be easily reconfigured for emulation of different proces- sors. The universal architecture of the PICMASTER allows expansion to support all new Microchip micro- controllers. The PICMASTER Emulator System has been designed as a real-time emulation system with advanced features that are generally found on more expensive development tools. The PC compatible 386 (and higher) machine platform and Microsoft Windows 3.x environment were chosen to best make these fea- tures available to you, the end user. A CE compliant version of PICMASTER is available for European Union (EU) countries. 10.3 ICEPIC: Low-Cost PICmicro™ In-Circuit Emulator ICEPIC is a low-cost in-circuit emulator solution for the Microchip PIC12CXXX, PIC16C5X and PIC16CXXX families of 8-bit OTP microcontrollers. ICEPIC is designed to operate on PC-compatible machines ranging from 286-AT through Pentium based machines under Windows 3.x environment. ICEPIC features real time, non-intrusive emulation. 10.4 PRO MATE II: Universal Programmer The PRO MATE II Universal Programmer is a full-fea- tured programmer capable of operating in stand-alone mode as well as PC-hosted mode. PRO MATE II is CE compliant. The PRO MATE II has programmable VDD and VPP supplies which allows it to verify programmed memory at VDD min and VDD max for maximum reliability. It has an LCD display for displaying error messages, keys to enter commands and a modular detachable socket assembly to support various package types. In stand- alone mode the PRO MATE II can read, verify or pro- gram PIC12CXXX, PIC14C000, PIC16C5X, PIC16CXXX and PIC17CXX devices. It can also set configuration and code-protect bits in this mode. 10.5 PICSTART Plus Entry Level Development System The PICSTART programmer is an easy-to-use, low-cost prototype programmer. It connects to the PC via one of the COM (RS-232) ports. MPLAB Integrated Development Environment software makes using the programmer simple and efficient. PICSTART Plus is not recommended for production programming. PICSTART Plus supports all PIC12CXXX, PIC14C000, PIC16C5X, PIC16CXXX and PIC17CXX devices with up to 40 pins. Larger pin count devices such as the PIC16C923, PIC16C924 and PIC17C756 may be sup- ported with an adapter socket. PICSTART Plus is CE compliant.
  • 70. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 70  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. 10.6 PICDEM-1 Low-Cost PICmicro Demonstration Board The PICDEM-1 is a simple board which demonstrates the capabilities of several of Microchip’s microcontrol- lers. The microcontrollers supported are: PIC16C5X (PIC16C54 to PIC16C58A), PIC16C61, PIC16C62X, PIC16C71, PIC16C8X, PIC17C42, PIC17C43 and PIC17C44. All necessary hardware and software is included to run basic demo programs. The users can program the sample microcontrollers provided with the PICDEM-1 board, on a PRO MATE II or PICSTART-Plus programmer, and easily test firm- ware. The user can also connect the PICDEM-1 board to the PICMASTER emulator and download the firmware to the emulator for testing. Additional pro- totype area is available for the user to build some addi- tional hardware and connect it to the microcontroller socket(s). Some of the features include an RS-232 interface, a potentiometer for simulated analog input, push-button switches and eight LEDs connected to PORTB. 10.7 PICDEM-2 Low-Cost PIC16CXX Demonstration Board The PICDEM-2 is a simple demonstration board that supports the PIC16C62, PIC16C64, PIC16C65, PIC16C73 and PIC16C74 microcontrollers. All the necessary hardware and software is included to run the basic demonstration programs. The user can program the sample microcontrollers provided with the PICDEM-2 board, on a PRO MATE II pro- grammer or PICSTART-Plus, and easily test firmware. The PICMASTER emulator may also be used with the PICDEM-2 board to test firmware. Additional prototype area has been provided to the user for adding addi- tional hardware and connecting it to the microcontroller socket(s). Some of the features include a RS-232 inter- face, push-button switches, a potentiometer for simu- lated analog input, a Serial EEPROM to demonstrate usage of the I2C bus and separate headers for connec- tion to an LCD module and a keypad. 10.8 PICDEM-3 Low-Cost PIC16CXXX Demonstration Board The PICDEM-3 is a simple demonstration board that supports the PIC16C923 and PIC16C924 in the PLCC package. It will also support future 44-pin PLCC microcontrollers with a LCD Module. All the neces- sary hardware and software is included to run the basic demonstration programs. The user can pro- gram the sample microcontrollers provided with the PICDEM-3 board, on a PRO MATE II program- mer or PICSTART Plus with an adapter socket, and easily test firmware. The PICMASTER emulator may also be used with the PICDEM-3 board to test firm- ware. Additional prototype area has been provided to the user for adding hardware and connecting it to the microcontroller socket(s). Some of the features include an RS-232 interface, push-button switches, a potenti- ometer for simulated analog input, a thermistor and separate headers for connection to an external LCD module and a keypad. Also provided on the PICDEM-3 board is an LCD panel, with 4 commons and 12 seg- ments, that is capable of displaying time, temperature and day of the week. The PICDEM-3 provides an addi- tional RS-232 interface and Windows 3.1 software for showing the demultiplexed LCD signals on a PC. A sim- ple serial interface allows the user to construct a hard- ware demultiplexer for the LCD signals. 10.9 MPLAB™ Integrated Development Environment Software The MPLAB IDE Software brings an ease of software development previously unseen in the 8-bit microcon- troller market. MPLAB is a windows based application which contains: • A full featured editor • Three operating modes - editor - emulator - simulator • A project manager • Customizable tool bar and key mapping • A status bar with project information • Extensive on-line help MPLAB allows you to: • Edit your source files (either assembly or ‘C’) • One touch assemble (or compile) and download to PICmicro tools (automatically updates all project information) • Debug using: - source files - absolute listing file • Transfer data dynamically via DDE (soon to be replaced by OLE) • Run up to four emulators on the same PC The ability to use MPLAB with Microchip’s simulator allows a consistent platform and the ability to easily switch from the low cost simulator to the full featured emulator with minimal retraining due to development tools. 10.10 Assembler (MPASM) The MPASM Universal Macro Assembler is a PC-hosted symbolic assembler. It supports all micro- controller series including the PIC12C5XX, PIC14000, PIC16C5X, PIC16CXXX, and PIC17CXX families. MPASM offers full featured Macro capabilities, condi- tional assembly, and several source and listing formats. It generates various object code formats to support Microchip's development tools as well as third party programmers. MPASM allows full symbolic debugging from PICMASTER, Microchip’s Universal Emulator System.
  • 71. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 71 MPASM has the following features to assist in develop- ing software for specific use applications. • Provides translation of Assembler source code to object code for all Microchip microcontrollers. • Macro assembly capability. • Produces all the files (Object, Listing, Symbol, and special) required for symbolic debug with Microchip’s emulator systems. • Supports Hex (default), Decimal and Octal source and listing formats. MPASM provides a rich directive language to support programming of the PICmicro. Directives are helpful in making the development of your assemble source code shorter and more maintainable. 10.11 Software Simulator (MPLAB-SIM) The MPLAB-SIM Software Simulator allows code development in a PC host environment. It allows the user to simulate the PICmicro series microcontrollers on an instruction level. On any given instruction, the user may examine or modify any of the data areas or provide external stimulus to any of the pins. The input/output radix can be set by the user and the exe- cution can be performed in; single step, execute until break, or in a trace mode. MPLAB-SIM fully supports symbolic debugging using MPLAB-C and MPASM. The Software Simulator offers the low cost flexibility to develop and debug code out- side of the laboratory environment making it an excel- lent multi-project software development tool. 10.12 C Compiler (MPLAB-C17) The MPLAB-C Code Development System is a complete ‘C’ compiler and integrated development environment for Microchip’s PIC17CXXX family of microcontrollers. The compiler provides powerful inte- gration capabilities and ease of use not found with other compilers. For easier source level debugging, the compiler pro- vides symbol information that is compatible with the MPLAB IDE memory display. 10.13 Fuzzy Logic Development System (fuzzyTECH-MP) fuzzyTECH-MP fuzzy logic development tool is avail- able in two versions - a low cost introductory version, MP Explorer, for designers to gain a comprehensive working knowledge of fuzzy logic system design; and a full-featured version, fuzzyTECH-MP, Edition for imple- menting more complex systems. Both versions include Microchip’s fuzzyLAB demon- stration board for hands-on experience with fuzzy logic systems implementation. 10.14 MP-DriveWay – Application Code Generator MP-DriveWay is an easy-to-use Windows-based Appli- cation Code Generator. With MP-DriveWay you can visually configure all the peripherals in a PICmicro device and, with a click of the mouse, generate all the initialization and many functional code modules in C language. The output is fully compatible with Micro- chip’s MPLAB-C C compiler. The code produced is highly modular and allows easy integration of your own code. MP-DriveWay is intelligent enough to maintain your code through subsequent code generation. 10.15 SEEVAL Evaluation and Programming System The SEEVAL SEEPROM Designer’s Kit supports all Microchip 2-wire and 3-wire Serial EEPROMs. The kit includes everything necessary to read, write, erase or program special features of any Microchip SEEPROM product including Smart Serials and secure serials. The Total Endurance Disk is included to aid in trade-off analysis and reliability calculations. The total kit can significantly reduce time-to-market and result in an optimized system. 10.16 KEELOQ Evaluation and Programming Tools KEELOQ evaluation and programming tools support Microchips HCS Secure Data Products.The HCS eval- uation kit includes an LCD display to show changing codes, a decoder to decode transmissions, and a pro- gramming interface to program test transmitters.
  • 72. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 72  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 10-1: DEVELOPMENT TOOLS FROM MICROCHIP PIC12C5XX PIC14000 PIC16C5X PIC16CXXX PIC16C6X PIC16C7XX PIC16C8X PIC16C9XX PIC17C4X PIC17C75X 24CXX 25CXX 93CXX HCS200 HCS300 HCS301 Emulator Products PICMASTER / PICMASTER-CE In-Circuit Emulator ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ICEPIC Low-Cost In-Circuit Emulator ü ü ü ü ü ü ü Software Tools MPLAB Integrated Development Environment ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü MPLAB C17 Compiler ü ü fuzzyTECH -MP Explorer/Edition Fuzzy Logic Dev. Tool ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü MP-DriveWay Applications Code Generator ü ü ü ü ü ü ü Total Endurance Software Model ü Programmers PICSTART Plus Low-Cost Universal Dev. Kit ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü PRO MATE II Universal Programmer ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü KEELOQ Programmer ü Demo Boards SEEVAL Designers Kit ü PICDEM-1 ü ü ü ü PICDEM-2 ü ü PICDEM-3 ü KEELOQ Evaluation Kit ü
  • 73. PIC16F83/84 PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 73 10.0 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS FOR PIC16F83 AND PIC16F84 Absolute Maximum Ratings † Ambient temperature under bias.............................................................................................................-55°C to +125°C Storage temperature .............................................................................................................................. -65°C to +150°C Voltage on VDD with respect to VSS .......................................................................................................... -0.3 to +7.5V Voltage on MCLR with respect to VSS(2) ...................................................................................................... -0.3 to +14V Voltage on any pin with respect to VSS (except VDD and MCLR)....................................................-0.6V to (VDD + 0.6V) Total power dissipation(1) .....................................................................................................................................800 mW Maximum current out of VSS pin ...........................................................................................................................150 mA Maximum current into VDD pin ..............................................................................................................................100 mA Input clamp current, IIK (VI < 0 or VI > VDD).....................................................................................................................± 20 mA Output clamp current, IOK (VO < 0 or VO > VDD).............................................................................................................± 20 mA Maximum output current sunk by any I/O pin..........................................................................................................25 mA Maximum output current sourced by any I/O pin ....................................................................................................20 mA Maximum current sunk by PORTA ..........................................................................................................................80 mA Maximum current sourced by PORTA.....................................................................................................................50 mA Maximum current sunk by PORTB........................................................................................................................150 mA Maximum current sourced by PORTB...................................................................................................................100 mA Note 1: Power dissipation is calculated as follows: Pdis = VDD x {IDD - ∑ IOH} + ∑ {(VDD-VOH) x IOH} + ∑(VOl x IOL) Note 2: Voltage spikes below VSS at the MCLR pin, inducing currents greater than 80 mA, may cause latch-up. Thus, a series resistor of 50-100Ω should be used when applying a “low” level to the MCLR pin rather than pulling this pin directly to VSS. † NOTICE: Stresses above those listed under “Absolute Maximum Ratings” may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions above those indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied. Exposure to maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.
  • 74. PIC16F8X PIC16F83/84 DS30430C-page 74  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 10-1 CROSS REFERENCE OF DEVICE SPECS FOR OSCILLATOR CONFIGURATIONS AND FREQUENCIES OF OPERATION (COMMERCIAL DEVICES) OSC PIC16F84-04 PIC16F83-04 PIC16F84-10 PIC16F83-10 PIC16LF84-04 PIC16LF83-04 RC VDD: 4.0V to 6.0V IDD: 4.5 mA max. at 5.5V IPD: 14 µA max. at 4V WDT dis Freq: 4.0 MHz max. VDD: 4.5V to 5.5V IDD: 1.8 mA typ. at 5.5V IPD: 1.0 µA typ. at 5.5V WDT dis Freq: 4..0 MHz max. VDD: 2.0V to 6.0V IDD: 4.5 mA max. at 5.5V IPD: 7.0 µA max. at 2V WDT dis Freq: 2.0 MHz max. XT VDD: 4.0V to 6.0V IDD: 4.5 mA max. at 5.5V IPD: 14 µA max. at 4V WDT dis Freq: 4.0 MHz max. VDD: 4.5V to 5.5V IDD: 1.8 mA typ. at 5.5V IPD: 1.0 µA typ. at 5.5V WDT dis Freq: 4.0 MHz max. VDD: 2.0V to 6.0V IDD: 4.5 mA max. at 5.5V IPD: 7.0 µA max. at 2V WDT dis Freq: 2.0 MHz max. HS VDD: 4.5V to 5.5V VDD: 4.5V to 5.5V Do not use in HS mode IDD: 4.5 mA typ. at 5.5V IDD: 10 mA max. at 5.5V typ. IPD: 1.0 µA typ. at 4.5V WDT dis IPD: 1.0 µA typ. at 4.5V WDT dis Freq: 4.0 MHz max. Freq: 10 MHz max. LP VDD: 4.0V to 6.0V IDD: 48 µA typ. at 32 kHz, 2.0V IPD: 0.6 µA typ. at 3.0V WDT dis Freq: 200 kHz max. Do not use in LP mode VDD: 2.0V to 6.0V IDD: 45 µA max. at 32 kHz, 2.0V IPD: 7 µA max. at 2.0V WDT dis Freq: 200 kHz max. The shaded sections indicate oscillator selections which are tested for functionality, but not for MIN/MAX specifica- tions. It is recommended that the user select the device type that ensures the specifications required.
  • 75. PIC16F83/84 PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 75 10.1 DC CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16F84, PIC16F83 (Commercial, Industrial) DC Characteristics Power Supply Pins Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature 0°C ≤ TA ≤ +70°C (commercial) -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C (industrial) Parameter No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions D001 D001A VDD Supply Voltage 4.0 4.5 — — 6.0 5.5 V V XT, RC and LP osc configuration HS osc configuration D002 VDR RAM Data Retention Voltage(1) 1.5* — — V Device in SLEEP mode D003 VPOR VDD start voltage to ensure internal Power-on Reset signal — VSS — V See section on Power-on Reset for details D004 SVDD VDD rise rate to ensure internal Power-on Reset signal 0.05* — — V/ms See section on Power-on Reset for details D010 D010A D013 IDD Supply Current(2) — — — 1.8 7.3 5 4.5 10 10 mA mA mA RC and XT osc configuration(4) FOSC = 4.0 MHz, VDD = 5.5V FOSC = 4.0 MHz, VDD = 5.5V (During Flash programming) HS osc configuration (PIC16F84-10) FOSC = 10 MHz, VDD = 5.5V D020 D021 D021A IPD Power-down Current(3) — — — 7.0 1.0 1.0 28 14 16 µA µA µA VDD = 4.0V, WDT enabled, industrial VDD = 4.0V, WDT disabled, commercial VDD = 4.0V, WDT disabled, industrial * These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in "Typ" column is at 5.0V, 25˚C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered in SLEEP mode without losing RAM data. 2: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors such as I/O pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern, and temperature also have an impact on the current consumption. The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are: OSC1=external square wave, from rail to rail; all I/O pins tristated, pulled to VDD, T0CKI = VDD, MCLR = VDD; WDT enabled/disabled as specified. 3: The power down current in SLEEP mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is measured with the part in SLEEP mode, with all I/O pins in hi-impedance state and tied to VDD and VSS. 4: For RC osc configuration, current through Rext is not included. The current through the resistor can be esti- mated by the formula IR = VDD/2Rext (mA) with Rext in kOhm.
  • 76. PIC16F8X PIC16F83/84 DS30430C-page 76  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. 10.2 DC CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16LF84, PIC16LF83 (Commercial, Industrial) DC Characteristics Power Supply Pins Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature 0°C ≤ TA ≤ +70°C (commercial) -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C (industrial) Parameter No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions D001 VDD Supply Voltage 2.0 — 6.0 V XT, RC, and LP osc configuration D002 VDR RAM Data Retention Voltage(1) 1.5* — — V Device in SLEEP mode D003 VPOR VDD start voltage to ensure internal Power-on Reset signal — VSS — V See section on Power-on Reset for details D004 SVDD VDD rise rate to ensure internal Power-on Reset signal 0.05* — — V/ms See section on Power-on Reset for details D010 D010A D014 IDD Supply Current(2) — — — 1 7.3 15 4 10 45 mA mA µA RC and XT osc configuration(4) FOSC = 2.0 MHz, VDD = 5.5V FOSC = 2.0 MHz, VDD = 5.5V (During Flash programming) LP osc configuration FOSC = 32 kHz, VDD = 2.0V, WDT disabled D020 D021 D021A IPD Power-down Current(3) — — — 3.0 0.4 0.4 16 7.0 9.0 µA µA µA VDD = 2.0V, WDT enabled, industrial VDD = 2.0V, WDT disabled, commercial VDD = 2.0V, WDT disabled, industrial * These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in "Typ" column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered in SLEEP mode without losing RAM data. 2: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors such as I/O pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern, and temperature also have an impact on the current consumption. The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are: OSC1=external square wave, from rail to rail; all I/O pins tristated, pulled to VDD, T0CKI = VDD, MCLR = VDD; WDT enabled/disabled as specified. 3: The power down current in SLEEP mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is measured with the part in SLEEP mode, with all I/O pins in hi-impedance state and tied to VDD and VSS. 4: For RC osc configuration, current through Rext is not included. The current through the resistor can be estimated by the formula IR = VDD/2Rext (mA) with Rext in kOhm.
  • 77. PIC16F83/84 PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 77 10.3 DC CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16F84, PIC16F83 (Commercial, Industrial) PIC16LF84, PIC16LF83 (Commercial, Industrial) DC Characteristics All Pins Except Power Supply Pins Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature 0°C ≤ TA ≤ +70°C (commercial) -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C (industrial) Operating voltage VDD range as described in DC spec Section 10.1 and Section 10.2. Parame- ter No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions Input Low Voltage VIL I/O ports D030 with TTL buffer VSS — 0.8 V 4.5 V ≤ VDD ≤ 5.5 V(4) D030A VSS — 0.16VDD V entire range(4) D031 with Schmitt Trigger buffer VSS — 0.2VDD V entire range D032 MCLR, RA4/T0CKI Vss — 0.2VDD V D033 OSC1 (XT, HS and LP modes)(1) Vss — 0.3VDD V D034 OSC1 (RC mode) Vss — 0.1VDD V Input High Voltage VIH I/O ports — D040 D040A with TTL buffer 2.4 0.48VDD — — VDD VDD V V 4.5 V ≤ VDD ≤ 5.5V(4) entire range(4) D041 with Schmitt Trigger buffer 0.45VDD — VDD entire range D042 MCLR, RA4/T0CKI, OSC1 (RC mode) 0.85 VDD — VDD V D043 OSC1 (XT, HS and LP modes)(1) 0.7 VDD — VDD V D050 VHYS Hysteresis of Schmitt Trigger inputs TBD — — V D070 IPURB PORTB weak pull-up current 50* 250* 400* µA VDD = 5.0V, VPIN = VSS Input Leakage Current(2,3) D060 IIL I/O ports — — ±1 µA Vss ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD, Pin at hi-impedance D061 MCLR, RA4/T0CKI — — ±5 µA Vss ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD D063 OSC1 — — ±5 µA Vss ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD, XT, HS and LP osc configuration Output Low Voltage D080 VOL I/O ports — — 0.6 V IOL = 8.5 mA, VDD = 4.5V D083 OSC2/CLKOUT — — 0.6 V IOL = 1.6 mA, VDD = 4.5V Output High Voltage D090 VOH I/O ports(3) VDD-0.7 — — V IOH = -3.0 mA, VDD = 4.5V D092 OSC2/CLKOUT VDD-0.7 — — V IOH = -1.3 mA, VDD = 4.5V * These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in “Typ” column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: In RC oscillator configuration, the OSC1 pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. Do not drive the PIC16F8X with an external clock while the device is in RC mode, or chip damage may result. 2: The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified lev- els represent normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input volt- ages. 3: Negative current is defined as coming out of the pin. 4: The user may choose the better of the two specs.
  • 78. PIC16F8X PIC16F83/84 DS30430C-page 78  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. 10.4 DC CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16F84, PIC16F83 (Commercial, Industrial) PIC16LF84, PIC16F83 (Commercial, Industrial) DC Characteristics All Pins Except Power Supply Pins Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature 0°C ≤ TA ≤ +70°C (commercial) -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C (industrial) Operating voltage VDD range as described in DC spec Section 10.1 and Section 10.2. Parameter No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions Capacitive Loading Specs on Output Pins D100 COSC2 OSC2 pin — — 15 pF In XT, HS and LP modes when external clock is used to drive OSC1. D101 CIO All I/O pins and OSC2 (RC mode) — — 50 pF Data EEPROM Memory D120 ED Endurance 1M 10M — E/W 25°C at 5V D121 VDRW VDD for read/write VMIN — 6.0 V VMIN = Minimum operating voltage D122 TDEW Erase/Write cycle time — 10 20* ms Program Flash Memory D130 EP Endurance 100 1000 — E/W D131 VPR VDD for read VMIN — 6.0 V VMIN = Minimum operating voltage D132 VPEW VDD for erase/write 4.5 — 5.5 V D133 TPEW Erase/Write cycle time — 10 — ms * These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in “Typ” column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested.
  • 79. PIC16F83/84 PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 79 TABLE 10-2 TIMING PARAMETER SYMBOLOGY The timing parameter symbols have been created fol- lowing one of the following formats: FIGURE 10-1: PARAMETER MEASUREMENT INFORMATION All timings are measure between high and low mea- surement points as indicated in the figures below. FIGURE 10-2: LOAD CONDITIONS 1. TppS2ppS 2. TppS T F Frequency T Time Lowercase symbols (pp) and their meanings: pp 2 to os,osc OSC1 ck CLKOUT ost oscillator start-up timer cy cycle time pwrt power-up timer io I/O port rbt RBx pins inp INT pin t0 T0CKI mc MCLR wdt watchdog timer Uppercase symbols and their meanings: S F Fall P Period H High R Rise I Invalid (Hi-impedance) V Valid L Low Z High Impedance 0.9 VDD (High) 0.1 VDD (Low) 0.8 VDD RC 0.3 VDD XTAL OSC1 Measurement Points I/O Port Measurement Points 0.15 VDD RC 0.7 VDD XTAL (High) (Low) Load Condition 1 Load Condition 2 Pin RL CL VSS VDD/2 VSS CL Pin RL = 464Ω CL = 50 pF for all pins except OSC2. 15 pF for OSC2 output.
  • 80. PIC16F8X PIC16F83/84 DS30430C-page 80  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. 10.5 Timing Diagrams and Specifications FIGURE 10-3: EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING OSC1 CLKOUT Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 1 3 3 4 4 2 TABLE 10-3 EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING REQUIREMENTS Parameter No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions FOSC External CLKIN Frequency(1) DC — 2 MHz XT, RC osc PIC16LF8X-04 DC — 4 MHz XT, RC osc PIC16F8X-04 DC — 10 MHz HS osc PIC16F8X-10 DC — 200 kHz LP osc PIC16LF8X-04 Oscillator Frequency(1) DC — 2 MHz RC osc PIC16LF8X-04 DC — 4 MHz RC osc PIC16F8X-04 0.1 — 2 MHz XT osc PIC16LF8X-04 0.1 — 4 MHz XT osc PIC16F8X-04 1.0 — 10 MHz HS osc PIC16F8X-10 DC — 200 kHz LP osc PIC16LF8X-04 1 Tosc External CLKIN Period(1) 500 — — ns XT, RC osc PIC16LF8X-04 250 — — ns XT, RC osc PIC16F8X-04 100 — — ns HS osc PIC16F8X-10 5.0 — — µs LP osc PIC16LF8X-04 Oscillator Period(1) 500 — — ns RC osc PIC16LF8X-04 250 — — ns RC osc PIC16F8X-04 500 — 10,000 ns XT osc PIC16LF8X-04 250 — 10,000 ns XT osc PIC16F8X-04 100 — 1,000 ns HS osc PIC16F8X-10 5.0 — — µs LP osc PIC16LF8X-04 2 TCY Instruction Cycle Time(1) 0.4 4/Fosc DC µs 3 TosL, TosH Clock in (OSC1) High or Low Time 60 * — — ns XT osc PIC16LF8X-04 50 * — — ns XT osc PIC16F8X-04 2.0 * — — µs LP osc PIC16LF8X-04 35 * — — ns HS osc PIC16F8X-10 4 TosR, TosF Clock in (OSC1) Rise or Fall Time 25 * — — ns XT osc PIC16F8X-04 50 * — — ns LP osc PIC16LF8X-04 15 * — — ns HS osc PIC16F8X-10 * These parameters are characterized but no tested. † Data in "Typ" column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: Instruction cycle period (TCY) equals four times the input oscillator time-base period. All specified values are based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions with the device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation and/or higher than expected current consumption. All devices are tested to operate at "min." values with an external clock applied to the OSC1 pin. When an external clock input is used, the "Max." cycle time limit is "DC" (no clock) for all devices.
  • 81. PIC16F83/84 PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 81 FIGURE 10-4: CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING TABLE 10-4 CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING REQUIREMENTS Parameter No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions 10 TosH2ckL OSC1↑ to CLKOUT↓ PIC16F8X — 15 30 * ns Note 1 10A PIC16LF8X — 15 120 * ns Note 1 11 TosH2ckH OSC1↑ to CLKOUT↑ PIC16F8X — 15 30 * ns Note 1 11A PIC16LF8X — 15 120 * ns Note 1 12 TckR CLKOUT rise time PIC16F8X — 15 30 * ns Note 1 12A PIC16LF8X — 15 100 * ns Note 1 13 TckF CLKOUT fall time PIC16F8X — 15 30 * ns Note 1 13A PIC16LF8X — 15 100 * ns Note 1 14 TckL2ioV CLKOUT ↓ to Port out valid — — 0.5TCY +20 * ns Note 1 15 TioV2ckH Port in valid before PIC16F8X 0.30TCY + 30 * — — ns Note 1 CLKOUT ↑ PIC16LF8X 0.30TCY + 80 * — — ns Note 1 16 TckH2ioI Port in hold after CLKOUT ↑ 0 * — — ns Note 1 17 TosH2ioV OSC1↑ (Q1 cycle) to PIC16F8X — — 125 * ns Port out valid PIC16LF8X — — 250 * ns 18 TosH2ioI OSC1↑ (Q2 cycle) to Port input invalid (I/O in hold time) PIC16F8X 10 * — — ns PIC16LF8X 10 * — — ns 19 TioV2osH Port input valid to OSC1↑ (I/O in setup time) PIC16F8X -75 * — — ns PIC16LF8X -175 * — — ns 20 TioR Port output rise time PIC16F8X — 10 35 * ns 20A PIC16LF8X — 10 70 * ns 21 TioF Port output fall time PIC16F8X — 10 35 * ns 21A PIC16LF8X — 10 70 * ns 22 Tinp INT pin high PIC16F8X 20 * — — ns 22A or low time PIC16LF8X 55 * — — ns 23 Trbp RB7:RB4 change INT PIC16F8X TOSC § — — ns 23A high or low time PIC16LF8X TOSC § — — ns * These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in "Typ" column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. § By design Note 1: Measurements are taken in RC Mode where CLKOUT output is 4 x TOSC. OSC1 CLKOUT I/O Pin (input) I/O Pin (output) Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 10 13 14 17 20, 21 22 23 19 18 15 11 12 16 old value new value Note: All tests must be done with specified capacitive loads (Figure 10-2) 50 pF on I/O pins and CLKOUT.
  • 82. PIC16F8X PIC16F83/84 DS30430C-page 82  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. FIGURE 10-5: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER AND POWER-UP TIMER TIMING TABLE 10-5 RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER AND POWER-UP TIMER REQUIREMENTS Parameter No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions 30 TmcL MCLR Pulse Width (low) 1000 * — — ns 2.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 6.0V 31 Twdt Watchdog Timer Time-out Period (No Prescaler) 7 * 18 33 * ms VDD = 5.0V 32 Tost Oscillation Start-up Timer Period 1024TOSC ms TOSC = OSC1 period 33 Tpwrt Power-up Timer Period 28 * 72 132 * ms VDD = 5.0V 34 TIOZ I/O Hi-impedance from MCLR Low or reset — — 100 * ns * These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in "Typ" column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. VDD MCLR Internal POR PWRT Time-out OSC Time-out Internal RESET Watchdog Timer RESET 33 32 30 31 34 I/O Pins 34
  • 83. PIC16F83/84 PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 83 FIGURE 10-6: TIMER0 CLOCK TIMINGS TABLE 10-6 TIMER0 CLOCK REQUIREMENTS Parameter No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions 40 Tt0H T0CKI High Pulse Width No Prescaler 0.5TCY + 20 * — — ns With Prescaler 50 * 30 * — — — — ns ns 2.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 3.0V 3.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 6.0V 41 Tt0L T0CKI Low Pulse Width No Prescaler 0.5TCY + 20 * — — ns With Prescaler 50 * 20 * — — — — ns ns 2.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 3.0V 3.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 6.0V 42 Tt0P T0CKI Period TCY + 40 * N — — ns N = prescale value (2, 4, ..., 256) * These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in "Typ" column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. RA4/T0CKI 40 41 42
  • 84. PIC16F8X PIC16F83/84 DS30430C-page 84  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. NOTES:
  • 85. PIC16CR83/84 PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 85 11.0 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS FOR PIC16CR83 AND PIC16CR84 Absolute Maximum Ratings † Ambient temperature under bias.............................................................................................................-55°C to +125°C Storage temperature .............................................................................................................................. -65°C to +150°C Voltage on VDD with respect to VSS .......................................................................................................... -0.3 to +7.5V Voltage on MCLR with respect to VSS(2) ...................................................................................................... -0.3 to +14V Voltage on any pin with respect to VSS (except VDD and MCLR)....................................................-0.6V to (VDD + 0.6V) Total power dissipation(1) .....................................................................................................................................800 mW Maximum current out of VSS pin ...........................................................................................................................150 mA Maximum current into VDD pin ..............................................................................................................................100 mA Input clamp current, IIK (VI < 0 or VI > VDD).....................................................................................................................± 20 mA Output clamp current, IOK (VO < 0 or VO > VDD).............................................................................................................± 20 mA Maximum output current sunk by any I/O pin..........................................................................................................25 mA Maximum output current sourced by any I/O pin ....................................................................................................20 mA Maximum current sunk by PORTA ..........................................................................................................................80 mA Maximum current sourced by PORTA.....................................................................................................................50 mA Maximum current sunk by PORTB........................................................................................................................150 mA Maximum current sourced by PORTB...................................................................................................................100 mA Note 1: Power dissipation is calculated as follows: Pdis = VDD x {IDD - ∑ IOH} + ∑ {(VDD-VOH) x IOH} + ∑(VOl x IOL) Note 2: Voltage spikes below VSS at the MCLR pin, inducing currents greater than 80 mA, may cause latch-up. Thus, a series resistor of 50-100Ω should be used when applying a “low” level to the MCLR pin rather than pulling this pin directly to VSS. † NOTICE: Stresses above those listed under “Absolute Maximum Ratings” may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions above those indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied. Exposure to maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.
  • 86. PIC16F8X PIC16CR83/84 DS30430C-page 86  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 11-1 CROSS REFERENCE OF DEVICE SPECS FOR OSCILLATOR CONFIGURATIONS AND FREQUENCIES OF OPERATION (COMMERCIAL DEVICES) OSC PIC16CR84-04 PIC16CR83-04 PIC16CR84-10 PIC16CR83-10 PIC16LCR84-04 PIC16LCR83-04 RC VDD: 4.0V to 6.0V IDD: 4.5 mA max. at 5.5V IPD: 14 µA max. at 4V WDT dis Freq: 4.0 MHz max. VDD: 4.5V to 5.5V IDD: 1.8 mA typ. at 5.5V IPD: 1.0 µA typ. at 5.5V WDT dis Freq: 4..0 MHz max. VDD: 2.0V to 6.0V IDD: 4.5 mA max. at 5.5V IPD: 5 µA max. at 2V WDT dis Freq: 2.0 MHz max. XT VDD: 4.0V to 6.0V IDD: 4.5 mA max. at 5.5V IPD: 14 µA max. at 4V WDT dis Freq: 4.0 MHz max. VDD: 4.5V to 5.5V IDD: 1.8 mA typ. at 5.5V IPD: 1.0 µA typ. at 5.5V WDT dis Freq: 4.0 MHz max. VDD: 2.0V to 6.0V IDD: 4.5 mA max. at 5.5V IPD: 5 µA max. at 2V WDT dis Freq: 2.0 MHz max. HS VDD: 4.5V to 5.5V VDD: 4.5V to 5.5V Do not use in HS mode IDD: 4.5 mA typ. at 5.5V IDD: 10 mA max. at 5.5V typ. IPD: 1.0 µA typ. at 4.5V WDT dis IPD: 1.0 µA typ. at 4.5V WDT dis Freq: 4.0 MHz max. Freq: 10 MHz max. LP VDD: 4.0V to 6.0V IDD: 48 µA typ. at 32 kHz, 2.0V IPD: 0.6 µA typ. at 3.0V WDT dis Freq: 200 kHz max. Do not use in LP mode VDD: 2.0V to 6.0V IDD: 45 µA max. at 32 kHz, 2.0V IPD: 5 µA max. at 2V WDT dis Freq: 200 kHz max. The shaded sections indicate oscillator selections which are tested for functionality, but not for MIN/MAX specifica- tions. It is recommended that the user select the device type that ensures the specifications required.
  • 87. PIC16CR83/84 PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 87 11.1 DC CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16CR84, PIC16CR83 (Commercial, Industrial) DC Characteristics Power Supply Pins Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature 0°C ≤ TA ≤ +70°C (commercial) -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C (industrial) Parameter No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions D001 D001A VDD Supply Voltage 4.0 4.5 — — 6.0 5.5 V V XT, RC and LP osc configuration HS osc configuration D002 VDR RAM Data Retention Voltage(1) 1.5* — — V Device in SLEEP mode D003 VPOR VDD start voltage to ensure internal Power-on Reset signal — VSS — V See section on Power-on Reset for details D004 SVDD VDD rise rate to ensure internal Power-on Reset signal 0.05* — — V/ms See section on Power-on Reset for details D010 D010A D013 IDD Supply Current(2) — — — 1.8 7.3 5 4.5 10 10 mA mA mA RC and XT osc configuration(4) FOSC = 4.0 MHz, VDD = 5.5V FOSC = 4.0 MHz, VDD = 5.5V (During EEPROM programming) HS OSC CONFIGURATION (PIC16CR84-10) FOSC = 10 MHz, VDD = 5.5V D020 D021 D021A IPD Power-down Current(3) — — — 7.0 1.0 1.0 28 14 16 µA µA µA VDD = 4.0V, WDT enabled, industrial VDD = 4.0V, WDT disabled, commercial VDD = 4.0V, WDT disabled, industrial * These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in "Typ" column is at 5.0V, 25˚C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered in SLEEP mode without losing RAM data. 2: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors such as I/O pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern, and temperature also have an impact on the current consumption. The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are: OSC1=external square wave, from rail to rail; all I/O pins tristated, pulled to VDD, T0CKI = VDD, MCLR = VDD; WDT enabled/disabled as specified. 3: The power down current in SLEEP mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is measured with the part in SLEEP mode, with all I/O pins in hi-impedance state and tied to VDD and VSS. 4: For RC osc configuration, current through Rext is not included. The current through the resistor can be esti- mated by the formula IR = VDD/2Rext (mA) with Rext in kOhm.
  • 88. PIC16F8X PIC16CR83/84 DS30430C-page 88  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. 11.2 DC CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16LCR84, PIC16LCR83 (Commercial, Industrial) DC Characteristics Power Supply Pins Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature 0°C ≤ TA ≤ +70°C (commercial) -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C (industrial) Parameter No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions D001 VDD Supply Voltage 2.0 — 6.0 V XT, RC, and LP osc configuration D002 VDR RAM Data Retention Voltage(1) 1.5* — — V Device in SLEEP mode D003 VPOR VDD start voltage to ensure internal Power-on Reset signal — VSS — V See section on Power-on Reset for details D004 SVDD VDD rise rate to ensure internal Power-on Reset signal 0.05* — — V/ms See section on Power-on Reset for details D010 D010A D014 IDD Supply Current(2) — — — 1 7.3 15 4 10 45 mA mA µA RC and XT osc configuration(4) FOSC = 2.0 MHz, VDD = 5.5V FOSC = 2.0 MHz, VDD = 5.5V (During EEPROM programming) LP osc configuration FOSC = 32 kHz, VDD = 2.0V, WDT disabled D020 D021 D021A IPD Power-down Current(3) — — — 3.0 0.4 0.4 16 5.0 6.0 µA µA µA VDD = 2.0V, WDT enabled, industrial VDD = 2.0V, WDT disabled, commercial VDD = 2.0V, WDT disabled, industrial * These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in "Typ" column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered in SLEEP mode without losing RAM data. 2: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors such as I/O pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern, and temperature also have an impact on the current consumption. The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are: OSC1=external square wave, from rail to rail; all I/O pins tristated, pulled to VDD, T0CKI = VDD, MCLR = VDD; WDT enabled/disabled as specified. 3: The power down current in SLEEP mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is measured with the part in SLEEP mode, with all I/O pins in hi-impedance state and tied to VDD and VSS. 4: For RC osc configuration, current through Rext is not included. The current through the resistor can be estimated by the formula IR = VDD/2Rext (mA) with Rext in kOhm.
  • 89. PIC16CR83/84 PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 89 11.3 DC CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16CR84, PIC16CR83 (Commercial, Industrial) PIC16LCR84, PIC16LCR83 (Commercial, Industrial) DC Characteristics All Pins Except Power Supply Pins Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature 0°C ≤ TA ≤ +70°C (commercial) -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C (industrial) Operating voltage VDD range as described in DC spec Section 11.1 and Section 11.2. Parame- ter No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions Input Low Voltage VIL I/O ports D030 with TTL buffer VSS — 0.8 V 4.5 V ≤ Vdd ≤ 5.5 V(4) D030A VSS — 0.16VDD V entire range(4) D031 with Schmitt Trigger buffer VSS — 0.2VDD V entire range D032 MCLR, RA4/T0CKI Vss — 0.2VDD V D033 OSC1 (XT, HS and LP modes)(1) Vss — 0.3VDD V D034 OSC1 (RC mode) Vss — 0.1VDD V Input High Voltage VIH I/O ports — D040 D040A with TTL buffer 2.4 0.48VDD — — VDD VDD V V 4.5 V ≤ VDD ≤ 5.5V(4) entire range(4) D041 with Schmitt Trigger buffer 0.45VDD — VDD entire range D042 MCLR, RA4/T0CKI, OSC1 (RC mode) 0.85 VDD — VDD V D043 OSC1 (XT, HS and LP modes)(1) 0.7 VDD — VDD V D050 VHYS Hysteresis of Schmitt Trigger inputs TBD — — V D070 IPURB PORTB weak pull-up current 50* 250* 400* µA VDD = 5.0V, VPIN = VSS Input Leakage Current(2,3) D060 IIL I/O ports — — ±1 µA Vss ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD, Pin at hi-impedance D061 MCLR, RA4/T0CKI — — ±5 µA Vss ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD D063 OSC1 — — ±5 µA Vss ≤ VPIN ≤ VDD, XT, HS and LP osc configuration Output Low Voltage D080 VOL I/O ports — — 0.6 V IOL = 8.5 mA, VDD = 4.5V D083 OSC2/CLKOUT — — 0.6 V IOL = 1.6 mA, VDD = 4.5V Output High Voltage D090 VOH I/O ports(3) VDD-0.7 — — V IOH = -3.0 mA, VDD = 4.5V D092 OSC2/CLKOUT VDD-0.7 — — V IOH = -1.3 mA, VDD = 4.5V * These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in “Typ” column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: In RC oscillator configuration, the OSC1 pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. Do not drive the PIC16CR8X with an external clock while the device is in RC mode, or chip damage may result. 2: The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified lev- els represent normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input volt- ages. 3: Negative current is defined as coming out of the pin. 4: The user may choose the better of the two specs.
  • 90. PIC16F8X PIC16CR83/84 DS30430C-page 90  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. 11.4 DC CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16CR84, PIC16CR83 (Commercial, Industrial) PIC16LCR84, PIC16LCR83 (Commercial, Industrial) DC Characteristics All Pins Except Power Supply Pins Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature 0°C ≤ TA ≤ +70°C (commercial) -40°C ≤ TA ≤ +85°C (industrial) Operating voltage VDD range as described in DC spec Section 11.1 and Section 11.2. Parameter No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions Capacitive Loading Specs on Output Pins D100 COSC2 OSC2 pin — — 15 pF In XT, HS and LP modes when external clock is used to drive OSC1. D101 CIO All I/O pins and OSC2 (RC mode) — — 50 pF Data EEPROM Memory D120 ED Endurance 1M 10M — E/W 25°C at 5V D121 VDRW VDD for read/write VMIN — 6.0 V VMIN = Minimum operating voltage D122 TDEW Erase/Write cycle time — 10 20* ms * These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in “Typ” column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested.
  • 91. PIC16CR83/84 PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 91 TABLE 11-2 TIMING PARAMETER SYMBOLOGY The timing parameter symbols have been created fol- lowing one of the following formats: FIGURE 11-1: PARAMETER MEASUREMENT INFORMATION All timings are measure between high and low mea- surement points as indicated in the figures below. FIGURE 11-2: LOAD CONDITIONS 1. TppS2ppS 2. TppS T F Frequency T Time Lowercase symbols (pp) and their meanings: pp 2 to os,osc OSC1 ck CLKOUT ost oscillator start-up timer cy cycle time pwrt power-up timer io I/O port rbt RBx pins inp INT pin t0 T0CKI mc MCLR wdt watchdog timer Uppercase symbols and their meanings: S F Fall P Period H High R Rise I Invalid (Hi-impedance) V Valid L Low Z High Impedance 0.9 VDD (High) 0.1 VDD (Low) 0.8 VDD RC 0.3 VDD XTAL OSC1 Measurement Points I/O Port Measurement Points 0.15 VDD RC 0.7 VDD XTAL (High) (Low) Load Condition 1 Load Condition 2 Pin RL CL VSS VDD/2 VSS CL Pin RL = 464Ω CL = 50 pF for all pins except OSC2. 15 pF for OSC2 output.
  • 92. PIC16F8X PIC16CR83/84 DS30430C-page 92  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. 11.5 Timing Diagrams and Specifications FIGURE 11-3: EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING OSC1 CLKOUT Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 1 3 3 4 4 2 TABLE 11-3 EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING REQUIREMENTS Parameter No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions FOSC External CLKIN Frequency(1) DC — 2 MHz XT, RC osc PIC16LCR8X-04 DC — 4 MHz XT, RC osc PIC16CR8X-04 DC — 10 MHz HS osc PIC16CR8X-10 DC — 200 kHz LP osc PIC16LCR8X-04 Oscillator Frequency(1) DC — 2 MHz RC osc PIC16LCR8X-04 DC — 4 MHz RC osc PIC16CR8X-04 0.1 — 2 MHz XT osc PIC16LCR8X-04 0.1 — 4 MHz XT osc PIC16CR8X-04 1.0 — 10 MHz HS osc PIC16CR8X-10 DC — 200 kHz LP osc PIC16LCR8X-04 1 Tosc External CLKIN Period(1) 500 — — ns XT, RC osc PIC16LCR8X-04 250 — — ns XT, RC osc PIC16CR8X-04 100 — — ns HS osc PIC16CR8X-10 5.0 — — µs LP osc PIC16LCR8X-04 Oscillator Period(1) 500 — — ns RC osc PIC16LCR8X-04 250 — — ns RC osc PIC16CR8X-04 500 — 10,000 ns XT osc PIC16LCR8X-04 250 — 10,000 ns XT osc PIC16CR8X-04 100 — 1,000 ns HS osc PIC16CR8X-10 5.0 — — µs LP osc PIC16LCR8X-04 2 TCY Instruction Cycle Time(1) 0.4 4/Fosc DC µs 3 TosL, TosH Clock in (OSC1) High or Low Time 60 * — — ns XT osc PIC16LCR8X-04 50 * — — ns XT osc PIC16CR8X-04 2.0 * — — µs LP osc PIC16LCR8X-04 35 * — — ns HS osc PIC16CR8X-10 4 TosR, TosF Clock in (OSC1) Rise or Fall Time 25 * — — ns XT osc PIC16CR8X-04 50 * — — ns LP osc PIC16LCR8X-04 15 * — — ns HS osc PIC16CR8X-10 * These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in "Typ" column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: Instruction cycle period (TCY) equals four times the input oscillator time base period. All specified values are based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions with the device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation and/or higher than expected current consumption. All devices are tested to operate at "min." values with an external clock applied to the OSC1 pin. When an external clock input is used, the "Max." cycle time limit is "DC" (no clock) for all devices.
  • 93. PIC16CR83/84 PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 93 FIGURE 11-4: CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING TABLE 11-4 CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING REQUIREMENTS Parameter No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions 10 TosH2ckL OSC1↑ to CLKOUT↓ PIC16CR8X — 15 30 * ns Note 1 10A PIC16LCR8X — 15 120 * ns Note 1 11 TosH2ckH OSC1↑ to CLKOUT↑ PIC16CR8X — 15 30 * ns Note 1 11A PIC16LCR8X — 15 120 * ns Note 1 12 TckR CLKOUT rise time PIC16CR8X — 15 30 * ns Note 1 12A PIC16LCR8X — 15 100 * ns Note 1 13 TckF CLKOUT fall time PIC16CR8X — 15 30 * ns Note 1 13A PIC16LCR8X — 15 100 * ns Note 1 14 TckL2ioV CLKOUT ↓ to Port out valid — — 0.5TCY +20 * ns Note 1 15 TioV2ckH Port in valid before PIC16CR8X 0.30TCY + 30 * — — ns Note 1 CLKOUT ↑ PIC16LCR8X 0.30TCY + 80 * — — ns Note 1 16 TckH2ioI Port in hold after CLKOUT ↑ 0 * — — ns Note 1 17 TosH2ioV OSC1↑ (Q1 cycle) to PIC16CR8X — — 125 * ns Port out valid PIC16LCR8X — — 250 * ns 18 TosH2ioI OSC1↑ (Q2 cycle) to Port input invalid (I/O in hold time) PIC16CR8X 10 * — — ns PIC16LCR8X 10 * — — ns 19 TioV2osH Port input valid to OSC1↑ (I/O in setup time) PIC16CR8X -75 * — — ns PIC16LCR8X -175 * — — ns 20 TioR Port output rise time PIC16CR8X — 10 35 * ns 20A PIC16LCR8X — 10 70 * ns 21 TioF Port output fall time PIC16CR8X — 10 35 * ns 21A PIC16LCR8X — 10 70 * ns 22 Tinp INT pin high PIC16CR8X 20 * — — ns 22A or low time PIC16LCR8X 55 * — — ns 23 Trbp RB7:RB4 change INT PIC16CR8X TOSC § — — ns 23A high or low time PIC16LCR8X TOSC § — — ns * These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in "Typ" column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. § By design Note 1: Measurements are taken in RC Mode where CLKOUT output is 4 x TOSC. OSC1 CLKOUT I/O Pin (input) I/O Pin (output) Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 10 13 14 17 20, 21 22 23 19 18 15 11 12 16 old value new value Note: All tests must be done with specified capacitive loads (Figure 11-2) 50 pF on I/O pins and CLKOUT.
  • 94. PIC16F8X PIC16CR83/84 DS30430C-page 94  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. FIGURE 11-5: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER AND POWER-UP TIMER TIMING TABLE 11-5 RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER AND POWER-UP TIMER REQUIREMENTS Parameter No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions 30 TmcL MCLR Pulse Width (low) 1000 * — — ns 2.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 6.0V 31 Twdt Watchdog Timer Time-out Period (No Prescaler) 7 * 18 33 * ms VDD = 5.0V 32 Tost Oscillation Start-up Timer Period 1024TOSC ms TOSC = OSC1 period 33 Tpwrt Power-up Timer Period 28 * 72 132 * ms VDD = 5.0V 34 TIOZ I/O Hi-impedance from MCLR Low or reset — — 100 * ns * These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in "Typ" column is at 5V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. VDD MCLR Internal POR PWRT Time-out OSC Time-out Internal RESET Watchdog Timer RESET 33 32 30 31 34 I/O Pins 34
  • 95. PIC16CR83/84 PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 95 FIGURE 11-6: TIMER0 CLOCK TIMINGS TABLE 11-6 TIMER0 CLOCK REQUIREMENTS Parameter No. Sym Characteristic Min Typ† Max Units Conditions 40 Tt0H T0CKI High Pulse Width No Prescaler 0.5TCY + 20 * — — ns With Prescaler 50 * 30 * — — — — ns ns 2.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 3.0V 3.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 6.0V 41 Tt0L T0CKI Low Pulse Width No Prescaler 0.5TCY + 20 * — — ns With Prescaler 50 * 20 * — — — — ns ns 2.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 3.0V 3.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 6.0V 42 Tt0P T0CKI Period TCY + 40 * N — — ns N = prescale value (2, 4, ..., 256) * These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in "Typ" column is at 5.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. RA4/T0CKI 40 41 42
  • 96. PIC16F8X PIC16CR83/84 DS30430C-page 96  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. NOTES:
  • 97. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 97 12.0 DC & AC CHARACTERISTICS GRAPHS/TABLES The graphs and tables provided in this section are for design guidance and are not tested or guaranteed. In some graphs or tables, the data presented are outside specified operating range (i.e., outside specified VDD range). This is for information only and devices are guaranteed to operate properly only within the specified range. The data presented in this section is a statistical summary of data collected on units from different lots over a period of time and matrix samples. 'Typical' represents the mean of the distribution at 25°C, while 'max' or 'min' represents (mean + 3σ) and (mean - 3σ) respectively, where σ is standard deviation. FIGURE 12-1: TYPICAL RC OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY vs.TEMPERATURE TABLE 12-1 RC OSCILLATOR FREQUENCIES* Cext Rext Average Fosc @ 5V, 25°C Part to Part Variation 20 pF 5 k 4.61 MHz ± 25% 10 k 2.66 MHz ± 24% 100 k 311 kHz ± 39% 100 pF 5 k 1.34 MHz ± 21% 10 k 756 kHz ± 18% 100 k 82.8 kHz ± 28% 300 pF 5 k 428 kHz ± 13% 10 k 243 kHz ± 13% 100 k 26.2 kHz ± 23% * Measured on DIP packages. The percentage variation indicated here is part-to-part variation due to normal process distribution. The variation indicated is ±3 standard deviation from average value for full VDD range. FOSC FOSC (25°C) 1.20 1.16 1.12 1.08 1.04 1.00 0.96 0.92 0.88 0.84 -40 -20 0 25 20 40 60 80 100 T(°C) Frequency normalized to +25°C VDD = 5.5 V VDD = 3.5 V Rext = 10 kΩ Cext = 100 pF 70 85
  • 98. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 98  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. FIGURE 12-2: TYPICAL RC OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY vs. VDD, CEXT = 20 PF 5.5 5.0 4.5 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 VDD (Volts) Fosc (MHz) R = 5k R = 10k R = 100k 2.5 Measured on DIP Packages, T = 25˚C 2.0
  • 99. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 99 FIGURE 12-3: TYPICAL RC OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY vs. VDD, CEXT = 100 PF FIGURE 12-4: TYPICAL RC OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY vs. VDD, CEXT = 300 PF 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0.0 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 VDD (Volts) Fosc (MHz) R = 5k R = 10k R = 100k 2.5 Measured on DIP Packages, T = 25˚C 2.0 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.0 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 VDD (Volts) F OSC (MHz) R = 5k R = 10k R = 100k 2.5 Measured on DIP Packages, T = 25˚C 2.0
  • 100. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 100  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. FIGURE 12-5: TYPICAL IPD vs. VDD, WATCHDOG DISABLED FIGURE 12-6: TYPICAL IPD vs. VDD, WATCHDOG ENABLED FIGURE 12-7: VTH (INPUT THRESHOLD VOLTAGE) OF I/O PINS vs. VDD 5.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.0 0.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 I PD (µA) VDD (Volts) T = 25°C 2.0 6.0 10 8 6 4 2 0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 I PD (µA) VDD (Volts) 1 3 5 7 9 T = 25°C 2.0 1.40 1.30 1.20 1.10 1.00 0.90 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 VDD (Volts) 0.80 0.70 5.5 6.0 Typ (+25°C) V TH (Volts) 2.0 Note: These input pins have TTL input buffers.
  • 101. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 101 FIGURE 12-8: VTH (INPUT THRESHOLD VOLTAGE) OF OSC1 INPUT (IN XT, HS, AND LP MODES) vs. VDD FIGURE 12-9: VIH, VIL OF MCLR,T0CKI AND OSC1 (IN RC MODE) vs. VDD 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.4 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 VDD (Volts) 1.2 1.0 5.5 6.0 Typ (+25°C) V TH (Volts) 2.6 2.8 3.0 2.0 Note: This input pin is CMOS input. 0.8 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 VDD (Volts) 0.5 0.0 5.5 6.0 V IH , V IL (Volts) 4.0 4.5 VIH typ +25°C Note: These input pins have Schmitt Trigger input buffers. 2.0 5.0 VIL typ +25°C
  • 102. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 102  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. FIGURE 12-10: TYPICAL IDD vs. FREQUENCY (RC MODE @20PF, 25°C) TYPICAL IDD vs FREQ (RC MODE @20pF) 2.0V 2.5V 3.0V 3.5V 4.0V 4.5V 5.0V 5.5V 6.0V 10 100 1000 10000 100000 1000000 10000000 FREQ (Hz) IDD (uA)
  • 103. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 103 FIGURE 12-11: TYPICAL IDD vs. FREQUENCY (RC MODE @100PF, 25°C) TYPICAL IDD vs FREQ (RC MODE @100 pF) 2.0V 2.5V 3.0V 3.5V 4.0V 4.5V 5.0V 5.5V 6.0V 10 100 1000 10000 10000 100000 1000000 10000000 FREQ (Hz) IDD (uA)
  • 104. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 104  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. FIGURE 12-12: TYPICAL IDD vs. FREQUENCY (RC MODE @300PF, 25°C) TYPICAL IDD vs FREQ (RC MODE @300pF) 2.0V 2.5V 3.0V 3.5V 4.0V 4.5V 5.0V 5.5V 6.0V 10 100 1000 10000 100000 1000000 FREQ (Hz) IDD (uA)
  • 105. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 105 FIGURE 12-13: WDT TIMER TIME-OUT PERIOD vs. VDD FIGURE 12-14: TRANSCONDUCTANCE (gm) OF HS OSCILLATOR vs. VDD 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 VDD (Volts) WDT period (ms) Typ +25°C 9000 8000 7000 6000 5000 4000 3000 2000 100 0 gm (µA/V) Typ +25°C 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 VDD (Volts)
  • 106. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 106  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. FIGURE 12-15: TRANSCONDUCTANCE (gm) OF LP OSCILLATOR vs. VDD FIGURE 12-16: TRANSCONDUCTANCE (gm) OF XT OSCILLATOR vs. VDD 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 gm (µA/V) 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 VDD (Volts) Typ +25°C 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 VDD (Volts) gm (µA/V) Typ +25°C
  • 107. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 107 FIGURE 12-17: IOH vs. VOH, VDD = 3 V FIGURE 12-18: IOH vs. VOH, VDD = 5 V FIGURE 12-19: IOL vs. VOL, VDD = 3 V FIGURE 12-20: IOL vs. VOL, VDD = 5 V 0 –5 –10 –15 –20 –25 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 VOH (Volts) I OH (mA) 3.0 Typ +25°C 0 –10 –20 –30 –40 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 VOH (Volts) I OH (mA) 4.5 5.0 Typ +25°C –5 –15 –25 –35 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 VOL (Volts) I OL (mA) Typ +25°C 3.0 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 VOL (Volts) I OL (mA) Typ +25°C 3.0
  • 108. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 108  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. FIGURE 12-21: TYPICAL DATA MEMORY ERASE/WRITE CYCLE TIME VS. VDD TABLE 12-2 INPUT CAPACITANCE* Pin Name Typical Capacitance (pF) 18L PDIP 18L SOIC PORTA 5.0 4.3 PORTB 5.0 4.3 MCLR 17.0 17.0 OSC1/CLKIN 4.0 3.5 OSC2/CLKOUT 4.3 3.5 T0CKI 3.2 2.8 * All capacitance values are typical at 25°C. A part to part variation of ±25% (three standard deviations) should be taken into account. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 DMEM Typ. E/W Cycle Time (ms) VDD (Volts) 6.5 1.5 2.0 10 9 8 Shaded area is beyond recommended range.
  • 109. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 109 13.0 PACKAGING INFORMATION 13.1 Package Marking Information Legend: XX...X Microchip part number & customer specific information* AA Year code (last two digits of calendar year) BB Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’) C Facility code of the plant at which wafer is manufactured C = Chandler, Arizona, U.S.A., S = Tempe, Arizona, U.S.A. D Mask revision number E Assembly code of the plant or country of origin in which part was assembled Note: In the event the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it will be carried over to the next line, thus limiting the number of available characters for customer specific information. * Standard OTP marking consists of Microchip part number, year code, week code, facility code, mask rev# and assembly code. For OTP marking beyond this, certain price adders apply. Please check with your Microchip Sales Office. For QTP devices, any special marking adders are included in QTP price. 18L PDIP XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX AABBCDE AABBCDE XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX 18L SOIC Example PIC16F84-04I/P 9632SAW XXXXXXXXXXXX 9648SAN /SO PIC16F84-04 Example
  • 110. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 110  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. Package Type: K04-007 18-Lead Plastic Dual In-line (P) – 300 mil * Controlling Parameter. † Dimension “B1” does not include dam-bar protrusions. Dam-bar protrusions shall not exceed 0.003” (0.076 mm) per side or 0.006” (0.152 mm) more than dimension “B1.” ‡ Dimensions “D” and “E” do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed 0.010” (0.254 mm) per side or 0.020” (0.508 mm) more than dimensions “D” or “E.” Units INCHES* MILLIMETERS Dimension Limits MIN NOM MAX MIN NOM MAX PCB Row Spacing 0.300 7.62 Number of Pins n 18 18 Pitch p 0.100 2.54 Lower Lead Width B 0.013 0.018 0.023 0.33 0.46 0.58 Upper Lead Width B1† 0.055 0.060 0.065 1.40 1.52 1.65 Shoulder Radius R 0.000 0.005 0.010 0.00 0.13 0.25 Lead Thickness c 0.005 0.010 0.015 0.13 0.25 0.38 Top to Seating Plane A 0.110 0.155 0.155 2.79 3.94 3.94 Top of Lead to Seating Plane A1 0.075 0.095 0.115 1.91 2.41 2.92 Base to Seating Plane A2 0.000 0.020 0.020 0.00 0.51 0.51 Tip to Seating Plane L 0.125 0.130 0.135 3.18 3.30 3.43 Package Length D‡ 0.890 0.895 0.900 22.61 22.73 22.86 Molded Package Width E‡ 0.245 0.255 0.265 6.22 6.48 6.73 Radius to Radius Width E1 0.230 0.250 0.270 5.84 6.35 6.86 Overall Row Spacing eB 0.310 0.349 0.387 7.87 8.85 9.83 Mold Draft Angle Top α 5 10 15 5 10 15 Mold Draft Angle Bottom β 5 10 15 5 10 15 R n 2 1 D E c eB β E1 α p A1 L B1 B A A2
  • 111. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 111 Package Type: K04-051 18-Lead Plastic Small Outline (SO) – Wide, 300 mil 0.014 0.009 0.010 0.011 0.005 0.005 0.010 0.394 0.292 0.450 0.004 0.048 0.093 MIN n Number of Pins Mold Draft Angle Bottom Mold Draft Angle Top Lower Lead Width Chamfer Distance Outside Dimension Molded Package Width Molded Package Length Overall Pack. Height Lead Thickness Radius Centerline Foot Angle Foot Length Gull Wing Radius Shoulder Radius Standoff Shoulder Height β α R2 R1 E1 A2 A1 X φ B† c L1 L E‡ D‡ A Dimension Limits Pitch Units p 18 18 0 0 12 12 15 15 4 0.020 0 0.017 0.011 0.015 0.016 0.005 0.005 0.407 0.296 0.456 0.008 0.058 0.099 0.029 0.019 0.012 0.020 0.021 0.010 0.010 8 0.419 0.299 0.462 0.011 0.068 0.104 0 0 12 12 15 15 0.42 0.27 0.38 0.41 0.13 0.13 0.50 10.33 7.51 11.58 0.19 1.47 2.50 0.25 0 0.36 0.23 0.25 0.28 0.13 0.13 10.01 7.42 11.43 0.10 1.22 2.36 0.74 4 8 0.48 0.30 0.51 0.53 0.25 0.25 10.64 7.59 11.73 0.28 1.73 2.64 INCHES* 0.050 NOM MAX 1.27 MILLIMETERS MIN NOM MAX n 2 1 R2 R1 L1 L β c φ X 45° D p B E E1 α A1 A2 A * Controlling Parameter. † Dimension “B” does not include dam-bar protrusions. Dam-bar protrusions shall not exceed 0.003” (0.076 mm) per side or 0.006” (0.152 mm) more than dimension “B.” ‡ Dimensions “D” and “E” do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed 0.010” (0.254 mm) per side or 0.020” (0.508 mm) more than dimensions “D” or “E.”
  • 112. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 112  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. NOTES:
  • 113. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 113 APPENDIX A: FEATURE IMPROVEMENTS - FROM PIC16C5X TO PIC16F8X The following is the list of feature improvements over the PIC16C5X microcontroller family: 1. Instruction word length is increased to 14 bits. This allows larger page sizes both in program memory (2K now as opposed to 512 before) and the register file (128 bytes now versus 32 bytes before). 2. A PC latch register (PCLATH) is added to handle program memory paging. PA2, PA1 and PA0 bits are removed from the status register and placed in the option register. 3. Data memory paging is redefined slightly. The STATUS register is modified. 4. Four new instructions have been added: RETURN, RETFIE, ADDLW, and SUBLW. Two instructions, TRIS and OPTION, are being phased out although they are kept for compatibility with PIC16C5X. 5. OPTION and TRIS registers are made addressable. 6. Interrupt capability is added. Interrupt vector is at 0004h. 7. Stack size is increased to 8 deep. 8. Reset vector is changed to 0000h. 9. Reset of all registers is revisited. Five different reset (and wake-up) types are recognized. Registers are reset differently. 10. Wake up from SLEEP through interrupt is added. 11. Two separate timers, the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) and Power-up Timer (PWRT), are included for more reliable power-up. These timers are invoked selectively to avoid unnecessary delays on power-up and wake-up. 12. PORTB has weak pull-ups and interrupt on change features. 13. T0CKI pin is also a port pin (RA4/T0CKI). 14. FSR is a full 8-bit register. 15. "In system programming" is made possible. The user can program PIC16CXX devices using only five pins: VDD, VSS, VPP, RB6 (clock) and RB7 (data in/out). APPENDIX B: CODE COMPATIBILITY - FROM PIC16C5X TO PIC16F8X To convert code written for PIC16C5X to PIC16F8X, the user should take the following steps: 1. Remove any program memory page select operations (PA2, PA1, PA0 bits) for CALL, GOTO. 2. Revisit any computed jump operations (write to PC or add to PC, etc.) to make sure page bits are set properly under the new scheme. 3. Eliminate any data memory page switching. Redefine data variables for reallocation. 4. Verify all writes to STATUS, OPTION, and FSR registers since these have changed. 5. Change reset vector to 0000h.
  • 114. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 114  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. APPENDIX C: WHAT’S NEW IN THIS DATA SHEET Here’s what’s new in this data sheet: 1. DC & AC Characteristics Graphs/Tables section for PIC16F8X devices has been added. 2. An appendix on conversion considerations has been added. This explains differences for cus- tomers wanting to go from PIC16C84 to PIC16F84 or similar device. APPENDIX D: WHAT’S CHANGED IN THIS DATA SHEET Here’s what’s changed in this data sheet: 1. Errata information has been included. 2. Option register name has been changed from OPTION to OPTION_REG. This is consistant with other data sheets and header files, and resolves the conflict between the OPTION com- mand and OPTION register. 3. Errors have been fixed. 4. The appendix containing PIC16/17 microcon- trollers has been removed.
  • 115. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 115 APPENDIX E: CONVERSION CONSIDERATIONS - PIC16C84 TO PIC16F83/F84 AND PIC16CR83/CR84 Considerations for converting from the PIC16C84 to the PIC16F84 are listed in the table below. These con- siderations apply to converting from the PIC16C84 to the PIC16F83 (same as PIC16F84 except for program and data RAM memory sizes) and the PIC16CR84 and PIC16CR83 (ROM versions of Flash devices). Devel- opment Systems support is available for all of the PIC16X8X devices. Difference PIC16C84 PIC16F84 The polarity of the PWRTE bit has been reversed. Ensure that the pro- grammer has this bit correctly set before programming. PWRTE PWRTE The PIC16F84 (and PIC16CR84) have larger RAM sizes. Ensure that this does not cause an issue with your program. RAM = 36 bytes RAM = 68 bytes The MCLR pin now has an on-chip filter. The input signal on the MCLR pin will require a longer low pulse to generate an interrupt. MCLR pulse width (low) = 350ns; 2.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 3.0V = 150ns; 3.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 6.0V MCLR pulse width (low) = 1000ns; 2.0V ≤ VDD ≤ 6.0V Some electrical specifications have been improved (see IPD example). Compare the electrical specifica- tions of the two devices to ensure that this will not cause a compatibil- ity issue. IPD (typ @ 2V) = 26µA IPD (max @ 4V, WDT disabled) =100µA (PIC16C84) =100µA (PIC16LC84) IPD (typ @ 2V) < 1µA IPD (max @ 4V, WDT disabled) =14µA (PIC16F84) =7µA (PIC16LF84) PORTA and crystal oscillator values less than 500kHz For crystal oscillator configurations operating below 500kHz, the device may generate a spurious internal Q- clock when PORTA<0> switches state. N/A RB0/INT pin TTL TTL/ST* (* This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured as the exter- nal interrupt.) EEADR<7:6> and IDD It is recommended that the EEADR<7:6> bits be cleared. When either of these bits is set, the maximum IDD for the device is higher than when both are cleared. N/A Code Protect 1 CP bit 9 CP bits Recommended value of REXT for RC oscillator circuits REXT = 3kΩ - 100kΩ REXT = 5kΩ - 100kΩ GIE bit unintentional enable If an interrupt occurs while the Glo- bal Interrupt Enable (GIE) bit is being cleared, the GIE bit may unin- tentionally be re-enabled by the user’s Interrupt Service Routine (the RETFIE instruction). N/A
  • 116. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 116  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. NOTES:
  • 117. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 117 INDEX Numerics 8.1 Configuration Bits ......................................................... 37 A Absolute Maximum Ratings ......................................... 73, 85 ALU ...................................................................................... 7 Architectural Overview ......................................................... 7 Assembler MPASM Assembler .................................................... 70 B Block Diagram Interrupt Logic ............................................................ 47 On-Chip Reset Circuit ................................................ 41 RA3:RA0 and RA5 Port Pins ..................................... 21 RA4 Pin ...................................................................... 21 RB7:RB4 Port Pins .................................................... 23 TMR0/WDT Prescaler ................................................ 30 Watchdog Timer ......................................................... 50 Brown-out Protection Circuit .............................................. 46 C Carry .................................................................................... 7 CLKIN .................................................................................. 9 CLKOUT .............................................................................. 9 Code Protection ........................................................... 37, 52 Compatibility, upward ........................................................... 3 Computed GOTO ............................................................... 18 Configuration Bits ............................................................... 37 D DC Characteristics ................... 75, 76, 77, 78, 87, 88, 89, 90 Development Support ........................................................ 69 Development Tools ............................................................ 69 Digit Carry ............................................................................ 7 E Electrical Characteristics .............................................. 73, 85 External Power-on Reset Circuit ........................................ 43 F Family of Devices PIC16C8X .................................................................... 3 FSR .............................................................................. 19, 42 Fuzzy Logic Dev. System (fuzzyTECH-MP) ................... 71 G GIE ..................................................................................... 47 I I/O Ports ............................................................................. 21 I/O Programming Considerations ....................................... 25 ICEPIC Low-Cost PIC16CXXX In-Circuit Emulator ........... 69 In-Circuit Serial Programming ...................................... 37, 52 INDF ................................................................................... 42 Instruction Format .............................................................. 53 Instruction Set ADDLW ...................................................................... 55 ADDWF ...................................................................... 55 ANDLW ...................................................................... 55 ANDWF ...................................................................... 55 BCF ............................................................................ 56 BSF ............................................................................ 56 BTFSC ....................................................................... 56 BTFSS ....................................................................... 57 CALL .......................................................................... 57 CLRF ......................................................................... 58 CLRW ........................................................................ 58 CLRWDT ................................................................... 58 COMF ........................................................................ 59 DECF ......................................................................... 59 DECFSZ .................................................................... 59 GOTO ........................................................................ 60 INCF .......................................................................... 60 INCFSZ ...................................................................... 61 IORLW ....................................................................... 61 IORWF ....................................................................... 62 MOVF ........................................................................ 62 MOVLW ..................................................................... 62 MOVWF ..................................................................... 62 NOP ........................................................................... 63 OPTION ..................................................................... 63 RETFIE ...................................................................... 63 RETLW ...................................................................... 64 RETURN .................................................................... 64 RLF ............................................................................ 65 RRF ........................................................................... 65 SLEEP ....................................................................... 66 SUBLW ...................................................................... 66 SUBWF ...................................................................... 67 SWAPF ...................................................................... 67 TRIS .......................................................................... 67 XORLW ..................................................................... 68 XORWF ..................................................................... 68 Section ....................................................................... 53 Summary Table ......................................................... 54 INT Interrupt ...................................................................... 48 INTCON ........................................................... 17, 42, 47, 48 INTEDG ............................................................................. 48 Interrupts Flag ............................................................................ 47 Interrupt on Change Feature ..................................... 23 Interrupts ............................................................. 37, 47 K KeeLoq Evaluation and Programming Tools .................. 71 L Loading of PC .................................................................... 18 M MCLR ...................................................................... 9, 41, 42 Memory Organization Data Memory ............................................................. 12 Memory Organization ................................................ 11 Program Memory ....................................................... 11 MP-DriveWay™ - Application Code Generator ................. 71 MPLAB C ........................................................................... 71 MPLAB Integrated Development Environment Software ... 70 O OPCODE ........................................................................... 53 OPTION ................................................................. 16, 42, 48 OSC selection .................................................................... 37 OSC1 ....................................................................................9 OSC2 ....................................................................................9 Oscillator HS ........................................................................ 39, 46 LP ........................................................................ 39, 46 RC ....................................................................... 39, 40 XT .............................................................................. 39 Oscillator Configurations ................................................... 39
  • 118. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 118  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. P Paging, Program Memory ..................................................18 PCL ..............................................................................18, 42 PCLATH .......................................................................18, 42 PD ..........................................................................15, 41, 46 PICDEM-1 Low-Cost PICmicro Demo Board .....................70 PICDEM-2 Low-Cost PIC16CXX Demo Board ..................70 PICDEM-3 Low-Cost PIC16CXXX Demo Board ................70 PICMASTER In-Circuit Emulator .....................................69 PICSTART Plus Entry Level Development System ........69 Pinout Descriptions ..............................................................9 POR ...................................................................................43 Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) ...........................37, 43 Power-on Reset (POR) ..................................37, 42, 43 Power-up Timer (PWRT) .....................................37, 43 Time-out Sequence ....................................................46 Time-out Sequence on Power-up ..............................44 TO ..................................................................15, 41, 46 Port RB Interrupt ................................................................48 PORTA .....................................................................9, 21, 42 PORTB .....................................................................9, 23, 42 Power-down Mode (SLEEP) ..............................................51 Prescaler ............................................................................29 PRO MATE II Universal Programmer ..............................69 Product Identification System ...........................................121 R RBIF bit ........................................................................23, 48 RC Oscillator ......................................................................46 Read-Modify-Write .............................................................25 Register File .......................................................................12 Reset ............................................................................37, 41 Reset on Brown-Out ...........................................................46 S Saving W Register and STATUS in RAM ..........................49 SEEVAL Evaluation and Programming System ..............71 SLEEP ....................................................................37, 41, 51 Software Simulator (MPLAB-SIM) ......................................71 Special Features of the CPU ..............................................37 Special Function Registers ................................................12 Stack ..................................................................................18 Overflows ...................................................................18 Underflows .................................................................18 STATUS ...................................................................7, 15, 42 T time-out ..............................................................................42 Timer0 Switching Prescaler Assignment ................................31 T0IF ............................................................................48 Timer0 Module ...........................................................27 TMR0 Interrupt ...........................................................48 TMR0 with External Clock ..........................................29 Timing Diagrams Time-out Sequence ....................................................44 Timing Diagrams and Specifications ............................80, 92 TRISA .................................................................................21 TRISB ...........................................................................23, 42 W W ........................................................................................42 Wake-up from SLEEP ..................................................42, 51 Watchdog Timer (WDT) ...................................37, 41, 42, 50 WDT ...................................................................................42 Period .........................................................................50 Programming Considerations .................................... 50 Time-out .................................................................... 42 X XT ...................................................................................... 46 Z Zero bit ................................................................................. 7
  • 119.  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 119 PIC16F8X Systems Information and Upgrade Hot Line The Systems Information and Upgrade Line provides system users a listing of the latest versions of all of Microchip's development systems software products. Plus, this line provides information on how customers can receive any currently available upgrade kits.The Hot Line Numbers are: 1-800-755-2345 for U.S. and most of Canada, and 1-602-786-7302 for the rest of the world. Trademarks: The Microchip name, logo, PIC, PICSTART, PICMASTER and PRO MATE are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other countries. PICmicro, FlexROM, MPLAB and fuzzy- LAB are trademarks and SQTP is a service mark of Micro- chip in the U.S.A. fuzzyTECH is a registered trademark of Inform Software Corporation. IBM, IBM PC-AT are registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corp. Pentium is a trademark of Intel Corporation. Windows is a trademark and MS-DOS, Microsoft Windows are registered trade- marks of Microsoft Corporation. CompuServe is a regis- tered trademark of CompuServe Incorporated. All other trademarks mentioned herein are the property of their respective companies. ON-LINE SUPPORT Microchip provides on-line support on the Microchip World Wide Web (WWW) site. The web site is used by Microchip as a means to make files and information easily available to customers. To view the site, the user must have access to the Internet and a web browser, such as Netscape or Microsoft Explorer. Files are also available for FTP download from our FTP site. ConnectingtotheMicrochipInternetWebSite The Microchip web site is available by using your favorite Internet browser to attach to: www.microchip.com The file transfer site is available by using an FTP ser- vice to connect to: ftp://ftp.futureone.com/pub/microchip The web site and file transfer site provide a variety of services. Users may download files for the latest Development Tools, Data Sheets, Application Notes, User's Guides, Articles and Sample Programs. A vari- ety of Microchip specific business information is also available, including listings of Microchip sales offices, distributors and factory representatives. Other data available for consideration is: • Latest Microchip Press Releases • Technical Support Section with Frequently Asked Questions • Design Tips • Device Errata • Job Postings • Microchip Consultant Program Member Listing • Links to other useful web sites related to Microchip Products • Conferences for products, Development Systems, technical information and more • Listing of seminars and events 980106
  • 120. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 120  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. READER RESPONSE It is our intention to provide you with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip prod- uct. If you wish to provide your comments on organization, clarity, subject matter, and ways in which our documentation can better serve you, please FAX your comments to the Technical Publications Manager at (602) 786-7578. Please list the following information, and use this outline to provide us with your comments about this Data Sheet. 1. What are the best features of this document? 2. How does this document meet your hardware and software development needs? 3. Do you find the organization of this data sheet easy to follow? If not, why? 4. What additions to the data sheet do you think would enhance the structure and subject? 5. What deletions from the data sheet could be made without affecting the overall usefulness? 6. Is there any incorrect or misleading information (what and where)? 7. How would you improve this document? 8. How would you improve our software, systems, and silicon products? To: Technical Publications Manager RE: Reader Response Total Pages Sent From: Name Company Address City / State / ZIP / Country Telephone: (_______) _________ - _________ Application (optional): Would you like a reply? Y N Device: Literature Number: Questions: FAX: (______) _________ - _________ DS30430C PIC16F8X
  • 121. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 121 PIC16F8X PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM To order or obtain information, e.g., on pricing or delivery, refer to the factory or the listed sales office. SALES AND SUPPORT PART NO. -XX X /XX XXX Pattern Package Temperature Range Frequency Range Device Device PIC16F8X(2), PIC16F8XT(3) PIC16LF8X(2), PIC16LF8XT(3) PIC16F8XA(2), PIC16F8XAT(3) PIC16LF8XA(2), PIC16LF8XAT(3) PIC16CR8X(2), PIC16CR8XT(3) PIC16LCR8X(2), PIC16LCR8XT(3) Frequency Range 04 10 20 = 4 MHz = 10 MHz = 20 MHz Temperature Range b(1) I = 0°C to +70°C (Commercial) = -40°C to +85°C (Industrial) Package P SO SS = PDIP = SOIC (Gull Wing, 300 mil body) = SSOP Pattern 3-digit Pattern Code for QTP, ROM (blank otherwise) Examples: a) PIC16F84 -04/P 301 = Commercial temp., PDIP package, 4 MHz, normal VDD limits, QTP pattern #301. b) PIC16LF84 - 04I/SO = Industrial temp., SOIC package, 200 kHz, Extended VDD limits. c) PIC16CR84 - 10I/P = ROM program memory, Industrial temp., PDIP package, 10MHz, normal VDD limits. Note 1: b = blank 2: F = Standard VDD range LF = Extended VDD range CR = ROM Version, Standard VDD range LCR = ROM Version, Extended VDD range 3: T = in tape and reel - SOIC, SSOP packages only. Products supported by a preliminary Data Sheet may possibly have an errata sheet describing minor operational differences and recommended workarounds. To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please contact one of the following: 1. Your local Microchip sales office. 2. The Microchip Corporate Literature Center U.S. FAX: (602) 786-7277 3. The Microchip’s Bulletin Board, via your local CompuServe number (CompuServe membership NOT required). Please specify which device, revision of silicon and Data Sheet (include Literature #) you are using. For latest version information and upgrade kits for Microchip Development Tools, please call 1-800-755-2345 or 1-602-786-7302.
  • 122. PIC16F8X DS30430C-page 122  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. NOTES:
  • 123. PIC16F8X  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. DS30430C-page 123 NOTES:
  • 124. Information contained in this publication regarding device applications and the like is intended for suggestion only and may be superseded by updates. No representation or warranty is given and no liability is assumed by Microchip Technology Incorporated with respect to the accuracy or use of such information, or infringement of patents or other intellectual property rights arising from such use or otherwise. Use of Microchip’s products as critical components in life support systems is not authorized except with express written approval by Microchip. No licenses are conveyed, implicitly or otherwise, under any intellectual property rights. The Microchip logo and name are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Inc. in the U.S.A. and other countries. All rights reserved. All other trademarks mentioned herein are the property of their respective companies. DS30430C-page 124  1998 Microchip Technology Inc. All rights reserved. © 1998, Microchip Technology Incorporated, USA. 3/98 Printed on recycled paper. M AMERICAS Corporate Office Microchip Technology Inc. 2355 West Chandler Blvd. Chandler, AZ 85224-6199 Tel: 602-786-7200 Fax: 602-786-7277 Technical Support: 602 786-7627 Web: http://www.microchip.com Atlanta Microchip Technology Inc. 500 Sugar Mill Road, Suite 200B Atlanta, GA 30350 Tel: 770-640-0034 Fax: 770-640-0307 Boston Microchip Technology Inc. 5 Mount Royal Avenue Marlborough, MA 01752 Tel: 508-480-9990 Fax: 508-480-8575 Chicago Microchip Technology Inc. 333 Pierce Road, Suite 180 Itasca, IL 60143 Tel: 630-285-0071 Fax: 630-285-0075 Dallas Microchip Technology Inc. 14651 Dallas Parkway, Suite 816 Dallas, TX 75240-8809 Tel: 972-991-7177 Fax: 972-991-8588 Dayton Microchip Technology Inc. Two Prestige Place, Suite 150 Miamisburg, OH 45342 Tel: 937-291-1654 Fax: 937-291-9175 Los Angeles Microchip Technology Inc. 18201 Von Karman, Suite 1090 Irvine, CA 92612 Tel: 714-263-1888 Fax: 714-263-1338 New York Microchip Technology Inc. 150 Motor Parkway, Suite 202 Hauppauge, NY 11788 Tel: 516-273-5305 Fax: 516-273-5335 San Jose Microchip Technology Inc. 2107 North First Street, Suite 590 San Jose, CA 95131 Tel: 408-436-7950 Fax: 408-436-7955 Toronto Microchip Technology Inc. 5925 Airport Road, Suite 200 Mississauga, Ontario L4V 1W1, Canada Tel: 905-405-6279 Fax: 905-405-6253 ASIA/PACIFIC Hong Kong Microchip Asia Pacific RM 3801B, Tower Two Metroplaza 223 Hing Fong Road Kwai Fong, N.T., Hong Kong Tel: 852-2-401-1200 Fax: 852-2-401-3431 India Microchip Technology Inc. India Liaison Office No. 6, Legacy, Convent Road Bangalore 560 025, India Tel: 91-80-229-0061 Fax: 91-80-229-0062 Japan Microchip Technology Intl. Inc. Benex S-1 6F 3-18-20, Shinyokohama Kohoku-Ku, Yokohama-shi Kanagawa 222 Japan Tel: 81-45-471- 6166 Fax: 81-45-471-6122 Korea Microchip Technology Korea 168-1, Youngbo Bldg. 3 Floor Samsung-Dong, Kangnam-Ku Seoul, Korea Tel: 82-2-554-7200 Fax: 82-2-558-5934 Shanghai Microchip Technology RM 406 Shanghai Golden Bridge Bldg. 2077 Yan’an Road West, Hong Qiao District Shanghai, PRC 200335 Tel: 86-21-6275-5700 Fax: 86 21-6275-5060 Singapore Microchip Technology Taiwan Singapore Branch 200 Middle Road #07-02 Prime Centre Singapore 188980 Tel: 65-334-8870 Fax: 65-334-8850 ASIA/PACIFIC (CONTINUED) Taiwan, R.O.C Microchip Technology Taiwan 10F-1C 207 Tung Hua North Road Taipei, Taiwan, ROC Tel: 886-2-2717-7175 Fax: 886-2-2545-0139 EUROPE United Kingdom Arizona Microchip Technology Ltd. 505 Eskdale Road Winnersh Triangle Wokingham Berkshire, England RG41 5TU Tel: 44-1189-21-5858 Fax: 44-1189-21-5835 France Arizona Microchip Technology SARL Zone Industrielle de la Bonde 2 Rue du Buisson aux Fraises 91300 Massy, France Tel: 33-1-69-53-63-20 Fax: 33-1-69-30-90-79 Germany Arizona Microchip Technology GmbH Gustav-Heinemann-Ring 125 D-81739 Müchen, Germany Tel: 49-89-627-144 0 Fax: 49-89-627-144-44 Italy Arizona Microchip Technology SRL Centro Direzionale Colleoni Palazzo Taurus 1 V. Le Colleoni 1 20041 Agrate Brianza Milan, Italy Tel: 39-39-6899939 Fax: 39-39-6899883 1/13/98 WORLDWIDE SALES AND SERVICE Microchip received ISO 9001 Quality System certification for its worldwide headquarters, design, and wafer fabrication facilities in January, 1997. Our field-programmable PICmicro™ 8-bit MCUs, Serial EEPROMs, related specialty memory products and development systems conform to the stringent quality standards of the International Standard Organization (ISO).